Table of Contents

 
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10–K

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


Commission file number 1–9397


Baker Hughes Incorporated

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  76–0207995
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
     
3900 Essex Lane, Suite 1200, Houston, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)
  77027–5177
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (713) 439–8600


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange
on which registered

 
 
 
Common Stock, $1 Par Value Per Share   New York Stock Exchange
Pacific Exchange
SWX Swiss Exchange

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES þ NO o

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S–K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10–K or any amendment to this Form 10–K. þ

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b–2 of the Act). YES þ NO o

     The aggregate market value of the voting and non–voting Common Stock held by non–affiliates as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (based on the closing price on July 2, 2004 reported by the New York Stock Exchange) was approximately $12,551,384,649.

     As of February 25, 2005, the registrant has outstanding 338,185,465 shares of Common Stock, $1 par value per share.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Portions of Registrant’s 2004 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 28, 2005 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10–K.

 
 


Baker Hughes Incorporated

INDEX

             
        Page
  Part I        
 
           
  Business     2  
  Properties     14  
  Legal Proceedings     15  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     16  
 
           
  Part II        
 
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     16  
  Selected Financial Data     18  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     19  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     38  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     41  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     74  
  Controls and Procedures     74  
  Other Information     74  
 
           
  Part III        
 
           
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     74  
  Executive Compensation     74  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management     75  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     77  
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     77  
 
           
  Part IV        
 
           
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     78  
  Indenture dated May 15, 1994
  Form of Stock Option Award Agreement dated 7/28/2004
  Form of Stock Option Award Agreement dated 1/26/2005
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Terms and Conditions
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions
  Compensation Table for Named Exec. Officers & Directors
  Interest Rate Swap Confirmation
  Subsidiaries of Registrant
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  Certification of Chad C. Deaton, CEO
  Certification of G. Stephen Finley, CFO
  Statement of CEO and CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b)

1


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     Baker Hughes Incorporated (“Baker Hughes,” “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) is a Delaware corporation engaged in the oilfield services industry. Baker Hughes is a major supplier of wellbore–related products and technology services and systems to the worldwide oil and natural gas industry, including products and services for drilling, formation evaluation, completion and production of oil and natural gas wells. We conduct part or all of our operations through subsidiaries, affiliates, ventures or alliances.

     Baker Hughes was formed in April 1987 in connection with the combination of Baker International Corporation and Hughes Tool Company. We acquired Western Atlas Inc. in a merger completed on August 10, 1998.

     As used herein, “Baker Hughes,” “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” may refer to Baker Hughes Incorporated or its subsidiaries. The use of these terms is not intended to connote any particular corporate status or relationships.

     Our annual reports on Form 10–K, quarterly reports on Form 10–Q, current reports on Form 8–K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are made available free of charge on our Internet website at www.bakerhughes.com as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

     We have adopted a Business Code of Conduct to provide guidance to our directors, officers and employees on matters of business conduct and ethics, including compliance standards and procedures. We have also required our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer to sign a Code of Ethical Conduct Certification. Our Business Code of Conduct and Code of Ethical Conduct Certifications are available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.bakerhughes.com . We intend to promptly disclose on our website information about any waiver of these codes with respect to our executive officers and directors. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the charters of our Audit/Ethics Committee, Compensation Committee, Executive Committee, Finance Committee and Governance Committee are also available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.bakerhughes.com. In addition, a copy of our Business Code of Conduct, Code of Ethical Conduct Certification, Corporate Governance Guidelines and the charters of the Committees referenced above are available in print at no cost to any stockholder who requests them by writing or telephoning us at the following address or telephone number:

Baker Hughes Incorporated
3900 Essex Lane, Suite 1200
Houston, TX 77027
Attention: Investor Relations
Telephone: (713) 439–8039

     Information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10–K and should not be considered part of this report or any other filing that we make with the SEC.

     We have seven operating divisions – Baker Atlas, Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids, Baker Oil Tools, Baker Petrolite, Centrilift, Hughes Christensen and INTEQ – that we have aggregated into the Oilfield segment because they have similar economic characteristics and because the long–term financial performance of these divisions is affected by similar economic conditions. These operating divisions manufacture and sell products and provide services used in the oil and natural gas industry, including drilling, formation evaluation, completion and production of oil and natural gas wells. They operate in the same markets, which include all of the major oil and natural gas producing regions of the world: North America, South America, Europe, Africa, the Middle East and the Far East. The Oilfield segment also includes our 30% interest in WesternGeco, a seismic venture we entered into with Schlumberger Limited (“Schlumberger”), as well as other investments in affiliates.

     For additional industry segment information for the three years ended December 31, 2004, see Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.

2


Table of Contents

Baker Atlas

     Baker Atlas is a leading provider of formation evaluation and wireline completion and production services for oil and natural gas wells.

      Formation Evaluation. Formation evaluation involves measuring and analyzing specific physical properties of the rock (petrophysical properties) in the immediate vicinity of a wellbore to determine an oil or natural gas reservoir’s boundaries, volume of hydrocarbons and ability to produce fluids to the surface. Electronic sensor instrumentation is run through the wellbore to measure porosity and density (how much open space there is in the rock), permeability (how well connected the spaces in the rock are) and resistivity (is there oil, natural gas or water in the spaces). At the surface, measurements are recorded digitally and can be displayed on a continuous graph, or “well log,” which shows how each parameter varies along the length of the wellbore. Formation evaluation tools can also be used to record formation pressures and take samples of formation fluids to be further evaluated on the surface.

     Formation evaluation instrumentation can be run in the well in several ways and at different times over the life of the well. The two most common methods of data collection are wireline logging (performed by Baker Atlas) and logging–while–drilling (“LWD”) (performed by INTEQ). Wireline logging is conducted by pulling or pushing instruments through the wellbore after it is drilled, while LWD instruments are attached to the drill string and take measurements while the well is being drilled. Wireline logging measurements can be made before the well’s protective steel casing is set (open hole logging) or after casing has been set (cased hole logging). Baker Atlas also offers geophysical data interpretation services which help the operator interpret the petrophysical properties measured by the logging instruments and make inferences about the formation, presence and quantity of hydrocarbons present. This information is used to determine the next steps in drilling and completing the well.

      Wireline Completion and Production Services. Wireline completion and production services include using wireline instruments to evaluate well integrity, perform mechanical intervention and perform cement evaluations. Wireline instruments can also be run in producing wells to perform production logging. Baker Atlas (and Baker Oil Tools) also provide perforating services, which involve puncturing a well’s steel casing and cement sheath with explosive charges. This creates a fracture in the formation and provides a path for hydrocarbons in the formation to enter the wellbore and be produced.

     Baker Atlas’ services allow oil and natural gas companies to define, manage and reduce their exploration and production risk. As such, the main driver of customer purchasing decisions is the value added by formation evaluation and wireline completion and production services. Specific opportunities for competitive differentiation include:

  •   data acquisition efficiency,
 
  •   the sophistication and accuracy of measurements,
 
  •   the ability to interpret the information gathered to quantify the hydrocarbons producible from the formation, and
 
  •   the ability to differentiate services which can run exclusively or more efficiently on wireline from services which can run on either wireline or drill pipe.

     Baker Atlas’ primary formation evaluation and wireline completion and perforating competitors are Schlumberger, Halliburton Company (“Halliburton”), Precision Drilling Corporation, Expro International Group PLC and various other competitors.

     Key business drivers for Baker Atlas include the number of drilling and workover rigs operating, as well as the current and expected future price of both oil and natural gas.

Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids

     Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids is a major provider of drilling fluids (also called “mud”), and a provider of completion fluids (also called “brines”) and fluids environmental services. Drilling fluids are an important component of the drilling process and are pumped from the surface through the drill string, exiting nozzles in the drill bit and traveling back up the wellbore where the fluids are recycled. This process cleans the bottom of the well by transporting the cuttings to the surface while also cooling and lubricating the bit and drill string. Drilling fluids typically contain barite or bentonite to give them weight that enables the fluid to hold the wellbore open and stabilize it. Additionally, the fluids control downhole pressures and seal porous sections of the wellbore. To ensure maximum efficiency and wellbore stability, drilling fluids are often customized by the wellsite engineer. For drilling through the reservoir itself, Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids’ drill–in or completion fluids possess properties that minimize formation damage. The fluids environmental services of Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids also provide equipment and services to separate the drill cuttings from

3


Table of Contents

the drilling fluids and re–inject the processed cuttings into a specially prepared well, or to transport and dispose of the cuttings by other means.

     The main driver of customer purchasing decisions in drilling fluids is cost efficiency. Specific opportunities for competitive differentiation include:

  •   improvements in drilling efficiency,
 
  •   minimizing formation damage, and
 
  •   the environmentally safe handling and disposal of drilling fluids and cuttings.

     Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids’ primary competitors include Halliburton, M-I, LLC, Newpark Resources, Inc., TETRA Technologies, Inc. and various other competitors.

     Key business drivers for Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids include the number of drilling rigs operating, as well as the current and expected future price of both oil and natural gas.

Baker Oil Tools

     Baker Oil Tools is a leading provider of downhole completion, workover and fishing equipment and services.

      Completions. The economic success of a well depends in large part on how the well is completed. Completions are the equipment installed in a well after it is drilled to allow the efficient and safe production of oil and natural gas to the surface. Baker Oil Tools’ completion systems are matched to the formation and reservoir for optimum production and can employ a variety of products and services including:

  •   Liner hangers, which suspend a section of steel casing (also called a liner) inside the bottom of the previous section of casing. Its expandable slips grip the inside of the casing and support the weight of the liner below.
 
  •   Packers, which seal the annular space between the steel production tubing and the casing. These tools control the flow of fluids in the well and protect the casing above and below from reservoir pressures and corrosive formation fluids.
 
  •   Flow control equipment, which controls and adjusts the flow of downhole fluids. Typical flow control devices include sliding sleeves, which can be opened or closed to allow or limit production from a particular portion of a reservoir. Flow control can be accomplished from the surface via wireline or downhole via hydraulic or electric motor–based automated systems.
 
  •   Subsurface safety valves, which shut off all flow of fluids to the surface in the event of an emergency, thus saving the well and preventing pollution of the environment. These valves are required in substantially all offshore wells.
 
  •   Sand control equipment, which includes gravel pack tools, sand screens and fracturing fluids. These tools and related services are used in loosely consolidated formations to prevent the production of formation sand with the hydrocarbons.
 
  •   Advanced completion technologies, which include multilateral systems, intelligent well systems and expandable metal technologies. Multilateral completion systems enable two or more zones to be produced from a single well, using multiple horizontal branches. Intelligent Completions® use real–time, remotely operated downhole systems to control the flow of hydrocarbons from one or more zones. Expandable metal technology involves the permanent downhole expansion of a variety of tubular products used in drilling, completion and well remediation applications.

      Workovers. Workover products and services seek to improve, maintain or restore economical production from an already producing well. In this area, Baker Oil Tools provides service tools and inflatable products to repair and stimulate new and existing wells. Service tools function as surface–activated, downhole sealing and anchoring devices to isolate a portion of the wellbore. Service tool applications range from treating and cleaning to testing components from the wellhead to the perforations. Service tools also refer to tools and systems that are used for temporary or permanent well abandonment. An inflatable packer expands to set in pipe that is much larger than the outside diameter of the packer itself, so it can run through a restriction in the well and then set in the larger diameter below. Inflatable packers can also set in “open hole” as opposed to conventional tools which can only be set inside casing. Thru–tubing inflatables enable remedial operations in producing wells. This results in cost savings as rig requirements are lower and workovers can occur without having to remove the completion, which can be very costly.

4


Table of Contents

      Fishing. Baker Oil Tools is a leading provider of specialized fishing services and equipment that are used to locate, dislodge and retrieve damaged or stuck pipe, tools or other objects from inside the wellbore, often thousands of feet below the surface. Other fishing services include cleaning wellbores and milling windows in the casing to drill a “sidetrack” or multilateral well.

     The main drivers of customer purchasing decisions in completions, workovers and fishing are superior wellsite service execution and value–adding technologies that improve production rates, protect the reservoir from damage and reduce cost. Specific opportunities for competitive differentiation include:

  •   the engineering and manufacturing of superior quality products,
 
  •   reduced well construction costs,
 
  •   enhanced production and ultimate recovery,
 
  •   minimized risks, and
 
  •   reliable performance over the life of the well, particularly in harsh environments and critical wells.

     Baker Oil Tools’ primary competitors in completions are Halliburton, Schlumberger, Weatherford International Ltd. (“Weatherford”), BJ Services Company and various other competitors. Its primary competitors in workover are Halliburton, Schlumberger, Weatherford and various other competitors. Its major competitors in fishing are Smith International, Inc. (“Smith”), Weatherford and various other competitors.

     Key business drivers for Baker Oil Tools include the number of drilling and workover rigs operating, as well as the current and expected future price of both oil and natural gas.

Baker Petrolite

     Baker Petrolite is a leading provider of specialty chemicals to a number of industries, primarily oil and natural gas production, but also including refining, pipeline transportation, petrochemical, agricultural and iron and steel manufacturing. Additionally, Baker Petrolite provides polymer–based products to a broad range of industrial and consumer markets.

     Baker Petrolite provides oilfield chemical programs for drilling, well stimulation, production, pipeline transportation and maintenance programs. Its products provide measurable increases in productivity, decreases in operating and maintenance cost and solutions to environmental problems. Examples of specialty oilfield chemical programs include:

  •   Hydrate inhibitors – Natural gas hydrates are solid ice–like crystals that can form in production flowlines and tubing, causing shutdowns and the need for system maintenance. Subsea wells and flowlines, particularly in deepwater environments, are especially susceptible to hydrates.
 
  •   Paraffin inhibitors – The liquid hydrocarbons produced from many oil and natural gas reservoirs become unstable soon after leaving the formation. Changing conditions, including decreases in temperature and pressure, can cause certain hydrocarbons in the produced fluids to crystallize and deposit on the walls of the well’s tubing, flow lines and surface equipment. These deposits are commonly referred to as paraffin. Baker Petrolite offers solvents that remove the deposits, as well as inhibitors that prevent new deposits from forming.
 
  •   Scale inhibitors – Unlike paraffin deposits that originate from organic material in the produced hydrocarbons, scale deposits come from mineral–based contaminants in water that are produced from the formation as the water undergoes changes in temperature or pressure. Similar to paraffin, scale deposits can clog the production system. Treatments prevent and remove deposits in production systems.
 
  •   Corrosion inhibitors – Another problem caused by water mixed with downhole hydrocarbons is corrosion of the well’s tubulars and other production equipment. Corrosion can also be caused by dissolved hydrogen sulfide (“H 2 S”) gas which reacts with the iron in tubulars, valves and other equipment, potentially causing failures and leaks. Additionally, the reaction creates iron sulfide which can impair treating systems and cause blockages. Baker Petrolite offers a variety of corrosion inhibitors and H 2 S scavengers.

5


Table of Contents

  •   Emulsion breakers – Water and oil typically do not mix, but water present in the reservoir and co–produced with oil can often become emulsified, or mixed, causing problems for oil and natural gas producers. Baker Petrolite offers emulsion breakers which allow the water component of the emulsion to be separated from the oil.

     For the refining industry, Baker Petrolite offers various process and water treatment programs, as well as finished fuel additives. Examples include programs to remove salt from crude oil and environmentally friendly cleaners that decontaminate refinery equipment and petrochemical vessels at a lower cost than other methods.

     Through its Pipeline Management Group (“PMG”), Baker Petrolite also offers a variety of products and services for the pipeline transportation industry. To improve efficiency, Baker Petrolite offers custom turnkey cleaning programs that combine chemical treatments with brush and scraper usage. Efficiency can also be improved by adding polymer–based drag reduction agents to reduce the slowing effects of friction between the pipeline walls and the fluids within, thus increasing throughput and pipeline capacity. Additional services allow pipelines to operate more safely. These include inspection and internal corrosion assessment technologies, which physically confirm the structural integrity of the pipeline. In addition, PMG’s flow–modeling capabilities can identify high–risk segments of a pipeline to ensure proper mitigation programs are in place.

     Baker Petrolite also provides chemical technology solutions to other industrial markets throughout the world, including petrochemicals, fuel additives, plastics, imaging, adhesives, steel and crop protection.

     The main driver of customer purchasing decisions in specialty chemicals is superior application of technology and service delivery. Specific opportunities for competitive differentiation include:

  •   improved levels of production or throughput,
 
  •   reduced maintenance costs and frequency,
 
  •   lower treatment costs,
 
  •   lower treatment intervals, and
 
  •   successful resolution of environmental issues.

     Baker Petrolite’s primary oilfield specialty chemical competitors are GE Water Technologies, Nalco Company, Champion Technologies and various other competitors.

     Key business drivers for Baker Petrolite include oil and natural gas production levels, the number of producing wells, and the current and expected future price of both oil and natural gas.

Centrilift

     Centrilift is a leading manufacturer and supplier of electrical submersible pump systems (“ESPs”) and progressing cavity pump systems (“PCPs”).

      Electrical Submersible Pump Systems. ESPs lift high quantities of oil or oil and water from wells that do not flow under their own pressure. These “artificial lift” systems consist of a centrifugal pump and electric motor installed in the wellbore, armored electric cabling to provide power to the downhole motor and a surface controller. Centrilift designs, manufactures, markets and installs all the components of ESP systems and also offers modeling software to size ESPs and simulate operating performance. ESPs may be used in onshore or offshore applications and are primarily used in mature oil producing reservoirs.

      Progressing Cavity Pump Systems. PCPs are a form of artificial lift comprised of a downhole progressing cavity pump powered by either a downhole electric motor or a rod turned by a motor on the surface. PCP systems are preferred when the fluid to be lifted is viscous or when the volume is significantly less than could be economically lifted with an ESP system.

6


Table of Contents

     Specific opportunities for competitive differentiation include:

  •   system reliability,
 
  •   system run–life,
 
  •   optimizing production,
 
  •   operating efficiency, and
 
  •   service delivery.

     Centrilift’s primary competitors in the ESP market are Schlumberger, John Wood Group PLC and various other competitors and in the PCP market are Weatherford, Robbins & Myers, Inc. and various other competitors.

     Key business drivers for Centrilift include oil production levels, as well as the current and expected future price of oil, the volume of water produced in mature basins and the removal of water from coal bed methane wells.

Hughes Christensen

     Hughes Christensen is a leading manufacturer and supplier of drill bits, primarily Tricone® roller cone bits and fixed–cutter polycrystalline diamond compact (“PDC”) bits, to the worldwide oil and natural gas industry. The primary objective of a drill bit is to drill a hole as efficiently as possible.

      Tricone® Bits. Tricone® drill bits employ either hardened steel teeth or tungsten carbide insert cutting structures mounted on three rotating cones. These bits work by crushing and shearing the formation rock as they are turned. Tricone® drill bits have a wide application range.

      PDC Bits. PDC (also known as “Diamond”) bits use fixed position cutters that shear the formation rock with a milling action as they are turned. In many softer and less variable applications, PDC bits offer higher penetration rates and a longer life than Tricone® bits. A rental market has developed for PDC bits as improvements in bit life and bit repairs allow a bit to be used to drill multiple wells.

     The main driver of customer purchasing decisions in drill bits is the value added, usually measured in terms of savings in total operating costs per distance drilled. Specific opportunities for competitive differentiation include:

  •   improving the rate of penetration,
 
  •   extending bit life, and
 
  •   selecting the optimal bit for each section to be drilled.

     Hughes Christensen’s primary competitors in the oil and natural gas drill bit market are Smith, Halliburton, Grant Prideco, Inc. and various other competitors.

     Key business drivers for Hughes Christensen include the number of drilling rigs operating, as well as the current and expected future price of both oil and natural gas.

INTEQ

     INTEQ is a leading supplier of drilling and evaluation services, which include directional drilling, measurement–while–drilling (“MWD”) and LWD services.

      Directional Drilling . Directional drilling services are used to guide a well along a predetermined path to optimally recover hydrocarbons from the reservoir. These services are used to accurately drill vertical wells, deviated or directional wells (which deviate from vertical by a planned angle and direction), horizontal wells (which are sections of wells drilled perpendicular or nearly perpendicular to vertical) and extended reach wells.

7


Table of Contents

     INTEQ is a leading supplier of both conventional and rotary based directional drilling systems. Conventional directional drilling systems employ a downhole motor which turns the drill bit independently of drill string rotation from the surface. Placed just above the bit, a steerable motor assembly has a bend in its housing that is oriented to steer the well’s course. During the “rotary” mode, the entire drill string is rotated from the surface, negating the effect of this bend and causing the bit to drill on a straight course. During the “sliding” mode, drill string rotation is stopped and a “mud” motor (which converts hydraulic energy from the drilling fluids being pumped through the drill string into rotational energy at the bit) allows the bit to drill in the planned direction by orienting its angled housing, gradually guiding the wellbore through an are.

     INTEQ was a pioneer and is a leader in the development and use of automated rotary steerable technology. In rotary steerable environments, the entire drill string is turned from the surface to supply energy to the bit. Unlike conventional systems, INTEQ’s AutoTrak® rotary steerable system changes the trajectory of the well using three pads that push against the wellbore from a non–rotating sleeve and is controlled by a downhole guidance system.

      Measurement–While–Drilling. Directional drilling systems need real–time measurements of the location and orientation of the bottom hole assembly to operate effectively. INTEQ’s MWD systems are downhole tools that provide this directional information, which is necessary to adjust the drilling process and guide the wellbore to a specific target. The AutoTrak® rotary steerable system has these MWD systems built in, allowing the tool to automatically alter its course based on a planned trajectory.

      Logging–While–Drilling. LWD is a variation of MWD in which the LWD tool gathers information on the petrophysical properties of the formation through which the wellbore is being drilled. Many LWD measurements are the same as those taken via wireline; however, taking them in real–time often allows for greater accuracy, as measurements occur before any damage has been sustained by the reservoir as a result of the drilling process. Real–time measurements also enable “geo–steering” where geological markers identified by LWD tools are used to guide the bit and assure placement of the wellbore in the optimal location.

     In both MWD and LWD systems, surface communication with the tool is achieved through mud–pulse telemetry, which uses pulse signals (pressure changes in the drilling fluid traveling through the drill string) to communicate the operating conditions and location of the bottom hole assembly to the surface. The information transmitted is used to maximize the efficiency of the drilling process, update and refine the reservoir model and steer the well into the optimal location in the reservoir.

     As part of INTEQ’s mud logging services, engineers monitor the interaction between the drilling fluid and the formation and perform laboratory analysis of drilling fluids and examinations of the drill cuttings to detect the presence of hydrocarbons and identify the different geological layers penetrated by the drill bit.

     The main drivers of customer purchasing decisions in these areas are the value added by technology and the reliability and durability of the tools used in these operations. Specific opportunities for competitive differentiation include:

  •   the sophistication and accuracy of measurements,
 
  •   the efficiency of the drilling process,
 
  •   equipment reliability,
 
  •   the optimal placement of the wellbore in the reservoir, and
 
  •   the quality of the wellbore.

     INTEQ’s primary competitors in drilling and evaluation services are Halliburton, Schlumberger and various other competitors.

     Key business drivers for INTEQ include the number of drilling rigs operating, as well as the current and expected future price of both oil and natural gas.

WesternGeco

     WesternGeco is a seismic venture in which we own 30% and Schlumberger owns 70%. WesternGeco provides comprehensive worldwide reservoir imaging, monitoring and development services, with one of the most extensive seismic crews and data processing centers in the industry, as well as one of the world’s largest multiclient seismic libraries. Services range from 3D and time–lapse (4D) seismic surveys to multicomponent surveys for delineating prospects and reservoir management. WesternGeco is positioned to meet the full range of customer needs in land, marine, and shallow–water transition–zone areas.

8


Table of Contents

     Seismic solutions include proprietary Q–Technology* for enhanced reservoir description, characterization and monitoring throughout the life of the field – from exploration through enhanced recovery. Q* single–sensor hardware and software are setting a new quality and capability standard for seismic solutions.

     WesternGeco’s Omega* Seismic Processing System encompasses one of the industry’s most advanced and comprehensive suites of algorithms and runs on multiplatform technology, ensuring timely turnaround for even the most complex processing projects. WesternGeco’s major competitors are Compagnie Generale de Geophysique, Veritas DGC, Inc. and Petroleum Geo-Services ASA.

     For additional information related to WesternGeco, see the “Related Party Transactions” section in Item 7 and Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, both contained herein.

* Mark of WesternGeco

MARKETING, COMPETITION AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

     We market our products and services on a product line basis primarily through our own sales organizations, although certain of our products and services are marketed through supply stores, independent distributors, agents, licensees or sales representatives. We ordinarily provide technical and advisory services to assist in our customers’ use of our products and services. Stock points and service centers for our products and services are located in areas of drilling and production activity throughout the world.

     Our products and services are sold in highly competitive markets, and revenues and earnings can be affected by changes in competitive prices, fluctuations in the level of drilling, workover and completion activity in major markets, general economic conditions, foreign currency exchange fluctuations and governmental regulation. We compete with the oil and natural gas industry’s largest diversified oilfield services providers, as well as many small companies. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industries are product and service quality, availability and reliability, health, safety and environmental standards, technical proficiency and price.

     Further information is contained in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

     We operate in over 90 countries worldwide, and our operations are subject to the risks inherent in doing business in multiple countries with various laws and differing political environments. These risks include, but are not limited to: war, boycotts, political and economic changes, corruption, terrorism, expropriation, foreign currency exchange controls, taxes and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Although it is impossible to predict the likelihood of such occurrences or their effect on us, division and corporate management routinely evaluate these risks and take appropriate actions to mitigate the risks where possible. However, there can be no assurance that an occurrence of any one or more of these events would not have a material adverse effect on our operations.

     Further information is contained in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; PATENTS

     We are engaged in research and development activities directed primarily toward the improvement of existing products and services, the design of specialized products to meet specific customer needs and the development of new products, processes and services. For information regarding the amounts of research and development expense in each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.

     We have followed a policy of seeking patent and trademark protection both inside and outside the United States for products and methods that appear to have commercial significance. We believe our patents and trademarks to be adequate for the conduct of our business, and aggressively pursue protection of our patents against patent infringement worldwide. While we regard patent and trademark protection as important to our business and future prospects, we consider our established reputation, the reliability and quality of our products and the technical skills of our personnel to be more important. No single patent or trademark is considered to be of a critical nature to our business.

9


Table of Contents

RAW MATERIALS

     We purchase various raw materials and component parts for use in manufacturing our products. The principal materials we purchase are steel alloys (including chromium and nickel), titanium, beryllium, copper, tungsten carbide, synthetic and natural diamonds, printed circuit boards and other electronic components and hydrocarbon–based chemical feed stocks. All of these materials are available from numerous sources and could be subject to rising costs. We have not experienced any significant shortages of these materials and normally do not carry inventories of such materials in excess of those reasonably required to meet our production schedules. We do not expect any significant interruptions in supply, but there can be no assurance that there will be no price or supply issues over the long term.

OTHER DEVELOPMENTS

     In October 2003, we signed a definitive agreement for the sale of BIRD Machine (“BIRD”), the remaining division of the former Process segment, and recorded charges totaling $37.4 million, net of tax of $10.9 million, which consisted of a loss of $13.5 million on the write down of BIRD to fair value, $6.2 million of severance and warranty accruals and a loss of $17.7 million related to the recognition of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings. In January 2004, we completed the sale of BIRD and recorded an additional loss on the sale of $0.5 million with no tax benefit. We received $5.6 million in proceeds, which were subject to post–closing adjustments to the purchase price, and retained certain accounts receivable, inventories and other assets. During the second quarter of 2004, we made a net payment of $6.8 million to the buyer in settlement of the final purchase price adjustments. The adjustments were the result of changes in the value of assets sold to and liabilities assumed by the buyer between the date the initial sales price was negotiated and the closing of the sale.

     In February 2004, we completed the sale of our minority interest in Petreco International for $35.8 million, of which $7.4 million is held in escrow pending the outcome of potential indemnification obligations pursuant to the sales agreement. We recognized a gain on the sale of $1.3 million, net of tax of $1.5 million.

     In September 2004, we completed the sale of Baker Hughes Mining Tools, a product line group within the Oilfield segment that manufactured rotary drill bits used in the mining industry, for $31.5 million. We recorded a gain on the sale of $0.2 million, net of tax of $3.6 million, which consisted of a gain on disposal of $6.8 million offset by a loss of $6.6 million related to the recognition of the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings.

EMPLOYEES

     At December 31, 2004, we had approximately 26,900 employees, as compared with approximately 26,500 employees at December 31, 2003. Approximately 2,300 of these employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements or similar–type labor arrangements, of which the majority are outside the U.S. Based upon the geographic diversification of these employees, we believe any risk of loss from employee strikes or other collective actions would not be material to the conduct of our operations taken as a whole. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following table shows as of February 28, 2005, the name of each of our executive officers, together with his age and all offices presently held.

             
Name   Age    
Chad C. Deaton
    52     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since October 2004. President and Chief Executive Officer of Hanover Compressor Company from August 2002 to October 2004. Senior Advisor to Schlumberger Oilfield Services from 1999 to September 2001. Served as an Executive Vice President of Schlumberger from 1998 to 1999. Employed by the Company in 2004.
 
           
James R. Clark
    54     President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since February 2004. Vice President, Marketing and Technology of the Company from August 2003 to February 2004. Vice President of the Company and President of Baker Petrolite Corporation from 2001 to 2003. President and Chief Executive Officer of Consolidated Equipment Companies, Inc. from 2000 to 2001 and President of Sperry–Sun from 1996 to 1999. Employed by the Company in 2001.

10


Table of Contents

             
Name   Age    
G. Stephen Finley
    54     Senior Vice President – Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since 1999. Employed as Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company from 1995 to 1999, Controller from 1987 to 1993 and Vice President from 1990 to 1995. Served as Chief Financial Officer of Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations from 1993 to 1995. Employed by the Company in 1982.
 
           
Alan R. Crain, Jr.
    53     Vice President and General Counsel of the Company since October 2000. Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Crown, Cork & Seal Company, Inc. from 1999 to 2000. Vice President and General Counsel, 1996 to 1999, and Assistant General Counsel, 1988 to 1996, of Union Texas Petroleum Holding, Inc. Employed by the Company in 2000.
 
           
Greg Nakanishi
    53     Vice President, Human Resources of the Company since November 2000. Employed as President of GN Resources from 1989 to 2000. Employed by the Company in 2000.
 
           
David H. Barr
    55     Group President of Drilling and Evaluation since 2005 and Vice President of the Company since 2000. Served as President of Baker Atlas from 2000 to 2005. Served as Vice President, Supply Chain Management, of Cooper Cameron from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Barr also held the following positions with the Company: Vice President, Business Process Development, from 1997 to 1998 and the following positions with Hughes Tool Company/Hughes Christensen: Vice President, Production and Technology, from 1994 to 1997; Vice President, Diamond Products, from 1993 to 1994; Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere Operations, from 1990 to 1993 and Vice President, North American Operations, from 1988 to 1990. Employed by the Company in 1972.
 
           
Douglas J. Wall
    52     Group President of Completions and Production since 2005 and Vice President of the Company since 1997. Served as President of Baker Oil Tools from 2003 to 2005 and President of Hughes Christensen from 1997 to 2003. Served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Western Rock Bit Company Limited, Hughes Christensen’s former distributor in Canada, from 1991 to 1997. Previously employed as General Manager of Century Valve Company from 1989 to 1991 and Vice President, Contracts and Marketing, of Adeco Drilling & Engineering from 1980 to 1989. Employed by the Company in 1997.
 
           
Ray A. Ballantyne
    55     Vice President of the Company since 1998 and President, INTEQ since 1999. Employed as Vice President, Marketing, Technology and Business Development, of the Company from 1998 to 1999; Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, of Baker Oil Tools from 1992 to 1998 and Vice President, International Operations, of Baker Service Tools, from 1989 to 1992. Employed by the Company in 1975.
 
           
Chris P. Beaver
    47     Vice President of the Company and President of Baker Oil Tools since 2005. Served as Vice President of Finance for Baker Petrolite from 2002 to 2005; Director of Finance and Controller at INTEQ from 1999 to 2002; Controller at Hughes Christensen from 1994 to 1999. Employed in various accounting and finance positions at Hughes Christensen in the Eastern Hemisphere from 1985 to 1994. Employed by the Company in 1985.
 
           
Paul S. Butero
    48     Vice President of the Company and President of Hughes Christensen since 2005. Employed as Vice President, Marketing, of Hughes Christensen from 2001 to 2005 and as Region Manager for various Hughes Christensen areas (both in the United States and the Eastern Hemisphere) from 1989 to 2001. Employed by the Company in 1981.
 
           
Martin S. Craighead
    45     Vice President of the Company and President of Baker Atlas since 2005. Served as Vice President of Worldwide Operations for Baker Atlas from 2003 to 2005 and Vice President, Marketing and Business Development for Baker Atlas from 2001 to 2003; Region Manager for Baker Atlas in Latin America and Asia and Region Manager for E&P Solutions from 1995 to 2001. Employed by BJ Services Company as a Region Engineer from 1982 to 1986. Employed by the Company in 1986.
 
           
William P. Faubel
    49     Vice President of the Company and President of Centrilift since 2001. Employed as Vice President, Marketing, of Hughes Christensen from 1994 to 2001 and as Region Manager for various Hughes Christensen areas (both domestic and international) from 1986 to 1994. Employed by the Company in 1977.
 
           
Edwin C. Howell
    57     Vice President of the Company since 1995 and President of Baker Petrolite Corporation since 2003. President of Baker Oil Tools from 1992 to 2003. Employed as President of Baker Service Tools from 1989 to 1992 and Vice President – General Manager of Baker Performance Chemicals (the predecessor of Baker Petrolite) from 1984 to 1989. Employed by the Company in 1975.
 
           
Alan J. Keifer
    50     Vice President and Controller of the Company since July 1999. Employed as Western Hemisphere Controller of Baker Oil Tools from 1997 to 1999 and Director of Corporate Audit for the Company from 1990 to 1996. Employed by the Company in 1990.
 
           
Jay G. Martin
    53     Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer and Senior Deputy General Counsel since July 2004. Shareholder at Winstead Sechrest & Minick P.C. from 2001 to July 2004. Partner, Phelps Dunbar from 2000 to 2001 and Partner, Andrews & Kurth from 1996 to 2000. Employed by the Company in 2004.

11


Table of Contents

             
Name   Age    
John A. O’Donnell
    57     Vice President of the Company since 1998 and President of Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids since 2004. Employed as Vice President, Business Process Development of the Company from 1998 to 2002; Vice President, Manufacturing, of Baker Oil Tools from 1990 to 1998 and Plant Manager of Hughes Tool Company from 1988 to 1990. Employed by the Company in 1975.
 
           

     There are no family relationships among our executive officers.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     We are committed to the health and safety of people, protection of the environment and compliance with laws, regulations and our policies. Our past and present operations include activities that are subject to domestic (including U.S. federal, state and local) and international regulations with regard to air and water quality and other environmental matters. We believe we are in substantial compliance with these regulations. Regulation in this area continues to evolve, and changes in standards of enforcement of existing regulations, as well as the enactment and enforcement of new legislation, may require us and our customers to modify, supplement or replace equipment or facilities or to change or discontinue present methods of operation.

     We are involved in voluntary remediation projects at some of our present and former manufacturing facilities, the majority of which relate to properties obtained in acquisitions or to sites no longer actively used in operations. On rare occasions, remediation activities are conducted as specified by a government agency–issued consent decree or agreed order. Remediation costs are accrued based on estimates of probable exposure using currently available facts, existing environmental permits, technology and presently enacted laws and regulations. For sites where we are primarily responsible for the remediation, our cost estimates are developed based on internal evaluations and are not discounted. Such accruals are recorded when it is probable that we will be obligated to pay amounts for environmental site evaluation, remediation or related activities, and such amounts can be reasonably estimated. If the obligation can only be estimated within a range, we accrue the minimum amount in the range. Such accruals are recorded even if significant uncertainties exist over the ultimate cost of the remediation. Ongoing environmental compliance costs, such as obtaining environmental permits, installation of pollution control equipment and waste disposal, are expensed as incurred.

     During the year ended December 31, 2004, we spent approximately $24.4 million to comply with domestic and international standards regulating the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment (collectively, “Environmental Regulations”). This cost includes the total spent on remediation projects at current or former sites, Superfund projects and environmental compliance activities, exclusive of capital. In 2005, we expect to spend approximately $26.4 million to comply with Environmental Regulations. Based upon current information, we believe that our compliance with Environmental Regulations will not have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position because we have either established adequate reserves or our cost for that compliance is not expected to be material to our consolidated financial statements.

     During the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred approximately $2.3 million in capital expenditures for environmental control equipment, and we estimate we will incur approximately $3.9 million during 2005. We believe these capital expenditures for environmental control equipment will not have a material adverse effect upon our consolidated financial statements because the aggregate amount of these expenditures is not expected to be material.

     The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (known as “Superfund” or “CERCLA”) imposes liability for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. Superfund liability is imposed without regard to fault and even if the waste disposal was in compliance with laws and regulations. We have been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) in remedial activities related to various Superfund sites, and we accrue our share of the estimated remediation costs of the site based on the ratio of the estimated volume of waste we contributed to the site to the total volume of waste disposed at the site. With the joint and several liability imposed under Superfund, a PRP may be required to pay more than its proportional share of such costs.

     We have been identified as PRPs at various Superfund sites discussed below. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (the “EPA”) and appropriate state agencies supervise investigative and cleanup activities at these sites. At December 31, 2004, we have accrued $3.6 million of remediation costs related to the sites detailed below. When used in the descriptions of the sites below, the word de minimis refers to the smallest PRPs, whose contribution rate is usually less than 1%.

12


Table of Contents

(a)   Baker Petrolite, Hughes Christensen, an INTEQ predecessor entity, Baker Oil Tools and a former subsidiary were named in April 1984 as PRPs at the Sheridan Superfund Site located in Hempstead, Texas. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (“TCEQ”) is overseeing the remedial work at this site. The Sheridan Site Trust was formed to manage the site remediation and we participate as a member. Based on the use of new remedial technologies, the 2004 cost projections for full remediation have been reduced from $30 million to $6 million, of which $1.0 million has been collected. Our contribution is approximately 1.8% of the estimated $5 million in remaining costs.

(b)   In December 1987, one of our former subsidiaries was named a respondent in an EPA Administrative Order for Remedial Design and Remedial Action associated with the Middlefield–Ellis–Whisman Study Area, an eight square mile soil and groundwater contamination site located in Mountain View, California. As a result of the environmental investigations and a resulting report delivered to the EPA in September 1991, the EPA has informed us that no further work needs to be performed on the site. In fact, the EPA has indicated that it does not believe there is a contaminant source on the property. We signed a settlement agreement in March 2004, which transferred any future liability for investigation and remediation at the site to the PRP group. The settlement amount was not material.

(c)   In 1997, we entered into a settlement agreement with Prudential Insurance Company (“Prudential”) regarding cost recovery for the San Fernando Valley – Glendale Superfund. One of our predecessors operated on the Prudential property in Glendale. Prudential was identified as a PRP for the Glendale Superfund. Prudential instituted legal proceedings against us for cost recovery under CERCLA. Without any admission of liability, we agreed to pay 40% of Prudential’s costs attributed to cleanup at the site, limited to a cap of $0.3 million. A pump and treat system was selected as the cleanup remedy at Glendale, and it is expected to operate until 2012. We continue to contribute our portion of ongoing assessments to fund this remediation strategy.

(d)   In June 1999, the EPA named a Hughes Christensen predecessor as a PRP at the Li Tungsten Site in Glen Cove, New York. We contributed a de minimis amount of hazardous substances to the site. In December 2004, the EPA issued us a special de minimis settlement offer based on the fact that our contribution was limited to metals contamination, not radiological contamination, at the site. The settlement offer has been signed and is not material.

(e)   In January 1999, Baker Oil Tools, Baker Petrolite and predecessor entities of Baker Petrolite were named as PRPs by the State of California’s Department of Toxic Substances Control for the Gibson site in Bakersfield, California. The cost estimate for remediation of the site is approximately $14 million. The combined volume that we contributed to the site is estimated to be less than 0.5% for liquids and 0.25% for solids.

(f)   In 2001, a Hughes Christensen predecessor, Baker Oil Tools, INTEQ and one of our former subsidiaries were named as PRPs in the Force Road State Superfund Site located in Brazoria County, Texas. The TCEQ is overseeing the investigation and remediation at the Force Road State Site. We participate as a member of the technical committee to effectively manage the project, since our contribution is estimated to be 71%. The initial investigation at the site is complete and a detailed report has been submitted to the TCEQ along with a proposed work plan. The most current cost projections for closure of the site are in the range of $5 million to $7 million; however, this projection may change once the remedial options are fully evaluated.

(g)   In 2002, Baker Petrolite predecessors, Hughes Christensen predecessors and two of our former subsidiaries were identified as PRPs for the Malone site located on Campbell Bayou Road in Texas City, Texas. The EPA oversees the investigation and remediation of the Malone site. The EPA has engaged in some emergency removal actions at the site. The investigation is underway and when complete, remedial options will be developed and submitted to the EPA for evaluation. The initial estimate for cleanup at the Malone site is $82 million; however, this is subject to change since the final remedial plan has not been selected. Our total contribution is estimated at approximately 1.7%.

(h)   In January 2003, Western Atlas International, Inc., its predecessor companies and Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc. were identified as PRPs in the Gulf Nuclear Superfund site in Odessa, Texas. The EPA conducted an emergency removal at the site in 2000. Total investigation and cleanup costs are estimated by the EPA to be approximately $24 million. A preliminary settlement proposal has been issued for review, and our settlement cost is not expected to be material.

(i)   In September 2003, we were identified as a de minimis PRP by the EPA for the Operating Industries, Inc. Superfund site in Monterrey Park, California. A settlement offer to all de minimis parties was delayed, but is expected in 2005. The EPA and Steering Committee estimate cleanup costs in excess of $650 million. As of January 2005, there was insufficient information to estimate our potential contribution to these cleanup costs.

13


Table of Contents

(j)   In October 2003, Baker Petrolite was notified by the EPA of their potential involvement at the Cooper Drum Superfund site located in South Gate, California. At this time there is no estimate available for cleanup costs and, accordingly, there is insufficient information to estimate our potential contribution.

(k)   In April 2004, we were notified that Baker Petrolite was included in the Container Recycling Superfund site in Kansas City, Kansas. We are a major PRP at the site, which was a former drum recycler used by a predecessor company to Baker Petrolite. The EPA estimates outstanding remedial costs of $1.7 million, with our contribution estimated to be 4% to 7% of these costs.

     In addition to the sites mentioned above, there are four Superfund sites where we have ongoing obligations. The remedial work at most of these sites has been completed and remaining operations are limited to groundwater recovery and/or monitoring. The monitoring phase can continue for up to 30 years. Our aggregate cost for these sites is estimated to be less than $0.1 million over this period of time.

     While PRPs in Superfund actions have joint and several liability for all costs of remediation, it is not possible at this time to quantify our ultimate exposure because some of the projects are either in the investigative or early remediation stage. Based upon current information, we do not believe that probable or reasonably possible expenditures in connection with the sites described above are likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements because we have established adequate reserves to cover the estimate we presently believe will be our ultimate liability with respect to the matter. Further, other PRPs involved in the sites have substantial assets and may reasonably be expected to pay their share of the cost of remediation, and, in some circumstances, we have insurance coverage or contractual indemnities from third parties to cover the ultimate liability.

     We are subject to various other governmental proceedings and regulations, including foreign regulations, relating to environmental matters, but we do not believe that any of these matters is likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further discussion of environmental matters.

     “Environmental Matters” contains forward–looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act (each a “forward–looking statement”). The words “will,” “believe,” “to be,” “expect,” “estimate” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward–looking statements. Our expectations regarding our compliance with Environmental Regulations and our expenditures to comply with Environmental Regulations, including (without limitation) our capital expenditures for environmental control equipment, are only our forecasts regarding these matters. These forecasts may be substantially different from actual results, which may be affected by the following factors: changes in Environmental Regulations; a material change in our allocation or other unexpected, adverse outcomes with respect to sites where we have been named as a PRP, including (without limitation) the Superfund sites described above; the discovery of new sites of which we are not aware and where additional expenditures may be required to comply with Environmental Regulations; an unexpected discharge of hazardous materials in the course of our business or operations; a catastrophic event causing discharges into the environment; or an acquisition of one or more new businesses.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     We are headquartered in Houston, Texas and operate 40 principal manufacturing plants, all within the Oilfield segment, ranging in size from approximately 4,600 to 333,000 square feet of manufacturing space. The total area of the plants is more than 3.1 million square feet, of which approximately 2.1 million square feet (68%) are located in the United States, 0.3 million square feet (9%) are located in South America, 0.7 million square feet (23%) are located in Europe, and a minimal amount of space is located in the Far East. Our principal manufacturing plants are located as follows: United States – Houston, Texas; Broken Arrow and Claremore, Oklahoma; Lafayette, Louisiana; South America – various cities in Venezuela; and Europe – Aberdeen and East Kilbride, Scotland; Liverpool, England; Celle, Germany; Belfast, Northern Ireland.

14


Table of Contents

     We own or lease numerous service centers, shops and sales and administrative offices throughout the geographic areas in which we operate. We also have a significant investment in service vehicles, rental tools and manufacturing and other equipment. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are well maintained and suitable for their intended purposes. The table below shows our principal manufacturing plants by geographic area:

         
    Number of  
    Principal  
Geographic Area   Plants  
 
United States
    27  
South America
    5  
Europe
    7  
Far East
    1  
 
Total
    40  
 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     We are involved in litigation or proceedings that have arisen in our ordinary business activities. We insure against these risks to the extent deemed prudent by our management and to the extent insurance is available, but no assurance can be given that the nature and amount of that insurance will be sufficient to fully indemnify us against liabilities arising out of pending and future legal proceedings. Many of these insurance policies contain deductibles or self–insured retentions in amounts we deem prudent and for which we are responsible for payment. In determining the amount of self–insurance, it is our policy to self–insure those losses that are predictable, measurable and recurring in nature, such as claims for automobile liability, general liability and workers compensation. We record accruals for the uninsured portion of losses related to these types of claims. The accruals for losses are calculated by estimating losses for claims using historical claim data, specific loss development factors and other information as necessary.

     On September 12, 2001, the Company, without admitting or denying the factual allegations contained in the Order, consented with the SEC to the entry of an Order making Findings and Imposing a Cease–and–Desist Order (the “Order”) for violations of Section 13(b)(2)(A) and Section 13(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act. Among the findings included in the Order were the following: In 1999, we discovered that certain of our officers had authorized an improper $75,000 payment to an Indonesian tax official, after which we embarked on a corrective course of conduct, including voluntarily and promptly disclosing the misconduct to the SEC and the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”). In the course of our investigation of the Indonesia matter, we learned that we had made payments in the amount of $15,000 and $10,000 in India and Brazil, respectively, to our agents, without taking adequate steps to ensure that none of the payments would be passed on to foreign government officials. The Order found that the foregoing payments violated Section 13(b)(2)(A). The Order also found the Company in violation of Section 13(b)(2)(B) because it did not have a system of internal controls to determine if payments violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). The FCPA makes it unlawful for U.S. issuers, including the Company, or anyone acting on their behalf, to make improper payments to any foreign official in order to obtain or retain business. In addition, as discussed below, the FCPA establishes accounting and internal control requirements for U.S. issuers. We cooperated with the SEC’s investigation.

     By the Order, dated September 12, 2001 (previously disclosed by us and incorporated by reference in this annual report as Exhibit 99.1), we agreed to cease and desist from committing or causing any violation and any future violation of Section 13(b)(2)(A) and Section 13(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act. Such Sections of the Exchange Act require issuers to (x) make and keep books, records and accounts, which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the issuer and (y) devise and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary: (I) to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles or any other criteria applicable to such statements, and (II) to maintain accountability for assets.

     On March 29, 2002, we announced that we had been advised that the SEC and the DOJ are conducting investigations into allegations of violations of law relating to Nigeria and other related matters. The SEC has issued a formal order of investigation into possible violations of provisions under the FCPA regarding anti–bribery, books and records and internal controls. On August 6, 2003, the SEC issued a subpoena seeking information about our operations in Angola and Kazakhstan as part of its ongoing investigation. We are providing documents to and cooperating fully with the SEC and DOJ. The DOJ and the SEC have issued subpoenas to, or otherwise asked for interviews with, current and former employees in connection with the investigations regarding Nigeria, Angola and Kazakhstan. In addition, we have conducted internal investigations into these matters.

     Our internal investigations have identified issues regarding the propriety of certain payments and apparent deficiencies in our books and records and internal controls with respect to certain operations in Nigeria, Angola and Kazakhstan, as well as potential

15


Table of Contents

liabilities to governmental authorities in Nigeria. The investigation in Nigeria was substantially completed during the first quarter of 2003 and, based upon current information, we do not expect that any such potential liabilities will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. The internal investigations in Angola and Kazakhstan were substantially completed in the third quarter of 2004. Evidence obtained during the course of the investigations has been provided to the SEC and DOJ.

     The Department of Commerce, Department of the Navy and the DOJ (the “U.S. agencies”) are investigating compliance with certain export licenses issued to Western Geophysical from 1994 through 2000 for export of seismic equipment leased by the People’s Republic of China. We acquired Western Geophysical in August 1998 and subsequently transferred related assets to WesternGeco in December 2000. Under the WesternGeco formation agreement, we owe indemnity to WesternGeco for certain matters. We are cooperating fully with the U.S. agencies.

     We have received a subpoena from a grand jury in the Southern District of New York regarding goods and services we delivered to Iraq from 1995 through 2003 during the United Nations Oil-for-Food Program (the “U.N. Program”). We have also received a request from the SEC to provide a written statement and certain information regarding our participation in the U.N. Program. We are responding to both the subpoena and the request. Other companies in the energy industry are believed to have received similar subpoenas and requests.

     The U.S. agencies, the SEC and other authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal sanctions they may seek to impose against corporations and individuals in appropriate circumstances including, but not limited to, injunctive relief, disgorgement, fines, penalties and modifications to business practices and compliance programs. During 2004, such agencies and authorities entered into agreements with, and obtained a range of sanctions against, several public corporations and individuals arising from allegations of improper payments and deficiencies in books and records and internal controls, whereby civil and criminal penalties were imposed, including in some cases multi–million dollar fines and other sanctions. It is not possible to accurately predict at this time when any of the investigations related to the Company will be completed. Based on current information, we cannot predict the outcome of such investigations or what, if any, actions may be taken by the U.S. agencies, the SEC or other authorities or the effect it may have on our consolidated financial statements.

     On May 10, 2004, the District Court of Andrews County, Texas entered a judgment in favor of LOTUS, LLC and against INTEQ in the amount of $14.8 million for lost profits resulting from a breach of contract in drilling a well to create a salt cavern for disposing of naturally occurring radioactive waste. We have filed an appeal and taken other actions. We believe that any liability that we may incur as a result of this litigation would not have a material adverse financial effect on our consolidated financial statements.

     Further information is contained in the “Environmental Matters” section of Item 1 herein.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     None.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

     Our Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), is principally traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Our Common Stock is also traded on the Pacific Exchange and the SWX Swiss Exchange. As of February 25, 2005, there were approximately 62,700 stockholders and approximately 17,300 stockholders of record.

     For information regarding quarterly high and low sales prices on the New York Stock Exchange for our Common Stock during the two years ended December 31, 2004 and information regarding dividends declared on our Common Stock during the two years ended December 31, 2004 see Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.

16


Table of Contents

     The following table contains information about our purchases of equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2004.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

                                 
                            Maximum Number  
                    Total Number     (or Approximate  
                    of Shares     Dollar Value) of  
    Total Number     Average     Purchased as     Shares that May  
    of Shares     Price Paid     Part of a Publicly     Yet Be Purchased  
Period   Purchased (1)     per Share (1)     Announced Plan (2, 3)     Under the Plan (2, 3)  
October 1–31, 2004
        $              
November 1–30, 2004
                       
December 1–31, 2004
    32,868       43.91              
 
Total
    32,868     $ 43.91              
 

(1)     Represents shares purchased from employees to pay the option exercise price related to stock–for–stock exchanges in option exercises under employee benefit plans.

(2)     On September 10, 2002, we announced a plan to repurchase from time to time up to $275 million of our outstanding common stock. No shares were repurchased in 2004 under the plan. The plan has no expiration date, but may be terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. Under the plan, we have authorization remaining to repurchase up to $44.5 million in common stock.

(3)     On September 3, 2004, we announced the commencement of a voluntary sale program (also known as an odd–lot program) for stockholders owning fewer than 100 shares of our common stock. The shares were sold on the open market by the program’s administrator, Mellon Investor Services LLC. The program was not conditioned on receipt of a minimum number of tenders and expired on November 5, 2004.

17


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The Selected Financial Data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” both contained herein.

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
 
Revenues
  $ 6,103.8     $ 5,252.4     $ 4,860.2     $ 5,000.1     $ 4,791.1  
Costs and expenses:
                                       
Cost of revenues
    4,367.4       3,820.9       3,490.1       3,532.2       3,692.3  
Selling, general and administrative
    915.4       827.0       807.7       751.5       689.1  
Impairment of investment in affiliate
          45.3                    
Restructuring charges (reversals)
          (1.1 )           (4.2 )     7.0  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
                      (2.4 )     67.9  
 
Total
    5,282.8       4,692.1       4,297.8       4,277.1       4,456.3  
 
Operating income
    821.0       560.3       562.4       723.0       334.8  
Equity in income (loss) of affiliates
    36.3       (137.8 )     (69.7 )     45.8       (4.6 )
Interest expense
    (83.6 )     (103.1 )     (111.1 )     (126.3 )     (179.9 )
Interest income
    6.8       5.3       5.2       11.7       4.3  
Gain on trading securities
                            14.1  
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    780.5       324.7       386.8       654.2       168.7  
Income taxes
    (252.3 )     (146.8 )     (159.0 )     (222.9 )     (99.1 )
 
Income from continuing operations
    528.2       177.9       227.8       431.3       69.6  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    0.4       (43.4 )     (16.4 )     7.4       32.7  
 
Income before extraordinary loss and cumulative effect of accounting change
    528.6       134.5       211.4       438.7       102.3  
Extraordinary loss, net of tax
                      (1.5 )      
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
          (5.6 )     (42.5 )     0.8        
 
Net income
  $ 528.6     $ 128.9     $ 168.9     $ 438.0     $ 102.3  
 
 
                                       
Per share of common stock:
                                       
Income from continuing operations:
                                       
Basic
  $ 1.58     $ 0.53     $ 0.67     $ 1.29     $ 0.21  
Diluted
    1.57       0.53       0.67       1.28       0.21  
Dividends
    0.46       0.46       0.46       0.46       0.46  
 
                                       
Financial Position:
                                       
Working capital
  $ 1,731.1     $ 1,208.6     $ 1,496.9     $ 1,659.8     $ 1,704.5  
Total assets
    6,821.3       6,416.5       6,499.7       6,676.2       6,489.1  
Long–term debt
    1,086.3       1,133.0       1,424.3       1,682.4       2,049.6  
Stockholders’ equity
    3,895.4       3,350.4       3,397.2       3,327.8       3,046.7  

NOTES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(1)   Discontinued operations. The selected financial data has been reclassified to reflect Baker Hughes Mining Tools, BIRD Machine, EIMCO Process Equipment and our oil producing operations in West Africa as discontinued operations. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for additional information regarding discontinued operations.

(2)   WesternGeco. In November 2000, we formed the WesternGeco venture with Schlumberger by transferring the seismic fleets, data processing assets, exclusive and nonexclusive multiclient surveys and other assets of our Western Geophysical division. We own 30% of the venture and Schlumberger owns 70%, and we account for this investment using the equity method of accounting.

(3)   Restructuring charges (reversals). See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for a description of the restructuring charge reversal in 2003. During 2000, we recorded a restructuring charge of $29.5 million related to our plan to substantially exit the oil and natural gas exploration business. The major actions included in this restructuring were a reduction in workforce, costs to settle contractual obligations and a loss on the write–off of our undeveloped exploration properties in certain foreign jurisdictions. In 2000, we also recorded a $6.0 million restructuring charge in connection with the

18


Table of Contents

    formation of WesternGeco and recorded a reversal of $28.5 million of restructuring charges recorded in 1999. Included in the costs to settle contractual obligations was $4.5 million for the minimum amount of our share of project costs relating to our interest in an oil and natural gas property in Colombia. After unsuccessful attempts to negotiate a settlement with our joint venture partner, we decided to abandon further involvement in the project. Subsequently, in 2001, a third party agreed to assume the remaining obligation in exchange for our interest in the project. Accordingly, we reversed $4.2 million related to this obligation.
 
(4)   (Gain) loss on disposal of assets. During 2000, we recorded a loss of $75.5 million on the sale of our interests in certain oil and natural gas properties and recorded gains of $7.6 million on the sale of various product lines.
 
(5)   Cumulative effect of accounting change. In 2003, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . In 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . In 2001, we adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended by SFAS No. 137 and 138.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read in conjunction with “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” contained herein.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

     We are a leading provider of drilling, formation evaluation, completion and production products and services to the worldwide oil and natural gas industry. We compete as one of the three largest diversified oilfield services companies. Our Oilfield segment is comprised of seven product line focused divisions. Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids (drilling fluids), Hughes Christensen (oilfield drill bits) and INTEQ (drilling and measurement–while–drilling) provide products and services used to drill oil and natural gas wells. Baker Atlas (wireline formation evaluation) and INTEQ (formation evaluation while drilling) provide formation evaluation services. Baker Atlas (tubing conveyed perforating) and Baker Oil Tools (completion equipment) provide completion systems. Baker Petrolite (oilfield specialty chemicals), Centrilift (electric submersible pumps and progressing cavity pumps) and Baker Oil Tools (workover and completion equipment) provide equipment and services used during the production phase of oil and natural gas wells.

     Our headquarters are in Houston, Texas, and we have significant manufacturing operations in various countries including, but not limited to, the United States (Texas, Oklahoma, and Louisiana), Scotland (Aberdeen), Germany (Celle), Northern Ireland (Belfast) and Venezuela (Maracaibo). We operate in over 90 countries around the world and employ approximately 26,900 employees – about one–half of which work outside the U.S. Our revenue in 2004 was in excess of $6 billion – approximately 35% of which came from providing products and services to oil and natural gas companies operating in the U.S.

     The customers for our products and services include the super–major and major integrated oil and natural gas companies, independent oil and natural gas companies and state–owned national oil companies (“NOCs”). Our ability to compete in the oilfield services market is dependent on our ability to differentiate our product and service offerings by technology, service and the price paid for the value we deliver. Our primary competitors include the other two large diversified oilfield service companies – Schlumberger and Halliburton, as well as a number of smaller competitors, including Smith, Weatherford and Grant Prideco.

     The primary driver of our business is our customers’ capital and operating expenditures dedicated to exploring, drilling, developing, and producing oil and natural gas. Our business is cyclical and is dependent upon our customers’ forecasts of future oil and natural gas prices, future economic growth and hydrocarbon demand and estimates of future oil and natural gas production. In 2004, our customers’ spending directed to both worldwide oil and North American oil and natural gas projects increased. These increases were driven by the perceived, multi–year requirement to produce more hydrocarbons to meet the growth in demand, offset production declines, increase inventory levels and rebuild excess productive capacity. The increases were supported by historically high oil and natural gas prices. Our customers’ spending on oil projects is expected to continue to grow in 2005 and in the near future, with a bias towards those projects in the Middle East, Russia and the Caspian region and Africa. Spending in North America is dominated by spending on natural gas projects. In North America, customer activity is expected to grow modestly in 2005 compared with 2004 levels, which were the highest in over two decades.

     In 2004, we reported revenues of $6,103.8 million, a 16.2% increase compared with 2003. Income from continuing operations for 2004 was $528.2 million compared with $177.9 million in 2003. Included in income from continuing operations for 2003 are charges,

19


Table of Contents

net of tax, of $105.9 million related to our share of a WesternGeco restructuring charge and $45.3 million related to the impairment of our investment in WesternGeco. Both our revenues and operating profits set all time records in 2004.

     During 2004, the Baker Hughes rig count rose to its highest level since 1986, as oil and natural gas companies around the world recognized the need to increase productive capacity to meet the growing demand for hydrocarbons. Oil and natural gas prices were at historic highs in 2004, reflecting strong demand and relatively low inventories. The lack of excess productive capacity and several geopolitical and weather events also contributed to higher and more volatile commodity prices in 2004. In 2004, our revenues increased 16.2% compared with 2003, outpacing the 10.1% increase in the worldwide average rig count for 2004 compared with 2003. In North America, our 2004 revenues increased 14.4% compared with 2003, while the rig count increased 10.9% for 2004 compared with 2003, driven primarily by land–based drilling for natural gas. Outside North America, our 2004 revenues increased 17.5% compared with 2003, while the rig count increased 8.6% for 2004 compared with 2003. Revenue growth was particularly noteworthy in Russia and the Caspian region, Latin America, the Middle East, Africa and Asia. Our European revenues in 2004 were up modestly compared with 2003, despite a 15.2% drop in the North Sea rig count.

     The critical success factors for our business are embodied in our long–term strategy, which we call our Strategic Framework. This strategy includes the development and maintenance of a high performance culture founded on our Core Values and Keys to Success; our product line focused organization and our focus on best–in–class opportunities; maintaining our financial flexibility and financial discipline; and execution of our strategies for product development and commercialization, manufacturing quality and service quality.

     Our ongoing effort to develop and maintain a high performance culture starts with our Core Values of integrity, teamwork, performance and learning and with our Keys to Success. We employ succession planning efforts to develop leaders across all our businesses that embody these Core Values and represent the diversity of our customer base. We hire and train employees from around the world to ensure that we have a well–trained workforce in place to support our business plans.

     Our focus on best–in–class opportunities starts with our product line focused organization structure. We believe that through our product line focused divisions, we develop the technologies that deliver best–in–class value to our customers. As an enterprise, we are also focused on those markets that we believe provide best–in–class opportunities for growth. Our management team has identified markets for immediate focus including Russia and the Caspian region and NOCs.

     Our focus on financial flexibility and financial discipline is the backbone of our effort to deliver differential growth at superior margins while earning an acceptable return on our investments throughout the business cycle. Investments are given priority and funded depending on their ability to provide risk–adjusted returns in excess of our cost of capital. Our effort to obtain the best price we can for our products and services begins with our approach to capital discipline. Over the past few years, we have invested for growth in our business, repaid debt, paid dividends and repurchased stock, and we expect to maintain the flexibility to be able to undertake such activities in the future.

     The last element of our Strategic Framework focuses on our ability to identify, develop and commercialize new products and services that will lead to differential growth at superior margins in our business. The effort extends to every phase of our operations, including continuous improvement programs in our manufacturing facilities and field operations that support our goal of flawless execution at the well site.

     The execution of our 2005 business plan and the ability to meet our 2005 financial objectives are dependent on a number of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, our ability to: manage raw material and component costs (especially steel alloys, copper and chemicals) which are expected to increase in 2005 compared with 2004; continue to make ongoing improvements in the productivity of our manufacturing organization; recruit, train and retain the skilled and diverse workforce necessary to meet our business needs; expand our business in areas that are growing rapidly (such as Russia and the Caspian region) with customers whose spending is expected to increase the most rapidly (such as NOCs), and in areas in which we are underrepresented (such as the Middle East); and realize price increases commensurate with the value we provide to our customers. For a full discussion of risk factors and forward–looking statements, please see the “Risk Factors Related to the Worldwide Oil and Natural Gas Industry”, “Risk Factors Related to Our Business” and “Forward–Looking Statements” sections contained herein.

20


Table of Contents

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

     Our business environment and its corresponding operating results are significantly affected by the level of energy industry spending for the exploration and production (“E&P”) of oil and natural gas reserves. An indicator for this spending is the rig count because when drilling and workover rigs are active, many of the products and services provided by the oilfield services industry are required. Our products and services are used during the drilling and workover phases, during the completion of the oil and natural gas wells and during actual production of the hydrocarbons. This E&P spending by oil and natural gas companies is, in turn, influenced strongly by expectations about the supply and demand for oil and natural gas products and by current and expected prices for both oil and natural gas. Rig counts, therefore, generally reflect the relative strength and stability of energy prices.

Rig Counts

     We have been providing rig counts to the public since 1944. We gather all relevant data through our field service personnel, who obtain the necessary data from routine visits to the various rigs, customers, contractors or other outside sources. This data is then compiled and distributed to various wire services and trade associations and is published on our website. Rig counts are compiled weekly for the U.S. and Canada and monthly for all international and U.S. workover rigs. Published international rig counts do not include rigs drilling in certain locations, such as Russia and onshore China, because this information is extremely difficult to obtain.

     North American rigs are counted as active if, on the day the count is taken, the well being drilled has been started, drilling has not been completed and the well is anticipated to be of sufficient depth to be a potential consumer of our drill bits. In most international areas, rigs are counted as active if drilling operations have taken place for at least 15 days during the month. The rig count does not include rigs that are in transit from one location to another, are rigging up, are being used in non–drilling activities, including production testing, completion and workover, or are not significant consumers of drill bits. In some active international areas where better data is available, a weekly or daily average of active rigs is taken.

     Our rig counts are summarized in the table below as averages for each of the periods indicated.

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
U.S. – land and inland waters
    1,095       924       717  
U.S. – offshore
    97       108       113  
Canada
    365       372       263  
 
North America
    1,557       1,404       1,093  
 
Latin America
    290       244       214  
North Sea
    39       46       52  
Other Europe
    31       38       36  
Africa
    49       54       58  
Middle East
    230       211       201  
Asia Pacific
    197       177       171  
 
Outside North America
    836       770       732  
 
Worldwide
    2,393       2,174       1,825  
 
 
                       
U.S. Workover Rigs
    1,235       1,129       1,010  
 

     The U.S. – land and inland waters rig count increased 18.5% in 2004 compared with 2003 due to the increase in drilling for natural gas. The U.S. – offshore rig count decreased 10.2% in 2004 compared with 2003 primarily related to a reduced level of spending by major diversified oil and natural gas companies who have continued to redirect a portion of their spending towards larger international projects. The Canadian rig count decreased 1.9%, primarily as a result of unusually wet weather in the summer and fall of 2004.

     Outside North America, the rig count increased 8.6% in 2004 compared with 2003. The rig count in Latin America increased 18.9% in 2004 compared with 2003, driven primarily by spending increases in Mexico, Venezuela and Argentina. The North Sea rig count decreased 15.2% in 2004 compared with 2003 primarily driven by continued declines in drilling activity in both the U.K. and Norwegian sectors. Increases in spending in the North Sea by independent oil and natural gas companies were not large enough to offset decreases in spending by major diversified oil and natural gas companies, which continue to redirect spending towards other larger international projects, especially in Russia and the Caspian region. The rig count in Africa declined 9.3% in 2004 compared with 2003 primarily due to project delays in West Africa. Activity in the Middle East continued to rise steadily, with a 9.0% increase in the rig count in 2004 compared with 2003. The rig count in the Asia Pacific region was up 11.3% in 2004 compared with 2003 primarily due to activity increases in India, Indonesia, Australia and offshore China.

21


Table of Contents

Oil and Natural Gas Prices

     Generally, changes in the current price and expected future prices of oil or natural gas drive both customers’ expectations about their prospects from oil and natural gas sales and their expenditures to explore for or produce oil and natural gas. Accordingly, changes in these expenditures will normally result in increased or decreased demand for our products and services. Oil (Bloomberg West Texas Intermediate (WTI) Cushing Crude Oil Spot Price) and natural gas (Bloomberg Henry Hub Natural Gas Spot Price) prices are summarized in the table below as averages of the daily closing prices during each of the periods indicated.

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Oil prices ($/Bbl)
  $ 41.51     $ 31.06     $ 26.17  
Natural gas prices ($/mmBtu)
    5.90       5.49       3.37  

     Oil prices averaged a historic high of $41.51/Bbl in 2004. Prices increased from the low $30s/Bbl in January 2004 to a high of $56.17/Bbl in late October 2004, before moderating and ending the year in the low $40s/Bbl. Inventories of crude and petroleum products were relatively low throughout the year, supporting high prices. Worldwide demand for hydrocarbons was driven by strong worldwide economic growth, which was particularly strong in China and developing Asia. Worldwide excess productive capacity was at the lowest level in 30 years, and disruptions, or the potential for disruptions, in oil supply resulted in volatile oil prices throughout the year. Events in 2004 which either disrupted, or had the potential to disrupt, oil supplies included: the August recall elections in Venezuela; sabotage of Iraqi oil production assets; actions taken by the Russian government regarding Yukos and their tax obligations; terrorism in the Middle East, including the possibility of a disruption in oil supply from Saudi Arabia; labor strikes in Norway; labor strikes and violence in Nigeria; and weather, especially the impact of hurricanes in the Gulf of Mexico. By the end of the year, a number of these issues were resolved without significant disruptions to oil supply, which led to oil prices of just above $40/Bbl. In addition to these events, the weakness of the U.S. dollar relative to many worldwide currencies contributed to high U.S. dollar–denominated oil prices.

     During 2004, natural gas prices averaged a historic high of $5.90/mmBtu. Throughout the year, a tight balance between supply and demand supported prices between $5/mmBtu and $7/mmBtu, with weather related spikes outside of this range. High natural gas drilling activity in 2004 combined with increasing depletion rates resulted in limited production growth. We began the year with U.S. natural gas storage levels slightly greater than the five–year average storage levels. Natural gas prices peaked above $7/mmBtu in January as a result of colder than normal winter weather. Prices fell to just above $5/mmBtu in late February, as winter weather moderated and storage remained just above the five–year average. However, by the end of the winter heating season, natural gas inventories fell below the five–year average. In the first half of the summer, the market required natural gas prices in excess of $6/mmBtu in order to limit consumption of natural gas and allow storage to refill. In July and August, below average summer temperatures allowed storage to fill more rapidly and, as storage increased above the five–year average, prices fell to a low of $4.40/mmBtu in early September. High oil prices, hurricane–driven supply disruptions and the start of the winter heating season resulted in a peak price of $8.14/mmBtu in late October. Prices fell below $5/mmBtu in November, as the beginning of the winter was milder than normal and storage was above the five–year average. A late December cold snap resulted in a natural gas price in excess of $7/mmBtu. Prices ended the year at approximately $6/mmBtu.

Worldwide Oil and Natural Gas Industry Outlook

     This section should be read in conjunction with the factors described in the “Risk Factors Related to the Worldwide Oil and Natural Gas Industry,” “Risk Factors Related to Our Business” and “Forward–Looking Statements” sections contained herein. These factors could impact, either positively or negatively, our expectation for oil and natural gas demand, oil and natural gas prices and drilling activity.

      Oil – Oil prices in 2005 are expected to trade between $35/Bbl and $55/Bbl. Continuing the trend from 2004, low inventories of crude oil and products, combined with strong worldwide economic growth, are expected to support prices that could average above $40/Bbl. Growth in oil demand is expected to slow in 2005 compared with 2004, as worldwide economic growth and, in particular, economic growth in China moderates from the extraordinarily strong growth exhibited in 2004. The ongoing lack of excess productive capacity will leave the energy markets susceptible to price volatility should there be any disruptions or threat of disruptions in oil supplies.

     Factors that could lead to prices at the lower end of our range include but are not limited to: a more significant than expected slowing of worldwide economic growth, particularly economic growth in China; greater than planned growth in Russian oil exports; Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) exports in excess of their stated goals; or other factors which result in oil inventories increasing significantly from historically low levels.

22


Table of Contents

     Factors that could lead to prices at the top of our range include but are not limited to: more rapid than planned expansion of the worldwide economy, particularly the economy in China; a significant slowing of exports from Russia; or other factors which result in oil inventories that remain at historically low levels.

     Factors that could lead to disruptions or the threat of disruptions in oil supply and volatility in oil prices include but are not limited to: terrorist attacks targeting oil production from Saudi Arabia or other key producers; labor strikes in key oil producing areas such as Nigeria; the potential for other military actions in the Middle East; and adverse weather conditions, especially in the Gulf of Mexico. The potential for these and other events to cause volatility will be mitigated by the degree to which OPEC, and in particular Saudi Arabia, are able to increase excess productive capacity.

      Natural Gas – Natural gas prices in 2005 are expected to remain volatile, trading between $4/mmBtu and $7/mmBtu. Natural gas prices could trade at the top of this range if weather is colder than normal, the U.S. economy, particularly the industrial sector, exhibits greater than expected growth and continued levels of customer spending are not sufficient to support the production growth required to meet the growth of natural gas demand. Natural gas prices could move to the bottom of this range if the U.S. economic recovery is weaker than expected or weather is milder than expected. During the summer, natural gas prices are expected to trade at a level necessary to curtail price sensitive demand and allow storage to refill.

      Customer Spending – Based upon our discussions with major customers, review of published industry reports and our outlook for oil and natural gas prices described above, anticipated customer spending trends are as follows:

  •   North America – Spending in North America, primarily towards developing natural gas supplies, is expected to increase approximately 7% to 9% in 2005 compared with 2004.
 
  •   Outside North America – Customer spending, primarily directed at developing oil supplies, is expected to increase 10% to 14% in 2005 compared with 2004.
 
  •   Total spending is expected to increase 9% to 12% in 2005 compared with 2004.

      Drilling Activity – Based upon our outlook for oil and natural gas prices and customer spending described above, our outlook for drilling activity, as measured by the Baker Hughes rig count, is as follows:

  •   The North American rig count is expected to increase approximately 4% to 6% in 2005 compared with 2004.
 
  •   Drilling activity outside of North America is expected to increase approximately 9% to 11% in 2005 compared with 2004.

Risk Factors Related to the Worldwide Oil and Natural Gas Industry

     Our business is focused on providing products and services to the worldwide oil and natural gas industry; therefore, our risk factors are centered on those factors that impact, either positively or negatively, the markets for oil and natural gas. Key risk factors currently influencing the worldwide oil and natural gas markets are discussed below.

•   Excess productive capacity – the impact of supply and demand disruptions on oil prices and oil price volatility is tempered by the size of the disruption relative to the excess productive capacity. Key measures include estimates of worldwide productive capacity as compared with worldwide demand.
 
•   Supply disruptions – the loss of production, the inability to export and/or delay of activity from key oil exporting countries, including but not limited to, Iraq, Saudi Arabia and other Middle Eastern countries, Nigeria, Norway, Russia and Venezuela, due to political instability, civil unrest, labor issues or military activity. In addition, adverse weather such as hurricanes could impact production facilities, causing supply disruptions.
 
•   Energy prices and price volatility – the impact of widely fluctuating commodity prices on the stability of the market and subsequent impact on customer spending. While current energy prices are important contributors to positive cash flow at E&P companies, expectations for future prices and price volatility are generally more important for determining future E&P spending. While higher commodity prices generally lead to higher levels of E&P spending, sustained high energy prices can be an impediment to economic growth.
 
•   Global economic growth – particularly the impact of the U.S. and Western European economies and the economic activity in Japan, China, South Korea and the developing areas of Asia where the correlation between economic growth and energy demand

23


Table of Contents

    is strong. The strength of the U.S. economy and economic growth in developing Asia, particularly China, will continue to be important in 2005. Key measures include U.S. and international economic output, global energy demand and forecasts of future demand by governments and private organizations.
 
•   Oil and natural gas storage inventory levels – an indicator of the balance between supply and demand. A key measure of U.S. natural gas inventories is the storage level reported weekly by the U.S. Department of Energy compared with historic levels. Key measures for oil inventories include U.S. inventory levels reported by the U.S. Department of Energy and the American Petroleum Institute and worldwide estimates reported by the International Energy Agency.
 
•   Production control – the degree to which individual OPEC nations and other large oil and natural gas producing countries, including, but not limited to, Mexico, Norway and Russia, are willing and able to control production and exports of oil, to decrease or increase supply and to support their targeted oil price while meeting their market share objectives. Key measures of production control include actual production levels compared with target or quota production levels, oil prices compared with targeted oil prices and changes in each country’s market share.
 
•   Ability to produce natural gas – the amount of natural gas that can be produced is a function of the number and productivity of new wells drilled, completed and connected to pipelines as well as the rate of production and resulting depletion of existing wells. Advanced technologies, such as horizontal drilling, improve total recovery but also result in a more rapid production decline. Key measures include government and private surveys of natural gas production, company reported production, estimates of reservoir depletion rates and drilling and completion activity.
 
•   Impact of energy prices and price volatility on demand for hydrocarbons – short–term price changes can result in companies switching to the most economic sources of fuel, prompting a temporary curtailment of demand, while long–term price changes can lead to permanent changes in demand. These changes in demand result in the oilfield services industry being cyclical in nature. Key indicators include hydrocarbon prices on a Btu equivalent basis and indicators of hydrocarbon demand, such as electricity generation or industrial production.
 
•   Access to prospects – the ability of oil and natural gas companies to develop economically attractive projects based on their expectations of future energy prices, required investments and resulting returns. Access to prospects may be limited because host governments do not allow access to the reserves or because another oil and natural gas company owns the rights to develop the prospect.
 
•   Weather – the impact of variations in temperatures as compared with normal weather patterns and the related effect on demand for oil and natural gas. A key measure of the impact of weather on energy demand is population–weighted heating and cooling degree days as reported by the U.S. Department of Energy and forecasts of warmer than normal or cooler than normal temperatures. Weather can also impact production, for example, in the North Sea, the Gulf of Mexico and Canada.
 
•   Access to capital – the ability of oil and natural gas companies to access the funds necessary to carry out their E&P plans. Access to capital is particularly important for smaller independent oil and natural gas companies. Key measures of access to capital include cash flow, interest rates, analysis of oil and natural gas company leverage and equity offering activity.
 
•   Technological progress – the design and application of new products that allow oil and natural gas companies to drill fewer wells and to drill, complete and produce wells faster, recover more hydrocarbons and/or lower costs. Key measures also include the overall level of research and engineering spending by oilfield services companies and the pace at which new technology is both introduced commercially and accepted by customers.
 
•   Pace of new investment – the investment by oil and natural gas companies in emerging markets and any impact it has on their spending in areas where they already have an established presence.
 
•   Maturity of the resource base – the growing necessity for increased levels of investment and activity to support production from an area the longer it is developed. Key measures include changes in undeveloped hydrocarbon reserves in mature areas like the North Sea, the U.S., Canada and Latin America.
 
•   Government regulations – the costs incurred by oil and natural gas companies to conform to and comply with government regulations, including environmental regulations, may limit the quantity of oil and natural gas that may be economically produced.

24


Table of Contents

     For additional risk factors and cautions regarding forward–looking statements, see the “Risk Factors Related to Our Business” and the “Forward–Looking Statements” sections contained herein. This list of risk factors is not intended to be all inclusive.

BUSINESS OUTLOOK

     In our outlook for 2005, we took into account the factors described herein. We expect that 2005 will be a stronger year than 2004, with revenues increasing 9% to 11%, in line with the expected increase in customer spending. We expect that the growth in our revenues will primarily be due to increased activity and, to a lesser extent, price improvement. Our assumptions regarding overall growth in customer spending assume strong economic growth in the U.S. and China, and OPEC discipline, resulting in an average oil price exceeding $35/Bbl. Our assumptions regarding customer spending in North America assume strong economic growth in the U.S. and natural gas prices exceeding an average of $5/mmBtu.

     In North America, we expect revenues to increase 11% to 13% in 2005 compared with 2004, with the majority of the increase occurring in the second half of 2005. We expect spending on land–based projects to continue to increase in 2005 driven by demand for natural gas, following the trend evident in 2004. We also expect offshore spending in the Gulf of Mexico to increase modestly in 2005 compared with 2004. The normal weather–driven seasonal decline in U.S. and Canadian spending in the first half of the year should result in sequentially softer revenues in the first and second quarters of 2005.

     In 2004, 2003 and 2002, revenues outside North America were 58.4%, 57.7% and 59.9% of total revenues, respectively. In 2005, we expect revenues outside North America to continue to be between 55% and 60% of total revenues, and we expect these revenues to increase 7% to 9% in 2005 compared with 2004, continuing the multi–year trend of modest growth in customer spending. Spending on large projects by NOCs will reflect established seasonality trends, resulting in softer revenues in the first half of the year and stronger revenues in the second half. In addition, customer spending should be affected by weather–related reductions in the North Sea in the first and second quarters of 2005. The Middle East, Africa and Latin America are expected to grow modestly in 2005 compared with 2004. Our expectations for spending and revenue growth could decrease if average prices fall below $35/Bbl for oil or $5/mmBtu for natural gas or if there are disruptions in key oil and natural gas production markets, such as Venezuela or Nigeria.

     In 2004, WesternGeco contributed $34.5 million of equity in income of affiliates compared with equity in loss of affiliates of $9.9 million in 2003, which excludes $135.7 million related to our portion of certain restructuring and impairment charges taken by WesternGeco in the third quarter of 2003, which we recorded in “Equity in income (loss) of affiliates” in our consolidated statement of operations. We expect the trend of improving operating results for WesternGeco to continue throughout 2005; however, based on the historical trend of operating losses and weakness in the seismic industry in prior years, there is uncertainty regarding the future operating results of WesternGeco. Information regarding WesternGeco’s profitability in 2005 is based on information that WesternGeco has provided to us. Should this information not be accurate, our forecasts for profitability could be impacted, either positively or negatively.

     In 2005, we modified our stock award program to provide a combination of both restricted stock and stock option awards. Restricted stock awards and stock option awards were granted in January and stock option awards may also be granted in July. As required under the current accounting rules, awards of restricted stock are expensed over the vesting period based on their fair value when granted. We will begin expensing the fair value of stock option awards and stock issued under the employee stock purchase plan in July 2005, when we adopt the revised Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Share–Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”). We are currently in the process of evaluating different option pricing models and the impact of SFAS No. 123R on our consolidated financial statements. If we were to adopt SFAS No. 123R in July 2005 using a prospective application, we expect that income from continuing operations per diluted share will be reduced by approximately $0.03 for 2005. For further information, see Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.

     Based on the above forecasts, we believe that income from continuing operations per diluted share in 2005 will be in the range of $1.80 to $1.95, which includes the impact of expensing restricted stock awards but excludes the impact of expensing stock option awards and stock issued under the employee stock purchase plan. Significant price increases or significantly better than expected results from WesternGeco could cause earnings per share to reach the upper end of this range. Conversely, significant price decreases or significantly worse than expected results at WesternGeco could result in earnings per share being at or below the bottom of this range. Our ability to improve pricing is dependent on demand for our products and services and our competitors strategies of managing capacity. While the commercial introduction of new technology is an important factor in realizing price improvement, without pricing discipline throughout the industry as a whole, meaningful improvements in our prices are not likely to be realized. Additionally, significant changes in drilling activity outside our expectations, as well as changes in expected costs of raw materials, could impact operating results positively or negatively.

25


Table of Contents

     We do business in approximately 90 countries including over one–half of the 35 countries having the lowest scores, which indicates high levels of corruption, in Transparency International’s Corruption Perception Index (“CPI”) survey for 2004. We devote significant resources to the development, maintenance and enforcement of our Business Code of Conduct policy, our Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) policy, our internal control processes and procedures and other compliance related policies. Notwithstanding the devotion of such resources, and in part as a consequence thereof, from time to time we discover or receive information alleging potential violations of laws and regulation, including the FCPA and our policies, processes and procedures. We conduct internal investigations of these potential violations and take appropriate action depending upon the outcome of the investigation. In addition, U.S. government agencies and authorities are conducting investigations into allegations of potential violations of laws. We anticipate that the devotion of significant resources to compliance related issues, including the necessity for investigations, will continue to be an aspect of doing business in a number of the countries in which oil and natural gas exploration, development and production take place and in which we are requested to conduct operations. Compliance related issues could limit our ability to do business in these countries. In order to provide products and services in some of these countries, we may in the future utilize ventures with third parties, sell products to distributors or otherwise modify our business approach in order to improve our ability to conduct our business in accordance with laws and regulations and our Business Code of Conduct.

Risk Factors Related to Our Business

     Our expectations regarding our business outlook, including changes in revenue, pricing, capital spending and profitability, are only our forecasts regarding these matters. These forecasts may be substantially different from actual results, which are affected by the following risk factors and the timing of any of these risk factors:

•   Oil and gas market conditions – the level of petroleum industry E&P expenditures; drilling rig and oil and natural gas industry manpower and equipment availability; the price of, and the demand for, crude oil and natural gas; drilling activity; risks from operating hazards; seasonal and other weather conditions that affect the demand for energy; severe weather conditions, such as hurricanes, that affect exploration and production activities; OPEC policy and the adherence by OPEC nations to their OPEC production quotas; war, military action, terrorist activities or extended period of international conflict, particularly involving the U.S., Middle East or other major petroleum–producing or consuming regions; civil unrest or security conditions where we operate; expropriation of assets by governmental action.
 
•   Pricing, market share and contract terms – our ability to implement and affect price increases for our products and services; receipt of license fees; the effect of the level and sources of our profitability on our tax rate; the ability of our competitors to capture market share; our ability to retain or increase our market share; changes in our strategic direction; our ability to negotiate acceptable terms and conditions with our customers, especially NOCs; our ability to manage warranty claims and improve performance and quality; our ability to effectively manage our commercial agents.
 
•   Costs and availability of resources – our ability to manage the rising costs and availability of sufficient raw materials and components (especially steel alloys, copper and chemicals); our ability to recruit, train and retain the skilled and diverse workforce necessary to meet our business needs; manufacturing capacity and subcontracting capacity at forecasted costs to meet our revenue goals; the availability of essential electronic components used in our products; the effect of competition, particularly our ability to introduce new technology on a forecasted schedule and at forecasted costs; potential impairment of long–lived assets; the accuracy of our estimates regarding our capital spending requirements; unanticipated changes in the levels of our capital expenditures; the need to replace any unanticipated losses in capital assets; the development of technology by us or our competitors that lowers overall finding and development costs; labor–related actions, including strikes, slowdowns and facility occupations.
 
•   Litigation and changes in laws or regulatory conditions – the potential for unexpected litigation or proceedings; the legislative, regulatory and business environment in the U.S. and other countries in which we operate; outcome of government and internal investigations and legal proceedings; new laws, regulations and policies that could have a significant impact on the future operations and conduct of all businesses; changes in export control laws or exchange control laws; additional restrictions on doing business in countries subject to sanctions: changes in laws in Russia or other countries identified by management for immediate focus; changes in accounting standards; changes in tax laws or tax rates in the jurisdictions in which we operate; resolution of audits by various tax authorities; ability to fully utilize our tax loss carryforwards and tax credits.
 
•   Economic conditions – worldwide economic growth; foreign currency exchange fluctuations and changes in the capital markets in international locations where we operate; the condition of the capital and equity markets in general; our ability to estimate the size of and changes in the worldwide oil and natural gas industry.

26


Table of Contents

•   Environmental matters – unexpected, adverse outcomes or material increases in liability with respect to environmental remediation sites where we have been named as a potentially responsible party; the discovery of new environmental remediation sites; changes in environmental regulations; the discharge of hazardous materials or hydrocarbons into the environment. See also the “Environmental Matters” section in Item 1 contained herein for further information.

     For additional risk factors and cautions regarding forward–looking statements, see the “Risk Factors Related to the Worldwide Oil and Natural Gas Industry” and “Forward–Looking Statements” sections contained herein. This list of risk factors is not intended to be all inclusive.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

     The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates and judgments on historical experience and other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty, and accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the business environment in which we operate changes.

     We have defined a critical accounting estimate as one that is both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and requires us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates about matters that are uncertain. We have discussed the development and selection of our critical accounting estimates with the Audit/Ethics Committee of our Board of Directors and the Audit/Ethics Committee has reviewed the disclosure presented below. During the past three fiscal years, we have not made any material changes in accounting methodology used to establish the critical accounting estimates discussed below. We believe that the following are the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. In addition, there are other items within our consolidated financial statements that require estimation but are not deemed critical as defined above.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     The determination of the collectibility of amounts due from our customers requires us to use estimates and make judgments regarding future events and trends, including monitoring our customers’ payment history and current credit worthiness to determine that collectibility is reasonably assured, as well as consideration of the overall business climate in which our customers operate. Inherently, these uncertainties require us to make frequent judgments and estimates regarding our customers’ ability to pay amounts due us in order to determine the appropriate amount of valuation allowances required for doubtful accounts. Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded when it becomes evident that the customer will not make the required payments at either contractual due dates or in the future. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, reserves for doubtful accounts totaled $50.5 million, or 3.6%, and $61.8 million, or 5.1%, of total accounts receivable before reserves, respectively. We believe that our reserve for doubtful accounts is adequate to cover anticipated losses under current conditions; however, uncertainties regarding changes in the financial condition of our customers, either adverse or positive, could impact the amount and timing of any additional provisions for doubtful accounts that may be required. A five percent change in this reserve would have had a pre–tax impact of approximately $2.5 million in 2004.

Inventory Reserves

     Inventory is a significant component of current assets and is stated at the lower of cost or market. This requires us to record provisions and maintain reserves for excess or obsolete inventory. To determine these reserve amounts, we regularly review inventory quantities on hand and compare them to estimates of future product demand, market conditions, production requirements and technological developments. These estimates and forecasts inherently include uncertainties and require us to make judgments regarding potential outcomes. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, inventory reserves totaled $221.1 million, or 17.6%, and $232.5 million, or 18.7%, of gross inventory, respectively. We believe that our reserves are adequate to cover anticipated losses under current conditions. Significant or unanticipated changes to our estimates and forecasts, either adverse or positive, could impact the amount and timing of any additional provisions for excess or obsolete inventory that may be required. A five percent difference in this reserve would have had a pre–tax impact of approximately $11.1 million in 2004.

Impairment of Long–Lived Assets

     Long–lived assets, which include property, goodwill, intangible assets, investments in affiliates and certain other assets, comprise a significant amount of our total assets. We review the carrying values of these assets for impairment periodically, and at least annually for goodwill, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An

27


Table of Contents

impairment loss is recorded in the period in which it is determined that the carrying amount is not recoverable. This requires us to make judgments regarding long–term forecasts of future revenues and costs related to the assets subject to review. In turn, these forecasts are uncertain in that they require assumptions about demand for our products and services, future market conditions and technological developments. Significant and unanticipated changes to these assumptions could require a provision for impairment in a future period. Given the nature of these evaluations and their application to specific assets and specific times, it is not possible to reasonably quantify the impact of changes in these assumptions; however, based upon our evaluation of the current business climate in which we operate, we do not currently anticipate that any significant asset impairment losses will be necessary.

Income Taxes

     The liability method is used for determining our income taxes, under which current and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded in accordance with enacted tax laws and rates. Under this method, the amounts of deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period are determined using the tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we have considered and made judgments and estimates regarding estimated future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. These estimates and judgments include some degree of uncertainty and changes in these estimates and assumptions could require us to adjust the valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets. Historically, changes to valuation allowances have been caused by major changes in the business cycle in certain countries and changes in local country law. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions.

     We operate in more than 90 countries under many legal forms. As a result, we are subject to the jurisdiction of numerous domestic and foreign tax authorities, as well as to tax agreements and treaties among these governments. Our operations in these different jurisdictions are taxed on various bases: actual income before taxes, deemed profits (which are generally determined using a percentage of revenues rather than profits) and withholding taxes based on revenue. Determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events such as the amount, timing and character of deductions, permissible revenue recognition methods under the tax law and the sources and character of income and tax credits. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact on the amount of income taxes that we provide during any given year.

     Our tax filings for various periods are subjected to audit by the tax authorities in most jurisdictions where we conduct business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. We believe that these assessments may occasionally be based on erroneous and even arbitrary interpretations of local tax law. Resolution of these situations inevitably includes some degree of uncertainty; accordingly, we provide taxes only for the amounts we believe will ultimately result from these proceedings. The resulting change to our tax liability, if any, is dependent on numerous factors which are difficult to estimate. These include, among others, the amount and nature of additional taxes potentially asserted by local tax authorities; the willingness of local tax authorities to negotiate a fair settlement through an administrative process; the impartiality of the local courts; the sheer number of countries in which we do business; and the potential for changes in the tax paid to one country to either produce, or fail to produce, an offsetting tax change in other countries. Our experience has been that the estimates and assumptions we have used to provide for future tax assessments have proven to be appropriate. However, past experience is only a guide, and the potential exists, however limited, that the tax resulting from the resolution of current and potential future tax controversies may differ materially from the amount accrued. While we have provided for the taxes that we believe will ultimately be payable as a result of these assessments, the aggregate assessments are approximately $34.0 million in excess of the taxes provided for in our consolidated financial statements.

     In addition to the aforementioned assessments that have been received from various taxing authorities, we provide for taxes in certain situations where assessments have not been received. In those situations, we consider it probable that the taxes ultimately payable will exceed those amounts reflected in filed tax returns; accordingly, taxes are provided in those situations under the guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies .

Pensions and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

     Pensions and postretirement benefit obligations and the related plan expenses are calculated using actuarial models and methods. This involves the use of two critical assumptions, the discount rate and the expected rate of return on assets, both of which are important elements in determining plan expenses and in measuring plan assets and liabilities. We evaluate these critical assumptions at least annually. Other less critical assumptions used in determining benefit obligations and plan expenses, such as demographic factors

28


Table of Contents

like retirement age, mortality and turnover, are also evaluated periodically and are updated accordingly to reflect our actual experience.

     The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases plan expenses. We used a discount rate of 6.25% in 2004, 6.75% in 2003 and 7.00% in 2002 to determine plan expenses. A 75 basis point reduction in the discount rate would have increased plan expenses in 2004 by $6.2 million.

     To determine the expected rate of return on plan assets, we consider the current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on various categories of plan assets. A lower rate of return increases plan expenses. We assumed that rates of return on our plan investments were 8.50% in 2004 and 2003 and 9.00% in 2002. A 50 basis point decrease in the expected rate of return on assets of our principal plans would have increased plan expenses in 2004 by $1.8 million.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     In September 2004, we completed the sale of Baker Hughes Mining Tools (“BHMT”), a product line group within the Oilfield segment that manufactured rotary drill bits used in the mining industry, for $31.5 million. We recorded a gain on the sale of $0.2 million, net of tax of $3.6 million, which consisted of a gain on the disposal of $6.8 million offset by a loss of $6.6 million related to the recognition of the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings.

     In October 2003, we signed a definitive agreement for the sale of BIRD Machine (“BIRD”), the remaining division of the former Process segment, and recorded charges totaling $37.4 million, net of tax of $10.9 million, which consisted of a loss of $13.5 million on the write–down of BIRD to fair value, $6.2 million of severance and warranty accruals and a loss of $17.7 million related to the recognition of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings. In January 2004, we completed the sale of BIRD and recorded an additional loss on the sale of $0.5 million with no tax benefit. We received $5.6 million in proceeds, which were subject to post–closing adjustments to the purchase price, and retained certain accounts receivable, inventories and other assets. During the second quarter of 2004, we made a net payment of $6.8 million to the buyer in settlement of the final purchase price adjustments. The adjustments were the result of changes in the value of assets sold to and liabilities assumed by the buyer between the date the initial sales price was negotiated and the closing of the sale.

     In December 2002, we entered into exclusive negotiations for the sale of our interest in our oil producing operations in West Africa for $32.0 million in proceeds. The transaction was effective as of January 1, 2003, and resulted in a gain on the sale of $4.1 million, net of a tax benefit of $0.2 million. We received $10.0 million as a deposit in 2002 and the remaining $22.0 million in April 2003.

     In November 2002, we sold EIMCO Process Equipment (“EIMCO”), a division of the former Process segment, and recorded a loss on the disposal of $22.3 million, net of tax of $1.2 million, which consisted of a loss of $2.3 million on the write–down to fair value and a loss of $20.0 million related to the recognition of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings. We received total proceeds of $48.9 million, of which $4.9 million was held in escrow pending completion of final adjustments to the purchase price. In 2003, all purchase price adjustments were completed, resulting in the release of the escrow balance, of which we received $2.0 million and $2.9 million was returned to the buyer. In 2003, we also recorded an additional loss on the sale due to purchase price adjustments of $2.5 million, net of tax of $1.3 million.

     We have reclassified the consolidated financial statements for all prior periods presented to reflect these operations as discontinued. See Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for additional information regarding discontinued operations.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The discussions below relating to significant line items represent our analysis of significant changes or events that impact the comparability of reported amounts. Where appropriate, we have identified specific events and changes that affect comparability or trends and, where possible and practical, have quantified the impact of such items.

29


Table of Contents

     The table below details certain consolidated statement of operations data and their percentage of revenues for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
    $     %     $     %     $     %  
 
Revenues
  $ 6,103.8       100.0 %   $ 5 ,252.4       100.0 %   $ 4,860.2       100.0 %
Cost of revenues
    4,367.4       71.6       3,820.9       72.7       3,490.1       71.8  
Selling, general and administrative
    915.4       15.0       827.0       15.7       807.7       16.6  

Revenues

     Revenues for 2004 increased 16.2% compared with 2003, reflecting a 10.1% increase in the worldwide rig count. Revenues in North America, which accounted for 41.6% of total revenues, increased 14.4% compared with 2003. This increase reflects increased drilling activity in the U.S. and Canada, as evidenced by a 10.9% increase in the North American rig count, and $24.8 million related to intellectual property license fees, which is not expected to recur in the same magnitude in the future. Revenues outside North America, which accounted for 58.4% of total revenues, increased 17.5% compared with 2003. This increase reflects the improvement in international drilling activity, as evidenced by an 8.6% increase in the rig count outside North America, primarily in Latin America and Asia Pacific, partially offset by decreased drilling activity in the North Sea and Africa. During 2004, our revenue growth was primarily due to increases in activity and, to a lesser extent, pricing improvements.

     Revenues for 2003 increased 8.1% compared with 2002, reflecting a 19.1% increase in the worldwide rig count. Revenues in North America, which accounted for 42.3% of total revenues, increased 14.0% compared with 2002. This increase reflects increased drilling activity in the U.S. and Canada, as evidenced by a 28.4% increase in the North American rig count. Revenues outside North America, which accounted for 57.7% of total revenues, increased 4.1% compared with 2002. This increase reflects the improvement in international drilling activity, as evidenced by the 5.2% increase in the rig count outside North America, primarily in Latin America and the Middle East, partially offset by decreased drilling activity in the North Sea and Africa. During 2003, pricing was not a significant contributor to our revenue growth, as deterioration in prices for certain product lines at our INTEQ division were partially offset by pricing improvement realized from our other product lines.

Cost of Revenues

     Cost of revenues for 2004 increased 14.3% compared with 2003. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues was 71.6% and 72.7% for 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decrease in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues is primarily related to limited pricing improvement in certain markets and product lines and improved cost control measures, including lower repair and maintenance costs at our INTEQ division, partially offset by increased material costs and higher employee bonus expense. A change in the geographic and product mix from the sale of our products and services also contributed to the decrease in the cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues. During 2004, our revenue increases came predominantly from outside North America and our margins on revenues generated outside North America are typically higher than margins generated in North America.

     Cost of revenues for 2003 increased 9.5% compared with 2002. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues was 72.7% and 71.8% for 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues is primarily related to our INTEQ division. In 2003, INTEQ experienced the highest revenue growth of our divisions; however, margins deteriorated as they were impacted by increased downward pricing trends, increased repair and maintenance costs for newly developed downhole rental tools and other nonrecurring costs. A change in the geographic and product mix from the sale of our products and services also contributed to the increase in the cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues. During 2003, our revenue increases came predominantly from North America and our margins on revenues generated in North America are typically lower than margins generated outside of North America.

Selling, General and Administrative

     Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses for 2004 increased 10.7% compared with 2003. This increase was primarily due to higher marketing and administrative expenses as a result of increased activity, including higher annual employee bonus expense, and increased costs related to our continued focus on compliance, including legal investigations and increased staffing in our legal, compliance and audit groups. The increase was also due to the implementation of programs and procedures as a result of the requirements of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002.

     SG&A expenses for 2003 increased 2.4% compared with 2002. This increase was primarily due to an $8.9 million increase in net costs related to corporate activities and an increase of approximately $17.0 million in costs related to our self insurance programs, offset by improvement in the impact of foreign currency exchange activity of $18.3 million.

30


Table of Contents

Reversal of Restructuring Charge

     In 2000, our Board of Directors approved a plan to substantially exit the oil and natural gas exploration business and we recorded a restructuring charge of $29.5 million. Included in the restructuring charge was $1.1 million for a contractual obligation related to an oil and natural gas property in Angola. The property was subsequently sold in 2003 and we reversed the liability related to this contractual obligation.

Impairment of Investment in Affiliate

     In 2003, as a result of the continued weakness in the seismic industry, we evaluated the carrying value of our investment in WesternGeco and recorded an impairment loss of $45.3 million to write–down the investment to its fair value. The fair value was determined using a combination of a market capitalization and discounted cash flows approach. We were assisted in the determination of the fair value by a third party. Although not anticipated, further declines in the fair value of the investment in WesternGeco would result in additional impairments.

Equity in Income (Loss) of Affiliates

     Equity in income of affiliates was $36.3 million in 2004 compared with equity in loss of affiliates of $2.1 million in 2003, which excludes the $135.7 million related to our portion of the restructuring and impairment charge taken by WesternGeco in the third quarter of 2003. During 2003, the operating results of WesternGeco continued to be adversely affected by the weakness in the seismic industry and, as a result of this weakness, WesternGeco recorded certain impairment and restructuring charges of $452.0 million for impairment of its multiclient seismic library and rationalization of its marine seismic fleet.

     Operating results for WesternGeco are expected to continue to improve in 2005; however, based on the trend of operating losses and weakness in the seismic industry in prior years, there is uncertainty regarding the future operating performance of WesternGeco.

Interest Expense

     Interest expense for 2004 decreased $19.5 million compared with 2003 primarily due to lower total debt levels and the effect of the interest rate swap agreement entered into in April 2004. The lower total debt levels are the result of the repayment of $350.0 million of long–term debt in the second quarter of 2004, which decreased interest expense by $16.0 million in 2004 compared with 2003. Additionally, the interest rate swap agreement decreased interest expense by $4.1 million in 2004 compared with 2003.

     Interest expense for 2003 decreased $8.0 million compared with 2002 due to lower total debt levels, lower weighted average interest rates on our commercial paper and money market borrowings and increased amortization of deferred gains related to terminated interest rate swap agreements. The lower total debt levels are the result of the repayment of $100.0 million of long–term debt in February 2003. The approximate weighted average interest rate on our commercial paper and money market borrowings was 1.2% in 2003 compared with 1.8% for 2002. The amortization of deferred gains related to terminated interest rate swap agreements reduced interest expense by $9.9 million in 2003 compared with $6.0 million in 2002.

Income Taxes

     Our effective tax rates differ from the U.S. statutory income tax rate of 35% due to state income taxes, differing rates of tax on international operations and higher taxes within the WesternGeco venture.

     During 2003, we recognized an incremental effect of $36.3 million of additional taxes attributable to our portion of the operations of WesternGeco. Of this amount, $15.9 million related to the reduction in the carrying value of our equity investment in WesternGeco for which there was no tax benefit. The remaining $20.4 million arose from operations of the venture due to: (i) the venture being taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions based on a deemed profit basis, which is a percentage of revenues rather than profits and (ii) unbenefitted foreign losses of the venture, which are operating losses and impairment and restructuring charges in certain foreign jurisdictions where there was no current tax benefit and where a deferred tax asset was not recorded due to the uncertainty of realization. In 2002, the amount of additional taxes resulting from operations of the venture was $40.2 million.

     During 2003, a benefit of $3.3 million was recognized as the result of various refund claims filed in the U.S. During 2002, a $14.4 million benefit was recognized as the result of the settlement of an IRS examination related to our September 30, 1996 through September 30, 1998 tax years.

     Our tax filings for various periods are subjected to audit by tax authorities in most jurisdictions where we conduct business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. We believe

31


Table of Contents

that these assessments may occasionally be based on erroneous and even arbitrary interpretations of local tax law. We have received tax assessments from various taxing authorities and are currently at varying stages of appeals and/or litigation regarding these matters. We have provided for the amounts we believe will ultimately result from these proceedings. We believe we have substantial defenses to the questions being raised and will pursue all legal remedies should an unfavorable outcome result. However, resolution of these matters involves uncertainties and there are no assurances that the outcomes will be favorable.

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change

     On January 1, 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . SFAS No. 143 requires that the fair value of a liability associated with an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate can be made. The liability for the ARO is revised each subsequent period due to the passage of time and changes in estimates. The associated retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long–lived asset and subsequently depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The adoption of SFAS No. 143 in 2003 resulted in a charge of $5.6 million, net of tax of $2.8 million, recorded as the cumulative effect of accounting change in the consolidated statement of operations. In conjunction with the adoption, we recorded ARO liabilities of $11.4 million primarily for anticipated costs of obligations associated with the future disposal of power source units at certain of our divisions and refurbishment costs associated with certain leased facilities in Europe and with a fleet of leased railcars and tanks.

     On January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The adoption of SFAS No. 142 required us to cease amortizing goodwill and to perform a transitional impairment test of goodwill in each of our reporting units as of January 1, 2002. The reporting units were based on our organizational and reporting structure. Corporate and other assets and liabilities were allocated to the reporting units to the extent that they related to the operations of these reporting units. Valuations of the reporting units were performed by a third party. The goodwill in both the EIMCO and BIRD operating divisions of the former Process segment was determined to be impaired using a combination of a market value and discounted cash flows approach to estimate fair value. Accordingly, we recognized transitional impairment losses of $42.5 million, net of tax of $20.4 million, in 2002 as the cumulative effect of accounting change in the consolidated statement of operations.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Our objective in financing our business is to maintain adequate financial resources and access to additional liquidity. During 2004, cash flows from operations and short–term borrowings were the principal sources of funding. We anticipate that cash flows from operations will cover our liquidity needs in 2005. We also have a $500.0 million committed revolving credit facility that provides back–up liquidity in the event of an unanticipated significant demand on cash flows that could not be funded by operations or short–term borrowings. This facility expires in July 2006.

     Our capital planning process is focused on utilizing cash flows generated from operations in ways that enhance the value of our company. In 2004, we used cash for a variety of activities including working capital needs, payment of dividends, repayments of indebtedness and capital expenditures.

Cash Flows

     Cash flows provided (used) by continuing operations by type of activity were as follows for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Operating activities
  $ 783.6     $ 651.6     $ 620.1  
Investing activities
    (196.4 )     (361.1 )     (280.4 )
Financing activities
    (352.2 )     (335.8 )     (312.3 )

     Statements of cash flows for entities with international operations that are local currency functional exclude the effects of the changes in foreign currency exchange rates that occur during any given year, as these are considered to be noncash changes. As a result, changes reflected in certain accounts on the consolidated statements of cash flows may not reflect the changes in corresponding accounts on the consolidated balance sheets.

Operating Activities

     Cash flows from operating activities have been steadily increasing over the last three years and we expect this trend to continue in 2005. We attribute the increases in our cash flows to successful management of working capital and increasing levels of income from continuing operations adjusted for noncash items.

32


Table of Contents

     Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations increased $132.0 million in 2004 compared with 2003. This increase was primarily due to increased operating performance, which is directly related to our increased revenues. In addition, changes in working capital, primarily consisting of changes in accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and other current liabilities, provided $12.7 million less in cash flows during 2004 compared with 2003.

     The underlying drivers of the changes in working capital are as follows:

  •   An increase in accounts receivable used $175.3 million in cash in 2004 compared with using $13.9 million in cash in 2003. This was due to the increase in revenues and an increase in days sales outstanding (defined as the average number of days our accounts receivable are outstanding) of approximately two days.
 
  •   A build up in inventory in anticipation of increased activity used $4.5 million in cash in 2004 compared with providing $20.9 million in cash in 2003. The build up in inventory was partially offset by our continued focus on improving the utilization of inventory on hand.
 
  •   An increase in accounts payable and other current liabilities provided $190.6 million in cash in 2004 compared with providing $16.5 million in cash in 2003. This was due to increased activity, increased employee compensation accruals, better management of our accounts payable and $45.3 million less in net income tax payments in 2004 compared with 2003.

     Our pension contributions in 2004 were approximately $110.0 million, an increase of approximately $82.0 million compared with 2003, due to our decision to improve the funded status of certain pension plans and to provide us with increased flexibility on the future funding of these pension plans.

     Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations increased $31.5 million in 2003 compared with 2002 primarily due to increased operating performance attributable to our increased revenues. In addition, working capital decreased with the effect of increasing cash flows from operating activities.

     The underlying drivers of the changes in working capital are as follows:

  •   An increase in accounts receivable in 2003 used $13.9 million in cash compared with providing $86.4 million in cash in 2002. This was primarily due to the increase in revenues offset by a reduction in days sales outstanding of approximately two days.
 
  •   A decrease in inventory in 2003 provided $20.9 million in cash compared with providing $15.4 million in cash in 2002 as we increased our focus on improving the utilization of inventory on hand.
 
  •   An increase in accounts payable and other current liabilities in 2003 provided $16.5 million in cash compared with using $106.2 million in cash in 2002. This was due to increased activity, increased employee compensation accruals, better management of our accounts payable and increased accruals for our self insurance programs. Theses changes were partially offset by an increase in income tax payments of $59.8 million in 2003 compared with 2002.

Investing Activities

     Our principal recurring investing activity is the funding of capital expenditures to ensure that we have the appropriate levels and types of rental tools in place to generate revenues from operations. Expenditures for capital assets totaled $348.3 million, $404.3 million and $355.9 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The majority of these expenditures were for rental tools, including wireline, and machinery and equipment.

     In December 2004, we paid $1.0 million in cash for the remaining 60% interest in Luna Energy L.L.C. (“Luna”), a venture we entered into in 2002. During 2004, we also paid $5.6 million in settlement of the final purchase price related to an acquisition completed in a prior year and invested an additional $7.1 million in certain of our investments in affiliates.

     In 2003, we made two acquisitions having an aggregate purchase price of $16.9 million, of which $9.5 million was paid in cash. In addition, during 2003, we invested $38.1 million in affiliates, of which $30.1 million related to our 50% interest in the QuantX Wellbore Instrumentation venture, which is engaged in the permanent in–well monitoring market.

     In 2002, we made three acquisitions having an aggregate cash purchase price of $39.7 million, net of cash acquired. In addition, during 2002, we invested $16.5 million in Luna.

33


Table of Contents

     In 2004, we received $58.7 million in net proceeds from the sale of businesses and our interest in an affiliate. In January, we completed the sale of BIRD and received $5.6 million in proceeds, which were subject to post–closing adjustments to the purchase price. During the second quarter, we made a net payment of $6.8 million to the buyer in settlement of the final purchase price adjustments. In February, we completed the sale of our minority interest in Petreco International, a venture we entered into in 2001, and received proceeds of $35.8 million, of which $7.4 million is held in escrow pending the outcome of potential indemnification obligations pursuant to the sales agreement. A portion of the escrow will be released in May 2005, with the remainder released in February 2006. In September, we also completed the sale of BHMT and received proceeds of $31.5 million.

     In 2003, we completed the sale of our interest in an oil producing property in West Africa for $32.0 million in proceeds. We received a deposit of $10.0 million in 2002 and the remaining $22.0 million in 2003. During 2002, we also disposed of our EIMCO division for $48.9 million in proceeds. We received $44.0 million in proceeds in 2002, with the remainder of the sales price held in escrow pending completion of final adjustments of the purchase price. In 2003, all purchase price adjustments were completed, resulting in the release of the escrow balance. We received $2.0 million and $2.9 million was returned to the buyer.

     Proceeds from disposal of assets were $106.9 million, $66.8 million and $77.7 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These disposals relate to rental tools that were lost–in–hole, as well as machinery, rental tools and equipment no longer used in operations that were sold throughout the year. Included in the proceeds for 2004 was $12.2 million related to the sale of certain real estate properties held for sale.

Financing Activities

     We had net borrowings (repayments) of commercial paper and other short–term debt of $35.5 million, $11.2 million and $(162.4) million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In 2004, we repaid the $100.0 million 8.0% Notes due May 2004 and the $250.0 million 7.875% Notes due June 2004. In 2003, we repaid the $100.0 million 5.8% Notes due February 2003. These repayments were funded with cash on hand, cash flows from operations and the issuance of commercial paper.

     Total debt outstanding at December 31, 2004 was $1,162.3 million, a decrease of $322.1 million compared with December 31, 2003. The total debt to total capitalization (defined as total debt plus stockholders’ equity) ratio was 0.23 at December 31, 2004 and 0.31 at December 31, 2003.

     At different times during 2003, we entered into three separate interest rate swap agreements, each for a notional amount of $325.0 million, associated with our 6.25% Notes due January 2009. These agreements had been designated and had qualified as fair value hedging instruments. Due to our outlook for interest rates, we terminated the three agreements and received payments totaling $26.9 million. Each of the three agreements was terminated prior to entering into a new agreement. The deferred gains are being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matures in January 2009.

     During 2002, we terminated two interest rate swap agreements that had been entered into in prior years. These agreements had been designated and had qualified as fair value hedging instruments. Upon termination, we received proceeds of $4.8 million and $11.0 million. The deferred gain of $4.8 million was amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matured in June 2004. The deferred gain of $11.0 million is being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matures in January 2009.

     We received proceeds of $115.9 million, $61.8 million and $38.3 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, from the issuance of common stock through the exercise of stock options and our employee stock purchase plan.

     During 2002, we were authorized by our Board of Directors to repurchase up to $275.0 million of our common stock. During 2003, we repurchased 6.3 million shares at an average price of $28.78 per share, for a total of $181.4 million. During 2002, we repurchased 1.8 million shares at an average price of $27.52 per share, for a total of $49.1 million. Upon repurchase, the shares were retired. We did not repurchase any shares during 2004.

     We paid dividends of $153.6 million, $154.3 million and $154.9 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Available Credit Facilities

     At December 31, 2004, we had $897.4 million of credit facilities with commercial banks, of which $500.0 million is a committed revolving credit facility (the “facility”) that expires in July 2006. The facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, require the maintenance of a funded indebtedness to total capitalization ratio (a defined formula per the facility) of less than or equal to 0.50, limit the amount of subsidiary indebtedness and restrict the sale of significant assets, defined as 10% or more of total

34


Table of Contents

consolidated assets. At December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with all the facility covenants. There were no direct borrowings under the facility during the year ended December 31, 2004; however, to the extent we have outstanding commercial paper, our ability to borrow under the facility is reduced. At December 31, 2004, we had no outstanding commercial paper or money market borrowings.

     If market conditions were to change and revenues were to be significantly reduced or operating costs were to increase, our cash flows and liquidity could be reduced. Additionally, it could cause the rating agencies to lower our credit rating. We do not have any ratings triggers in the facility that would accelerate the maturity of any borrowings under the facility. However, a downgrade in our credit ratings could increase the cost of borrowings under the facility. Also, a downgrade in our credit ratings could limit or preclude our ability to issue commercial paper. Should this occur, we would seek alternative sources of funding, including borrowing under the facility.

Cash Requirements

     In 2005, we believe operating cash flows will provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to manage our working capital needs, meet contractual obligations, fund capital expenditures, pay dividends, repurchase common stock and support the development of our short–term and long–term operating strategies.

     We currently expect that 2005 capital expenditures will be between $440.0 million and $460.0 million, excluding acquisitions. The expenditures are expected to be used primarily for normal, recurring items necessary to support the growth of our business and operations.

     In 2005, we expect to make interest payments of approximately $80.0 million to $90.0 million. This is based on our current expectations of debt levels during 2005.

     We have authorization remaining to repurchase up to $44.5 million in common stock. We may continue to repurchase our common stock in 2005 depending on the price of our common stock, our liquidity and other considerations. In 2005, we anticipate paying dividends of $0.46 per share of common stock. However, our Board of Directors is free to change the dividend policy at any time.

     During 2005, we estimate that we will contribute approximately $12.0 million to $19.0 million to our pension plans and make benefit payments related to postretirement welfare plans of approximately $16.3 million. We also estimate that we will contribute approximately $70.0 million to $80.0 million to our defined contribution plans.

     We anticipate making income tax payments of approximately $230.0 million to $260.0 million in 2005.

     We do not believe that there are any other material trends, demands, commitments, events or uncertainties that would have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on our financial condition and liquidity. Other than previously discussed, we currently have no information that would create a reasonable likelihood that the reported levels of revenues and cash flows from operations in 2004 are not indicative of what we can expect in the future.

35


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

     In the table below, we set forth our enforceable and legally binding obligations as of December 31, 2004. Some of the figures we include in this table are based on our estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors. The enforceable and legally binding obligations we will actually pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table because the estimates and assumptions are subjective.

                                         
    Payments Due by Period (in millions)  
            Less Than     1 – 3     4 – 5     After  
    Total     1 year     Years     Years     5 Years  
 
Total debt (1)
  $ 1,151.1     $ 76.0     $ 0.1     $ 525.0     $ 550.0  
Estimated interest payments (2)
    1,069.1       72.6       145.2       129.1       722.2  
Operating leases (3)
    327.7       74.0       85.2       42.2       126.3  
Purchase obligations (4)
    114.7       99.4       13.9       1.4        
Other long–term liabilities (5)
    20.5       4.4       8.9       4.6       2.6  
 
Total
  $ 2,683.1     $ 326.4     $ 253.3     $ 702.3     $ 1,401.1  
 


(1) Amounts represent the expected cash payments for our total debt and do not include any unamortized discounts, deferred issuance costs, fair market valuation of our current interest rate swap agreement or deferred gains on terminated interest rate swap agreements.

(2) Amounts represent the expected cash payments for interest on our fixed rate long–term debt.

(3) We enter into operating leases in the normal course of business. Some lease agreements provide us with the option to renew the lease. Our future operating lease payments would change if we exercised these renewal options and if we entered into additional operating lease agreements.

(4) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable at anytime without penalty.

(5) Amounts represent other long–term liabilities, including the current portion, reflected in the consolidated balance sheet where both the timing and amount of payment streams are known. Amounts include: payments for certain environmental remediation liabilities, payments for deferred compensation, payouts under acquisition agreements and payments for certain asset retirement obligations. Amounts do not include: payments for pension contributions, payments for various postretirement welfare benefit plans and postemployment benefit plans and payments for deferred taxes and other tax liabilities, as such amounts have not been determined beyond 2005.

Off–Balance Sheet Arrangements

     In the normal course of business with customers, vendors and others, we have entered into off–balance sheet arrangements, such as letters of credit and other bank issued guarantees, which totaled approximately $312.3 million at December 31, 2004. In addition, at December 31, 2004, we have guaranteed debt and other obligations of third parties with a maximum potential exposure of $7.4 million. None of these off–balance sheet arrangements either has, or is likely to have, a material effect on our current or future financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

     Other than normal operating leases, we do not have any off–balance sheet financing arrangements such as securitization agreements, liquidity trust vehicles, synthetic leases or special purpose entities. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such financing arrangements.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . An entity is subject to the consolidation rules of FIN 46 and is referred to as a variable interest entity (“VIE”) if the entity’s equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its operations without additional financial support. In December 2003, the FASB issued modifications to FIN 46 (“FIN 46R”), resulting in multiple effective dates based on the nature as well as the creation date of a VIE. The adoption of FIN 46 and FIN 46R in 2004 had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

36


Table of Contents

     In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 106–2 (“FSP 106–2”), Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 , which provides guidance on the accounting for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 for employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. We adopted the provisions of FSP 106–2 in the third quarter of 2004, resulting in a reduction in our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation of $18.8 million. We recognized a reduction in our net periodic postretirement benefit costs of $2.0 million for 2004 as a result of the adoption of FSP 106–2.

     In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs – an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 , which amends the guidance in ARB No. 43 to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material. SFAS No. 151 requires that these items be recognized as current period charges. In addition, SFAS No. 151 requires the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We are currently evaluating the provisions of SFAS No. 151 and will adopt SFAS No. 151 on January 1, 2006.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets – an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 , to address the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets. SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary exchanges occurring after June 30, 2005. We will adopt SFAS No. 153 on July 1, 2005.

     In December 2004, the FASB revised SFAS No. 123, Share–Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock–Based Compensation , and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . SFAS No. 123R requires a public entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant–date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period in which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. SFAS No. 123R also requires a public entity to initially measure the cost of employee services rendered in exchange for an award of liability instruments at its current fair value. The fair value of that award is to be remeasured subsequently at each reporting date through the settlement date. Changes in the fair value during the required service period are to be recognized as compensation cost over that period. We are currently in the process of evaluating different option pricing models and the impact of SFAS No. 123R on our consolidated financial statements. We will adopt SFAS No. 123R on July 1, 2005.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 109–1 (“FSP 109–1”), Application of FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”) to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 , which provides guidance on the recently enacted American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”). The Act provides a tax deduction for income from qualified domestic production activities. FSP 109–1 provides for the treatment of the deduction as a special deduction as described in SFAS No. 109. As such, the deduction will have no effect on existing deferred tax assets and liabilities. The impact of the deduction is to be reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on our U.S. tax return. We do not expect that this deduction will have a material impact on our effective tax rate in future years. FSP 109–1 is effective prospectively as of January 1, 2005.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 109–2 (“FSP 109–2”), Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which provides guidance under SFAS No. 109 with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the Act on a company’s income tax expense and deferred tax liability. FSP 109–2 states that a company is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effect of the Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109. We have not yet decided on whether, and to what extent, we might elect to repatriate foreign earnings under the provisions in the Act. Any such repatriation under the Act must occur by December 31, 2005. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for taxes related to this election. The maximum amount we could elect to repatriate is $500 million as prescribed in the Act. Our evaluation of the effect of the election is expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2005.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     In conjunction with the formation of WesternGeco in November 2000, we entered into an agreement with Schlumberger whereby a cash true–up payment will be made by either of the parties based on a formula comparing the ratio of the net present value of sales revenue from each party’s contributed multiclient seismic data libraries during the four–year period ending November 30, 2004 and the ratio of the net book value of those libraries as of November 30, 2000. The maximum payment that either party will be required to make as a result of this adjustment is $100.0 million. We currently estimate that Schlumberger will make a payment to us in the range

37


Table of Contents

of $9.0 million to $11.5 million, pending final determination of the adjustment. When received, this payment will be recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of our investment in WesternGeco. This payment will be taxable when paid and the tax effect will be recorded as current income tax expense.

     In November 2000, we also entered into an agreement with WesternGeco whereby WesternGeco subleased a facility from us for a period of ten years at then current market rates. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, we received payments of $5.5 million, $5.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively, from WesternGeco related to this lease.

     On or after December 1, 2005, either party to the WesternGeco Master Formation Agreement may offer to sell their entire interest in the venture to the other party at a cash purchase price per percentage interest specified in an offer notice. If the offer to sell is not accepted, the offering party will be obligated to purchase the entire interest of the other party at the same price per percentage interest as the price specified in the offer notice. We cannot predict when, or if, we or Schlumberger may exercise this right.

     At December 31, 2004 and 2003, net accounts (payable) receivable from affiliates totaled $(1.1) million and $0.7 million, respectively. There were no other significant related party transactions.

FORWARD–LOOKING STATEMENTS

     MD&A and certain statements in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements include forward–looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (each a “forward–looking statement”). The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “ensure,” “expect,” “if,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “forecasts,” “predict,” “outlook,” “aim,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “may,” “likely” and similar expressions, and the negative thereof, are intended to identify forward–looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward–looking statement. Our expectations regarding our business outlook, including changes in revenue, pricing, capital spending, profitability, oil and natural gas market conditions, market share and contract terms, costs and availability of resources, economic and regulatory conditions, and environmental matters are only our forecasts regarding these matters.

     These forecasts may be substantially different from actual results, which are affected by those risk factors and the timing of any of those risk factors identified in the “Environmental Matters” section in Item 1 herein and the “Risk Factors Related to the Worldwide Oil and Natural Gas Industry” and “Risk Factors Related to Our Business” sections contained herein.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     We are exposed to certain market risks that are inherent in our financial instruments that arise in the normal course of business. We may enter into derivative financial instrument transactions to manage or reduce market risk but do not enter into derivative financial instrument transactions for speculative purposes. A discussion of our primary market risk exposure in financial instruments is presented below.

INDEBTEDNESS

     We are subject to interest rate risk on our long–term fixed interest rate debt. Commercial paper borrowings, other short–term borrowings and variable rate long–term debt do not give rise to significant interest rate risk because these borrowings either have maturities of less than three months or have variable interest rates. All other things being equal, the fair market value of debt with a fixed interest rate will increase as interest rates fall and will decrease as interest rates rise. This exposure to interest rate risk is managed by borrowing money that has a variable interest rate or using interest rate swaps to change fixed interest rate borrowings to variable interest rate borrowings.

38


Table of Contents

     At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had fixed rate debt aggregating $1,075.2 million and $1,425.6 million, respectively. The following table sets forth the required cash payments for our indebtedness, which bear a fixed rate of interest and are denominated in U.S. Dollars, and the related weighted average effective interest rates by expected maturity dates as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 (dollar amounts in millions).

                                                                 
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     Thereafter     Total  
As of December 31, 2004:
                                                               
Long–term debt (1) (2)
  $     $ 0.1     $ 0.1     $     $     $ 525.0     $ 550.0     $ 1,075.2  
Weighted average effective interest rates
            12.30 %     6.50 %                     4.96 % (3)(4)     7.55 %     6.24 % (3)(4)
 
                                                               
Fixed to variable swaps (4)
                                                               
Notional amount
                                          $ 325.0             $ 325.0  
Pay rate
                                            4.60 % (5)             4.60 % (5)
Receive rate
                                            6.25 %             6.25 %
 
                                                               
As of December 31, 2003:
                                                               
Long–term debt (1) (2)
  $ 350.4     $     $ 0.2     $     $     $     $ 1,075.0     $ 1,425.6  
Weighted average effective interest rates
    7.21 % (3)             6.12 %                             6.16 % (3)     6.41 % (3)


(1)     Amounts do not include any unamortized discounts, deferred issuance costs or deferred gains on terminated interest rate swap agreements.
 
(2)     Fair market value of fixed rate long–term debt was $1,239.0 million at December 31, 2004 and $1,570.8 million at December 31, 2003.
 
(3)     Includes the effect of the amortization of deferred gains on terminated interest rate swap agreements.
 
(4)     Includes the fair market value of the interest rate swap agreement entered into in April 2004. The fair market value of the interest rate swap agreement was a $2.3 million liability at December 31, 2004.
 
(5)     Six–month LIBOR for the U.S. Dollar, reset semi–annually in January and July, plus 2.741%.

INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS

     In April 2004, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement for a notional amount of $325.0 million associated with our 6.25% Notes due January 2009. Under this agreement we receive interest at a fixed rate of 6.25% and pay interest at a floating rate of six–month LIBOR plus a spread of 2.741%. The interest rate swap agreement has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedging instrument. The interest rate swap agreement is fully effective, resulting in no gain or loss recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. We recorded the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement, which was a $2.3 million liability at December 31, 2004, based on quoted market prices for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates.

     At different times during 2003, we entered into three separate interest rate swap agreements, each for a notional amount of $325.0 million, associated with our 6.25% Notes due January 2009. These agreements had been designated and had qualified as fair value hedging instruments. Due to our outlook for interest rates, we terminated the three agreements and received payments totaling $26.9 million. Each of the three agreements was terminated prior to entering into a new agreement. The deferred gains are being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matures in January 2009.

     During 2002, we terminated two interest rate swap agreements that had been entered into in prior years. These agreements had been designated and had qualified as fair value hedging instruments. Upon termination, we received proceeds of $4.8 million and $11.0 million. The deferred gain of $4.8 million was amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matured in June 2004. The deferred gain of $11.0 million is being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matures in January 2009.

FOREIGN CURRENCY AND FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS

     We conduct operations around the world in a number of different currencies. The majority of our significant foreign subsidiaries have designated the local currency as their functional currency. As such, future earnings are subject to change due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates when transactions are denominated in currencies other than our functional currencies. To minimize the need for foreign currency forward contracts to hedge this exposure, our objective is to manage foreign currency exposure by maintaining a minimal consolidated net asset or net liability position in a currency other than the functional currency.

39


Table of Contents

     At December 31, 2004, we had entered into several foreign currency forward contracts with notional amounts aggregating $78.0 million to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations in various foreign currencies, including the British Pound Sterling, the Norwegian Krone, the Euro and the Brazilian Real. These contracts are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments. Based on quoted market prices as of December 31, 2004 for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, we recorded a loss of $0.4 million to adjust these foreign currency forward contracts to their fair market value. This loss offsets designated foreign exchange gains resulting from the underlying exposures and is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

     At December 31, 2004, we had also entered into several foreign currency forward contracts with notional amounts aggregating $122.4 million to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations in various foreign currencies, including the British Pound Sterling and the Canadian Dollar. These exposures arise when local currency operating expenses are not in balance with local currency revenue collections. The funding of such imbalances is supported by short–term intercompany borrowing commitments that have definitive amounts and funding dates. All fundings are scheduled to take place on or before December 31, 2005. These foreign currency forward contracts were designated as cash flow hedging instruments and are fully effective. Based on quoted market prices as of December 31, 2004 for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, we recorded a loss of $0.1 million to adjust these foreign currency forward contracts to their fair market value. The loss is recorded in other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheet.

     At December 31, 2003, we had entered into several foreign currency forward contracts with notional amounts aggregating $62.5 million to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations in various foreign currencies, including the British Pound Sterling, the Norwegian Krone, the Euro, the Brazilian Real and the Argentine Peso. These contracts are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments. Based on quoted market prices as of December 31, 2003 for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, we recorded a gain of $1.5 million to adjust these foreign currency forward contracts to their fair market value. This gain offsets designated foreign exchange losses resulting from the underlying exposures and is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

     The counterparties to the forward contracts are major financial institutions. The credit ratings and concentration of risk of these financial institutions are monitored on a continuing basis. In the unlikely event that the counterparties fail to meet the terms of a foreign currency contract, our exposure is limited to the foreign currency rate differential.

40


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our control environment is the foundation for our system of internal control and is embodied in our Business Code of Conduct, which sets the tone of our company and includes our Core Values of Integrity, Teamwork, Performance and Learning. Included in our system of internal control are written policies, an organizational structure providing division of responsibilities, the selection and training of qualified personnel and a program of financial and operations reviews by a professional staff of corporate auditors. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the underlying transactions, including the acquisition and disposition of assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that our assets are safeguarded and transactions are executed in accordance with management’s and our directors’ authorization and are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

     Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our evaluation was based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

     Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework , our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004. The conclusion of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer is based on the recognition that there are inherent limitations in all systems of internal control. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

     Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

         
/s/ CHAD C. DEATON
  /s/ G. STEPHEN FINLEY   /s/ ALAN J. KEIFER
Chad C. Deaton
  G. Stephen Finley   Alan J. Keifer
Chairman and
  Senior Vice President –   Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer
  Finance and Administration,   Controller
  and Chief Financial Officer    
 
       
Houston, Texas
       
February 24, 2005
       

41


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Baker Hughes Incorporated
Houston, Texas

     We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Baker Hughes Incorporated and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

     A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

     Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

     In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

     We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2004 and for the year then ended, and the financial statement schedule II; and our report dated February 24, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas
February 24, 2005

42


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Baker Hughes Incorporated
Houston, Texas

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Baker Hughes Incorporated and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule II, valuation and qualifying accounts. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Baker Hughes Incorporated and subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

     As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements: effective as of January 1, 2003, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, which established new accounting and reporting standards for asset retirement obligations; and effective as of January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, which established new accounting and reporting standards for the recording, amortization and impairment of goodwill and other intangibles.

     We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 24, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas
February 24, 2005

43


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share amounts)

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Revenues
  $ 6,103.8     $ 5,252.4     $ 4,860.2  
 
 
                       
Costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of revenues
    4,367.4       3,820.9       3,490.1  
Selling, general and administrative
    915.4       827.0       807.7  
Impairment of investment in affiliate
          45.3        
Reversal of restructuring charge
          (1.1 )      
 
Total
    5,282.8       4,692.1       4,297.8  
 
 
                       
Operating income
    821.0       560.3       562.4  
Equity in income (loss) of affiliates
    36.3       (137.8 )     (69.7 )
Interest expense
    (83.6 )     (103.1 )     (111.1 )
Interest income
    6.8       5.3       5.2  
 
 
                       
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    780.5       324.7       386.8  
Income taxes
    (252.3 )     (146.8 )     (159.0 )
 
 
                       
Income from continuing operations
    528.2       177.9       227.8  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    0.4       (43.4 )     (16.4 )
 
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change
    528.6       134.5       211.4  
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
          (5.6 )     (42.5 )
 
Net income
  $ 528.6     $ 128.9     $ 168.9  
 
 
                       
Basic earnings per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.58     $ 0.53     $ 0.67  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
          (0.13 )     (0.05 )
Cumulative effect of accounting change
          (0.02 )     (0.12 )
 
Net income
  $ 1.58     $ 0.38     $ 0.50  
 
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.67  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    0.01       (0.13 )     (0.05 )
Cumulative effect of accounting change
          (0.02 )     (0.12 )
 
Net income
  $ 1.58     $ 0.38     $ 0.50  
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

44


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions, except par value)

                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
 
ASSETS
               
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 319.0     $ 98.4  
Accounts receivable – less allowance for doubtful accounts:
               
December 31, 2004, $50.5; December 31, 2003, $61.8
    1,356.1       1,141.8  
Inventories
    1,035.2       1,013.4  
Deferred income taxes
    199.7       172.6  
Other current assets
    56.6       58.1  
Assets of discontinued operations
          48.7  
 
Total current assets
    2,966.6       2,533.0  
 
               
Investments in affiliates
    678.1       691.3  
Property – less accumulated depreciation:
               
December 31, 2004, $2,382.9; December 31, 2003, $2,215.0
    1,334.1       1,395.1  
Goodwill
    1,267.0       1,239.4  
Intangible assets – less accumulated amortization:
               
December 31, 2004, $70.2; December 31, 2003, $55.8
    155.1       163.4  
Other assets
    420.4       394.3  
 
Total assets
  $ 6,821.3     $ 6,416.5  
 
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 454.3     $ 386.4  
Short–term borrowings and current portion of long–term debt
    76.0       351.4  
Accrued employee compensation
    368.8       277.8  
Income taxes
    104.8       41.6  
Other accrued liabilities
    231.6       237.7  
Liabilities of discontinued operations
          29.5  
 
Total current liabilities
    1,235.5       1,324.4  
 
               
Long–term debt
    1,086.3       1,133.0  
Deferred income taxes and other tax liabilities
    231.9       218.9  
Pensions and postretirement benefit obligations
    308.3       311.1  
Other liabilities
    63.9       78.7  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, one dollar par value (shares authorized – 750.0; outstanding – 336.6 at December 31, 2004 and 332.0 at December 31, 2003)
    336.6       332.0  
Capital in excess of par value
    3,127.8       2,998.6  
Retained earnings
    545.9       170.9  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (109.8 )     (151.1 )
Unearned compensation
    (5.1 )      
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    3,895.4       3,350.4  
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 6,821.3     $ 6,416.5  
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

45


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In millions, except per share amounts)

                                                 
            Capital             Accumulated              
            in Excess             Other              
    Common     of     Retained     Comprehensive     Unearned        
    Stock     Par Value     Earnings     Loss     Compensation     Total  
 
Balance, December 31, 2001
  $ 336.0     $ 3,119.3     $ 182.3     $ (309.8 )   $     $ 3,327.8  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                    168.9                          
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
                                               
Reclassifications included in net income due to sale of business
                            20.0                  
Translation adjustments, net of tax of $(0.2)
                            74.5                  
Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax of $15.7
                            (31.2 )                
Total comprehensive income
                                            232.2  
Cash dividends ($0.46 per share)
                    (154.9 )                     (154.9 )
Stock issued pursuant to employee stock plans
    1.6       39.6                               41.2  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (1.8 )     (47.3 )                             (49.1 )
 
Balance, December 31, 2002
    335.8       3,111.6       196.3       (246.5 )           3,397.2  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                    128.9                          
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
                                               
Reclassifications included in net income due to sale of business
                            17.7                  
Translation adjustments, net of tax of $0.3
                            95.6                  
Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax of $5.3
                            (17.9 )                
Total comprehensive income
                                            224.3  
Cash dividends ($0.46 per share)
                    (154.3 )                     (154.3 )
Stock issued pursuant to employee stock plans
    2.5       62.1                               64.6  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
    (6.3 )     (175.1 )                             (181.4 )
 
Balance, December 31, 2003
    332.0       2,998.6       170.9       (151.1 )           3,350.4  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                    528.6                          
Foreign currency translation adjustments:
                                               
Reclassifications included in net income due to sale of business
                            6.6                  
Translation adjustments, net of tax of $2.3
                            30.8                  
Change in minimum pension liability, net of tax of $(1.8)
                            4.0                  
Loss on derivative instruments, net of tax of $0.01
                            (0.1 )                
Total comprehensive income
                                            569.9  
Cash dividends ($0.46 per share)
                    (153.6 )                     (153.6 )
Issuance of restricted stock
    0.2       6.7                       (6.9 )      
Amortization of unearned compensation, net of tax of $1.0
                                    1.8       1.8  
Stock issued pursuant to employee stock plans
    4.4       122.5                               126.9  
 
Balance, December 31, 2004
  $ 336.6     $ 3,127.8     $ 545.9     $ (109.8 )   $ (5.1 )   $ 3,895.4  
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

46


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 528.2     $ 177.9     $ 227.8  
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    371.8       347.5       319.6  
Amortization of deferred gains on derivatives
    (7.9 )     (6.7 )     (1.3 )
Amortization of unearned compensation
    1.8              
Acquired in–process research and development
    1.8              
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    48.4       (20.1 )     (20.4 )
Gain on disposal of assets
    (37.8 )     (30.2 )     (45.8 )
Impairment of investment in affiliate
          45.3        
Equity in (income) loss of affiliates
    (36.3 )     137.8       69.7  
Change in accounts receivable
    (175.3 )     (13.9 )     86.4  
Change in inventories
    (4.5 )     20.9       15.4  
Change in accounts payable
    49.2       16.0       (56.8 )
Change in accrued employee compensation and other accrued liabilities
    141.4       0.5       (49.4 )
Change in pensions and postretirement benefit obligations and other liabilities
    (30.4 )     (23.0 )     18.0  
Change in other assets and liabilities
    (66.8 )     (0.4 )     56.9  
 
Net cash flows from continuing operations
    783.6       651.6       620.1  
Net cash flows from discontinued operations
    0.1       4.5       86.3  
 
Net cash flows from operating activities
    783.7       656.1       706.4  
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Expenditures for capital assets
    (348.3 )     (404.3 )     (355.9 )
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (6.6 )     (9.5 )     (39.7 )
Investments in affiliates
    (7.1 )     (38.1 )     (16.5 )
Proceeds from sale of business and interest in affiliate
    58.7       24.0       54.0  
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    106.9       66.8       77.7  
 
Net cash flows from continuing operations
    (196.4 )     (361.1 )     (280.4 )
Net cash flows from discontinued operations
    (0.4 )     (1.1 )     (2.7 )
 
Net cash flows from investing activities
    (196.8 )     (362.2 )     (283.1 )
 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Net borrowings (repayments) of commercial paper and other short–term debt
    35.5       11.2       (162.4 )
Repayment of indebtedness
    (350.0 )     (100.0 )      
Proceeds from termination of interest rate swap agreements
          26.9       15.8  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    115.9       61.8       38.3  
Repurchase of common stock
          (181.4 )     (49.1 )
Dividends
    (153.6 )     (154.3 )     (154.9 )
 
Net cash flows from financing activities
    (352.2 )     (335.8 )     (312.3 )
 
 
                       
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
    (14.1 )     (3.6 )     (5.8 )
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    220.6       (45.5 )     105.2  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    98.4       143.9       38.7  
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 319.0     $ 98.4     $ 143.9  
 
 
                       
Income taxes paid
  $ 143.2     $ 188.5     $ 128.7  
Interest paid
  $ 97.5     $ 116.2     $ 111.8  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

47


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

     Baker Hughes Incorporated (“Baker Hughes”) is engaged in the oilfield services industry. Baker Hughes is a major supplier of wellbore–related products and technology services and systems to the worldwide oil and natural gas industry and provides products and services for drilling, formation evaluation, completion and production of oil and natural gas wells.

Basis of Presentation

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Baker Hughes and all majority owned subsidiaries (“we,” “our” or “us”). Investments over which we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not hold a controlling interest, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, all dollar and share amounts in tabulations are in millions of dollars and shares, respectively, unless otherwise indicated.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used for, but are not limited to, determining the following: allowance for doubtful accounts and inventory valuation reserves, recoverability of long–lived assets, useful lives used in depreciation and amortization, income taxes and related valuation allowances, and insurance, environmental, legal and pensions and postretirement benefit obligations.

Revenue Recognition

     Our products and services are generally sold based upon purchase orders or contracts with the customer that include fixed or determinable prices and that do not include right of return or other similar provisions or other significant post–delivery obligations. Our products are produced in a standard manufacturing operation, even if produced to our customer’s specifications, and are sold in the ordinary course of business through our regular marketing channels. We recognize revenue for these products upon delivery, when title passes and when collectibility is reasonably assured. Provisions for estimated warranty returns or similar types of items are made at the time the related revenue is recognized. Revenue for services is recognized as the services are rendered and when collectibility is reasonably assured. Rates for services are typically priced on a per day, per meter, per man hour or similar basis.

Cash Equivalents

     We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first–in, first–out (“FIFO”) method or the average cost method, which approximates FIFO, and includes the cost of materials, labor and manufacturing overhead.

Property and Depreciation

     Property is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is generally provided by using the straight–line method over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets. We manufacture a substantial portion of our rental tools and equipment and the cost of these items, which includes direct and indirect manufacturing costs, are capitalized and carried in inventory until the tool is completed. Once the tool has been completed, the cost of the tool is reflected in capital expenditures and the tool is classified as rental tools and equipment in property. Significant improvements and betterments are capitalized if they extend the useful life of the asset.

48


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     We had an interest in an oil producing property in West Africa that was sold effective January 2003 and is classified as a discontinued operation. We used the full–cost method of accounting for this property. Under this method, we capitalized all acquisition, exploration and development costs incurred for the purpose of finding oil reserves. In accordance with full cost accounting rules, we performed ceiling tests on the carrying value of our oil properties. During 2002, there was no ceiling test charge recorded. Depreciation, depletion and amortization of oil properties were computed using the unit–of–production method based upon production and estimates of proved reserves and totaled $16.6 million in 2002. No costs were excluded from the full cost amortization pool. At December 31, 2002, our only cost center related to these properties was in West Africa.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Amortization

     Goodwill, including goodwill associated with equity method investments, and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized either on a straight–line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life or on a basis that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are realized.

Impairment of Long–Lived Assets

     We review property, intangible assets and certain other assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The determination of recoverability is made based upon the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, excluding interest expense. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is determined by comparing the fair value, as determined by a discounted cash flows analysis, with the carrying value of the related assets.

     We perform an annual impairment test of goodwill as of October 1, or more frequently if circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Investments in affiliates are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. The determination of impairment is made by comparing the carrying amount with its fair value, which is calculated using a combination of a market capitalization and discounted cash flows approach.

Income Taxes

     We use the liability method for determining our income taxes, under which current and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded in accordance with enacted tax laws and rates. Under this method, the amounts of deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period are determined using the tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. Future tax benefits are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not.

     Deferred income taxes are provided for the estimated income tax effect of temporary differences between financial and tax bases in assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are also provided for certain tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets is established when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

     We intend to indefinitely reinvest certain earnings of our foreign subsidiaries in operations outside the U.S., and accordingly, we have not provided for U.S. income taxes on such earnings. We do provide for the U.S. and additional non–U.S. taxes on earnings anticipated to be repatriated from our non–U.S. subsidiaries.

     We operate in more than 90 countries under many legal forms. As a result, we are subject to the jurisdiction of numerous domestic and foreign tax authorities, as well as to tax agreements and treaties among these governments. Our operations in these different jurisdictions are taxed on various bases: actual income before taxes, deemed profits (which are generally determined using a percentage of revenues rather than profits) and withholding taxes based on revenue. Determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events, such as the amount, timing and character of deductions, permissible revenue recognition methods under the tax law and the sources and character of income and tax credits. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact upon the amount of income taxes that we provide during any given year.

     Our tax filings for various periods are subjected to audit by tax authorities in most jurisdictions where we conduct business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. We believe that these assessments may occasionally be based on erroneous and even arbitrary interpretations of local tax law. We have received tax assessments from various taxing authorities and are currently at varying stages of appeals and/or litigation regarding these matters.

49


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

We have provided for the amounts we believe will ultimately result from these proceedings. We believe we have substantial defenses to the questions being raised and will pursue all legal remedies should an unfavorable outcome result. However, resolution of these matters involves uncertainties and there are no assurances that the outcomes will be favorable.

Product Warranties

     We sell certain products with a product warranty that provides that customers can return a defective product during a specified warranty period following the purchase in exchange for a replacement product, repair at no cost to the customer or the issuance of a credit to the customer. We accrue amounts for estimated warranty claims based upon current and historical product sales data, warranty costs incurred and any other related information known to us.

Environmental Matters

     Remediation costs are accrued based on estimates of probable environmental exposure using currently available facts, existing environmental permits, technology and presently enacted laws and regulations. For sites where we are primarily responsible for the remediation, our cost estimates are developed based on internal evaluations and are not discounted. Such accruals are recorded when it is probable that we will be obligated to pay amounts for environmental site evaluation, remediation or related activities, and such amounts can be reasonably estimated. If the obligation can only be estimated within a range, we accrue the minimum amount in the range. Such accruals are recorded even if significant uncertainties exist over the ultimate cost of the remediation. As additional or more accurate information becomes available, we adjust such accruals to reflect current cost estimates. Ongoing environmental compliance costs, such as obtaining environmental permits, installation of pollution control equipment and waste disposal, are expensed as incurred. Where we have been identified as a potentially responsible party in a United States federal or state “Superfund” site, we accrue our share of the estimated remediation costs of the site. This share is based on the ratio of the estimated volume of waste we contributed to the site to the total volume of waste disposed at the site.

Foreign Currency

     The majority of our significant foreign subsidiaries have designated the local currency as their functional currency and, as such, gains and losses resulting from balance sheet translation of foreign operations are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting from the settlement of foreign receivables or payables, are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense in the consolidated statements of operations as incurred. For those foreign subsidiaries that have designated the U.S. Dollar as the functional currency, gains and losses resulting from balance sheet translation of foreign operations are also included in SG&A expense in the consolidated statements of operations as incurred. We recorded net foreign currency transaction and translation gains (losses) of $4.0 million, $1.5 million and $(16.8) million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Derivative Financial Instruments

     We monitor our exposure to various business risks including commodity price, foreign currency exchange rate and interest rate risks and occasionally use derivative financial instruments to manage the impact of certain of these risks. Our policies do not permit the use of derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. We use foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain firm commitments and transactions denominated in foreign currencies. We use interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk.

     At the inception of any new derivative, we designate the derivative as a cash flow hedge or fair value hedge. We document all relationships between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. We assess whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item at both the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis.

Stock–Based Compensation

     As allowed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, Accounting for Stock–Based Compensation , we have elected to account for our stock–based compensation using the intrinsic value method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (“APB No. 25”), Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . Under this method, compensation expense is to be recognized for the difference between the quoted market price of the stock at the measurement date less the amount, if any, the employee is required to pay for the stock. Our reported net income does not include any compensation expense associated with stock option awards because the exercise prices of our stock option awards equal the market prices of the underlying stock when granted. Our reported net income does include compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards.

50


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     If we had recognized compensation expense as if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards as provided for under SFAS No. 123, our pro forma net income, earnings per share (“EPS”) and stock–based compensation cost would have been as follows for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 528.6     $ 128.9     $ 168.9  
Add: Stock–based compensation for restricted stock awards included in reported net income, net of tax
    1.6       1.9       2.1  
Deduct: Stock–based compensation determined under the fair value method, net of tax
    (23.1 )     (23.1 )     (23.3 )
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 507.1     $ 107.7     $ 147.7  
 
 
                       
Basic EPS
                       
As reported
  $ 1.58     $ 0.38     $ 0.50  
Pro forma
    1.52       0.32       0.44  
Diluted EPS
                       
As reported
  $ 1.58     $ 0.38     $ 0.50  
Pro forma
    1.51       0.32       0.44  

     These pro forma calculations may not be indicative of future amounts since additional awards in future years are anticipated.

     Under SFAS No. 123, the fair value of stock–based awards is calculated through the use of option pricing models. These models require subjective assumptions, including future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, which greatly affect the calculated values. Our calculations were made using the Black–Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31:

                                 
    Assumptions  
                    Risk–Free     Expected  
    Dividend     Expected     Interest     Life  
    Yield     Volatility     Rate     (in years)  
 
2004
    1.3 %     39.9 %     2.8 %     3.5  
2003
    1.6 %     45.0 %     2.5 %     3.8  
2002
    1.4 %     45.0 %     3.5 %     3.8  

     The weighted average fair values of options granted in 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $11.16, $10.25 and $10.24 per share, respectively.

New Accounting Standards

     In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . An entity is subject to the consolidation rules of FIN 46 and is referred to as a variable interest entity (“VIE”) if the entity’s equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its operations without additional financial support. In December 2003, the FASB issued modifications to FIN 46 (“FIN 46R”), resulting in multiple effective dates based on the nature as well as the creation date of a VIE. The adoption of FIN 46 and FIN 46R in 2004 had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

     In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 106–2 (“FSP 106–2”), Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 , which provides guidance on the accounting for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 for employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. We adopted the provisions of FSP 106–2 in the third quarter of 2004, resulting in a reduction in our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation of $18.8 million. We recognized a reduction in our net periodic postretirement benefit costs of $2.0 million for 2004 as a result of the adoption of FSP 106–2.

     In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs – an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 , which amends the guidance in ARB No. 43 to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material. SFAS No. 151 requires that these items be recognized as current period charges. In addition, SFAS No. 151 requires

51


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We are currently evaluating the provisions of SFAS No. 151 and will adopt SFAS No. 151 on January 1, 2006.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets – an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 , to address the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets. SFAS No. 153 eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary exchanges occurring after June 30, 2005. We will adopt SFAS No. 153 on July 1, 2005.

     In December 2004, the FASB revised SFAS No. 123, Share–Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R is a revision of SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB No. 25. SFAS No. 123R requires a public entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant–date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period in which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. SFAS No. 123R also requires a public entity to initially measure the cost of employee services rendered in exchange for an award of liability instruments at its current fair value. The fair value of that award is to be remeasured subsequently at each reporting date through the settlement date. Changes in the fair value during the required service period are to be recognized as compensation cost over that period. We are currently in the process of evaluating different option pricing models and the impact of SFAS No. 123R on our consolidated financial statements. We will adopt SFAS No. 123R on July 1, 2005.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 109–1 (“FSP 109–1”), Application of FASB Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”) to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 , which provides guidance on the recently enacted American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”). The Act provides a tax deduction for income from qualified domestic production activities. FSP 109–1 provides for the treatment of the deduction as a special deduction as described in SFAS No. 109. As such, the deduction will have no effect on existing deferred tax assets and liabilities. The impact of the deduction is to be reported in the period in which the deduction is claimed on our U.S. tax return. We do not expect that this deduction will have a material impact on our effective tax rate in future years. FSP 109–1 is effective prospectively as of January 1, 2005.

     In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 109–2 (“FSP 109–2”), Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which provides guidance under SFAS No. 109 with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the Act on a company’s income tax expense and deferred tax liability. FSP 109–2 states that a company is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effect of the Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109. We have not yet decided on whether, and to what extent, we might elect to repatriate foreign earnings under the provisions in the Act. Any such repatriation under the Act must occur by December 31, 2005. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements do not reflect a provision for taxes related to this election. The maximum amount we could elect to repatriate is $500 million as prescribed in the Act. Our evaluation of the effect if the election is made is expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2005.

Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications, including reclassifications for deferred income taxes and other tax liabilities, have been made to the prior years’ consolidated financial statements to conform with the current year presentation.

NOTE 2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     In September 2004, we completed the sale of Baker Hughes Mining Tools (“BHMT”), a product line group within the Oilfield segment that manufactured rotary drill bits used in the mining industry, for $31.5 million. We recorded a gain on the sale of $0.2 million, net of tax of $3.6 million, which consisted of a gain on the disposal of $6.8 million offset by a loss of $6.6 million related to the recognition of the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings.

     In October 2003, we signed a definitive agreement for the sale of BIRD Machine (“BIRD”), the remaining division of the former Process segment, and recorded charges totaling $37.4 million, net of tax of $10.9 million, which consisted of a loss of $13.5 million on the write–down of BIRD to fair value, $6.2 million of severance and warranty accruals and a loss of $17.7 million related to the

52


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

recognition of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings. In January 2004, we completed the sale of BIRD and recorded an additional loss on the sale of $0.5 million with no tax benefit. We received $5.6 million in proceeds, which were subject to post–closing adjustments to the purchase price, and retained certain accounts receivable, inventories and other assets. During the second quarter of 2004, we made a net payment of $6.8 million to the buyer in settlement of the final purchase price adjustments. The adjustments were the result of changes in the value of assets sold to and liabilities assumed by the buyer between the date the initial sales price was negotiated and the closing of the sale.

     In December 2002, we entered into exclusive negotiations for the sale of our interest in our oil producing operations in West Africa for $32.0 million in proceeds. The transaction was effective as of January 1, 2003, and resulted in a gain on the sale of $4.1 million, net of a tax benefit of $0.2 million. We received $10.0 million as a deposit in 2002 and the remaining $22.0 million in April 2003.

     In November 2002, we sold EIMCO Process Equipment (“EIMCO”), a division of the former Process segment, and recorded a loss on the disposal of $22.3 million, net of tax of $1.2 million, which consisted of a loss of $2.3 million on the write–down to fair value and a loss of $20.0 million related to the recognition of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments into earnings. We received total proceeds of $48.9 million, of which $4.9 million was held in escrow pending completion of final adjustments to the purchase price. In 2003, all purchase price adjustments were completed, resulting in the release of the escrow balance, of which we received $2.0 million and $2.9 million was returned to the buyer. In 2003, we also recorded an additional loss on the sale due to purchase price adjustments of $2.5 million, net of tax of $1.3 million.

     We have reclassified the consolidated financial statements for all prior periods presented to reflect these operations as discontinued. Summarized financial information from discontinued operations is as follows for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Revenues:
                       
BHMT
  $ 29.4     $ 40.4     $ 41.5  
BIRD
    1.6       94.2       118.7  
Oil producing operations
          4.2       49.1  
EIMCO
                138.0  
 
Total
  $ 31.0     $ 138.8     $ 347.3  
 
 
                       
Income (loss) before income taxes:
                       
BHMT
  $ 1.1     $ 3.5     $ 2.8  
BIRD
    (0.2 )     (16.9 )     (9.1 )
Oil producing operations
          1.8       19.7  
EIMCO
                (1.5 )
 
Total
    0.9       (11.6 )     11.9  
 
Income taxes:
                       
BHMT
    (0.3 )     (1.3 )     (1.0 )
BIRD
    0.1       6.0       3.2  
Oil producing operations
          (0.7 )     (8.7 )
EIMCO
                0.5  
 
Total
    (0.2 )     4.0       (6.0 )
 
Income (loss) before gain (loss) on disposal:
                       
BHMT
    0.8       2.2       1.8  
BIRD
    (0.1 )     (10.9 )     (5.9 )
Oil producing operations
          1.1       11.0  
EIMCO
                (1.0 )
 
Total
    0.7       (7.6 )     5.9  
 
Gain (loss) on disposal, net of tax:
                       
BHMT
    0.2              
BIRD
    (0.5 )     (37.4 )      
Oil producing operations
          4.1        
EIMCO
          (2.5 )     (22.3 )
 
Total
    (0.3 )     (35.8 )     (22.3 )
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
  $ 0.4     $ (43.4 )   $ (16.4 )
 

53


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are as follows for the year ended December 31:

         
    2003  
 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 13.4  
Inventories
    21.4  
Other current assets
    0.9  
Property, net
    13.0  
 
Assets of discontinued operations
  $ 48.7  
 
 
       
Accounts payable
  $ 13.2  
Accrued employee compensation
    6.6  
Other accrued liabilities
    8.0  
Other liabilities
    1.7  
 
Liabilities of discontinued operations
  $ 29.5  
 

NOTE 3. ACQUISITIONS

     In 2002, we entered into a venture, Luna Energy, L.L.C. (“Luna”), in which we had a 40% interest and that we accounted for using the equity method of accounting. In December 2004, we acquired the remaining 60% interest in Luna for $1.0 million in cash. We now are required to consolidate Luna’s accounts and have discontinued using the equity method of accounting for Luna. As a result of the acquisition, we have recorded approximately $19.0 million of goodwill and $5.5 million of intangible assets. We also assigned $1.8 million to in–process research and development that was written off at the date of acquisition. This write–off is included in research and development expenses, which are included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statement of operations. The purchase price was allocated based on the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Luna. The fair values were determined using a discounted cash flows approach. We were assisted in the valuation of Luna by a third party. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effect of this acquisition was not material to our consolidated financial statements.

     In 2003, we made two acquisitions having an aggregate purchase price of $16.9 million, of which $9.5 million was paid in cash. As a result of these acquisitions, we recorded approximately $3.9 million of goodwill and $9.6 million of intangible assets. The purchase price was allocated based on the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in each of these acquisitions. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of these acquisitions were not material to our consolidated financial statements on either an individual or aggregate basis.

     In 2002, we made three acquisitions having an aggregate cash purchase price of $39.7 million, net of cash acquired. As a result of these acquisitions, we recorded approximately $28.4 million of goodwill. The purchase prices were allocated based on the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the effects of these acquisitions were not material to our consolidated financial statements on either an individual or aggregate basis.

NOTE 4. REVERSAL OF RESTRUCTURING CHARGE

     In 2000, our Board of Directors approved a plan to substantially exit the oil and natural gas exploration business and recorded a restructuring charge of $29.5 million. Included in the restructuring charge was $1.1 million for a contractual obligation related to an oil and natural gas property in Angola. The property was sold in 2003 and we reversed the liability related to this contractual obligation.

54


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 5. INCOME TAXES

     The provision for income taxes on income from continuing operations is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Current:
                       
United States
  $ 53.4     $ 2.8     $ 7.3  
Foreign
    150.5       164.1       172.1  
 
Total current
    203.9       166.9       179.4  
 
Deferred:
                       
United States
    45.4       (38.1 )     19.5  
Foreign
    3.0       18.0       (39.9 )
 
Total deferred
    48.4       (20.1 )     (20.4 )
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 252.3     $ 146.8     $ 159.0  
 

     The geographic sources of income from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
United States
  $ 218.5     $ (134.1 )   $ 53.3  
Foreign
    562.0       458.8       333.5  
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ 780.5     $ 324.7     $ 386.8  
 

     Tax benefits of $12.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million associated with the exercise of employee stock options were allocated to equity and recorded in capital in excess of par value in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. statutory income tax rate to income from continuing operations before income taxes for the reasons set forth below for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Statutory income tax at 35%
  $ 273.2     $ 113.6     $ 135.4  
Effect of WesternGeco operations
    1.8       36.3       40.2  
Effect of foreign operations
    (28.3 )     (5.8 )     (14.4 )
Net tax charge related to foreign losses
    4.0       4.9       10.0  
State income taxes – net of U.S. tax benefit
    3.4       4.0       2.7  
IRS audit agreement and refund claims
          (3.3 )     (14.4 )
Other – net
    (1.8 )     (2.9 )     (0.5 )
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 252.3     $ 146.8     $ 159.0  
 

     During 2004, we recognized an incremental effect of $1.8 million of additional taxes attributable to our portion of the operations of WesternGeco, primarily as a result of increased income in the U.S. During 2003, we recognized an incremental effect of $36.3 million of additional taxes related to our investment in WesternGeco. Of this amount, $15.9 million related to the reduction in the carrying value of our equity investment in WesternGeco, for which there was no tax benefit. The remaining $20.4 million arose from operations of the venture due to: (i) the venture being taxed in certain foreign jurisdictions based on a deemed profit basis, which is a percentage of revenues rather than profits, and (ii) unbenefitted foreign losses of the venture, which are operating losses and impairment and restructuring charges in certain foreign jurisdictions where there was no current tax benefit and where a deferred tax asset was not recorded due to the uncertainty of realization. In 2002, the amount of additional taxes resulting from operations of the venture was $40.2 million.

     In 2003, we recognized a $3.3 million benefit as the result of refund claims filed in the U.S. In 2002, a $14.4 million benefit was recognized as the result of the settlement of an Internal Revenue Service examination related to our September 30, 1996 through September 30, 1998 tax years.

     We have received tax assessments from various taxing authorities and are currently at varying stages of appeals and /or litigation regarding these matters. We have provided for the amounts we believe will ultimately result from these proceedings. We believe we have substantial defenses to the questions being raised and will pursue all legal remedies should an unfavorable outcome result. While

55


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

we have provided for the taxes that we believe will ultimately be payable as a result of these assessments, the aggregate assessments are approximately $34.0 million in excess of the taxes provided for in our consolidated financial statements.

     In addition to the aforementioned assessments that have been received from various taxing authorities, we provide for taxes in certain situations where assessments have not been received. In those situations, we consider it probable that the taxes ultimately payable will exceed those amounts reflected in filed tax returns; accordingly, taxes are provided in those situations under the guidance in SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies , and are included in both income taxes in current liabilities and in deferred income taxes and other tax liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The tax effects of our temporary differences and carryforwards are as follows at December 31:

                 
    2004     2003  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Receivables
  $ 9.7     $ 15.4  
Inventory
    110.6       122.8  
Employee benefits
    25.0       27.3  
Other accrued expenses
    26.5       45.1  
Operating loss carryforwards
    49.1       77.3  
Tax credit carryforwards
    76.9       79.8  
Capitalized research and development costs
    74.1       87.8  
Other
    47.1       17.9  
 
Subtotal
    419.0       473.4  
Valuation allowances
    (36.7 )     (54.1 )
 
Total
    382.3       419.3  
 
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Property
          40.1  
Goodwill
    105.4       89.9  
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries
    34.7       19.6  
Other
    20.1       18.6  
 
Total
    160.2       168.2  
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 222.1     $ 251.1  
 

     We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. We have provided a valuation allowance for operating loss carryforwards in certain non–U.S. jurisdictions where our operations have decreased, currently ceased or we have withdrawn entirely.

     Provision has been made for U.S. and additional foreign taxes for the anticipated repatriation of certain earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries above the amount already provided to be indefinitely reinvested, as we have no intention to repatriate these earnings. These additional foreign earnings could become subject to additional tax if remitted, or deemed remitted, as a dividend; however, it is not practicable to estimate the additional amount of taxes payable.

     At December 31, 2004, we had approximately $22.2 million of foreign tax credits and $35.1 million of general business credits available to offset future payments of federal income taxes, expiring in varying amounts between 2010 and 2025. Our $19.6 million alternative minimum tax credits may be carried forward indefinitely under current U.S. law. The operating loss carryforwards without a valuation allowance will expire in varying amounts over the next twenty years.

56


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 6. EARNINGS PER SHARE

     A reconciliation of the number of shares used for the basic and diluted EPS computations is as follows for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic EPS
    333.8       334.9       336.8  
Effect of dilutive securities – stock plans
    1.8       1.0       1.1  
 
Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted EPS
    335.6       335.9       337.9  
 
 
                       
Future potentially dilutive shares excluded from diluted EPS:
                       
Options with an exercise price greater than average market price for the period
    4.6       6.8       5.0  

NOTE 7. INVENTORIES

     Inventories are comprised of the following at December 31:

                 
    2004     2003  
 
Finished goods
  $ 869.5     $ 858.3  
Work in process
    107.6       98.1  
Raw materials
    58.1       57.0  
 
Total
  $ 1,035.2     $ 1,013.4  
 

NOTE 8. INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATES

     We have investments in affiliates that are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The most significant of these affiliates is WesternGeco, a seismic venture in which we own 30% and Schlumberger Limited (“Schlumberger”) owns 70%.

     In conjunction with the formation of WesternGeco in November 2000, we entered into an agreement with Schlumberger whereby a cash true–up payment will be made by either of the parties based on a formula comparing the ratio of the net present value of sales revenue from each party’s contributed multiclient seismic data libraries during the four–year period ending November 30, 2004 and the ratio of the net book value of those libraries as of November 30, 2000. The maximum payment that either party will be required to make as a result of this adjustment is $100.0 million. We currently estimate that Schlumberger will make a payment to us in the range of $9.0 million to $11.5 million, pending final determination of the adjustment. When received, this payment will be recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of our investment in WesternGeco. This payment will be taxable when paid and the tax effect will be recorded as current income tax expense. In November 2000, we also entered into an agreement with WesternGeco whereby WesternGeco subleased a facility from us for a period of ten years at then current market rates. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, we received payments of $5.5 million, $5.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively, from WesternGeco related to this lease.

     On or after December 1, 2005, either party to the WesternGeco Master Formation Agreement may offer to sell their entire interest in the venture to the other party at a cash purchase price per percentage interest specified in an offer notice. If the offer to sell is not accepted, the offering party will be obligated to purchase the entire interest of the other party at the same price per percentage interest as the price specified in the offer notice.

     Included in the caption “Equity in income (loss) of affiliates” in our consolidated statement of operations for 2003 is $135.7 million for our share of $452.0 million of certain impairment and restructuring charges taken by WesternGeco in 2003. The charges related to the impairment of WesternGeco’s multiclient seismic library and rationalization of WesternGeco’s marine seismic fleet. In addition, as a result of the continued weakness in the seismic industry, we evaluated the value of our investment in WesternGeco and recorded an impairment loss of $45.3 million in 2003 to write–down the investment to its fair value. The fair value was determined using a combination of a market capitalization and discounted cash flows approach. We were assisted in the determination of the fair value by a third party. Included in the caption “Equity in income (loss) of affiliates” for 2002 is $90.2 million for our share of a $300.7 million restructuring charge related to WesternGeco’s impairment of assets, reductions in workforce, closing certain operations and reducing its marine seismic fleet.

     In February 2004, we completed the sale of our minority interest in Petreco International, a venture we entered into in 2001, for $35.8 million, of which $7.4 million is held in escrow pending the outcome of potential indemnification obligations pursuant to the

57


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

sales agreement. A portion of the escrow will be released in May 2005, with the remainder released in February 2006. We recognized a gain on the sale of $1.3 million, net of tax of $1.5 million.

     During 2003, we invested $30.1 million for a 50% interest in the QuantX Wellbore Instrumentation venture (“QuantX”) with Expro International (“Expro”). The venture is engaged in the permanent in–well monitoring market and was formed by combining Expro’s permanent monitoring business with one of our product lines. We account for our ownership in QuantX using the equity method of accounting.

     Summarized unaudited combined financial information for the affiliates, in which we account for our interests using the equity method of accounting, is as follows as of December 31:

                 
    2004     2003  
 
Combined operating results:
               
Revenues
  $ 1,313.8     $ 1,349.3  
Operating income (loss)
    131.9       (457.9 )
Net income (loss)
    124.9       (478.1 )
 
               
Combined financial position:
               
Current assets
  $ 755.2     $ 695.9  
Noncurrent assets
    1,162.8       1,345.2  
 
Total assets
  $ 1,918.0     $ 2,041.1  
 
 
               
Current liabilities
  $ 423.6     $ 556.6  
Noncurrent liabilities
    101.2       179.5  
Stockholders’ equity
    1,393.2       1,305.0  
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,918.0     $ 2,041.1  
 

     At December 31, 2004 and 2003, net accounts (payable) receivable from unconsolidated affiliates totaled $(1.1) million and $0.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the excess of our investment over our equity in affiliates was $268.9 million and $298.2 million, respectively.

NOTE 9. PROPERTY

     Property is comprised of the following at December 31:

                         
    Depreciation              
    Period     2004     2003  
 
Land
          $ 40.8     $ 39.7  
Buildings and improvements
  5 – 40 years     618.1       604.4  
Machinery and equipment
  2 – 15 years     1,960.6       1,915.0  
Rental tools and equipment
  1 – 10 years     1,097.5       1,051.0  
 
Total property
            3,717.0       3,610.1  
Accumulated depreciation
            (2,382.9 )     (2,215.0 )
 
Property – net
          $ 1,334.1     $ 1,395.1  
 

NOTE 10. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     On January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 142 required us to cease amortizing goodwill and to perform a transitional impairment test of goodwill in each of our reporting units as of January 1, 2002. Our reporting units were based on our organizational and reporting structure. Corporate and other assets and liabilities were allocated to the reporting units to the extent that they related to the operations of those reporting units. We were assisted in the determination of the fair value of the reporting units by a third party. We used a combination of a market capitalization and discounted cash flows approach to estimate the fair values of the reporting units and determined that the goodwill in both the EIMCO and BIRD operating divisions of our former Process segment was impaired. Accordingly, we recorded transitional impairment losses of $42.5 million, net of taxes of $20.4 million, in the first quarter of 2002 as the cumulative effect of accounting change in our consolidated statement of operations.

58


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     SFAS No. 142 also requires us to perform an annual impairment test of goodwill. We perform this test as of October 1. There were no impairments in 2004 or 2003 at our reporting units related to the annual impairment test.

     The adoption of SFAS No. 142 also required us to re–evaluate the remaining useful lives of our intangible assets to determine whether the remaining useful lives were appropriate. We also re–evaluated the amortization methods of our intangible assets to determine whether the amortization reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed. In performing these evaluations, we reduced the remaining life of one of our marketing related intangibles and changed the method of amortization of one of our technology based intangibles.

     The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, all of which is in the Oilfield segment, are as follows:

         
Balance as of December 31, 2002
  $ 1,226.6  
Goodwill acquired during the period
    3.9  
Translation adjustments and other
    8.9  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    1,239.4  
Goodwill acquired during the period
    24.6  
Translation adjustments and other
    3.0  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  $ 1,267.0  
 

     Intangible assets are comprised of the following at December 31:

                                                 
    2004     2003  
    Gross                     Gross              
    Carrying     Accumulated             Carrying     Accumulated        
    Amount     Amortization     Net     Amount     Amortization     Net  
 
Technology based
  $ 190.2     $ (58.8 )   $ 131.4     $ 183.5     $ (46.8 )   $ 136.7  
Contract based
    11.0       (4.8 )     6.2       11.2       (2.9 )     8.3  
Marketing related
    6.1       (5.6 )     0.5       5.7       (5.0 )     0.7  
Customer based
    0.6       (0.2 )     0.4       0.6       (0.1 )     0.5  
Other
    1.2       (0.8 )     0.4       2.0       (1.0 )     1.0  
 
Total amortizable intangible assets
    209.1       (70.2 )     138.9       203.0       (55.8 )     147.2  
Marketing related intangible asset with an indefinite useful life
    16.2             16.2       16.2             16.2  
 
Total
  $ 225.3     $ (70.2 )   $ 155.1     $ 219.2     $ (55.8 )   $ 163.4  
 

     Intangible assets are amortized either on a straight–line basis with estimated useful lives ranging from 1 to 20 years, or on a basis that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed, which range from 15 to 30 years.

     In 2003, a joint venture that we had been accounting for using the equity method of accounting was dissolved by mutual agreement between the venture partner and us. Included in the carrying value of our investment in this joint venture was $21.2 million of goodwill resulting from prior purchase accounting. We reclassified this equity method goodwill to contract based, technology based and marketing related intangibles as we received the rights to market certain products previously held by the joint venture upon the dissolution of the joint venture.

     Amortization expense included in net income for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $14.9 million, $13.5 million and $10.9 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for each of the subsequent five fiscal years is expected to be within the range of $12.5 million to $16.2 million.

59


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 11. INDEBTEDNESS

     Total debt consisted of the following at December 31:

                 
    2004     2003  
 
8% Notes due May 2004 with an effective interest rate of 8.08%, net of unamortized discount of $0.1 at December 31, 2003
  $     $ 99.9  
 
               
7.875% Notes due June 2004 with an effective interest rate of 6.86%, net of unamortized discount of $0.2 at December 31, 2003
          251.1  
 
               
6.25% Notes due January 2009 with an effective interest rate of 4.3%, net of unamortized discount of $1.3 at December 31, 2004 ($1.6 at December 31, 2003)
    348.2       356.9  
 
               
6% Notes due February 2009 with an effective interest rate of 6.11%, net of unamortized discount of $0.7 at December 31, 2004 ($0.9 at December 31, 2003)
    199.3       199.1  
 
               
8.55% Debentures due June 2024 with an effective interest rate of 8.80%, net of unamortized discount of $2.6 at December 31, 2004 ($2.6 at December 31, 2003)
    147.4       147.4  
 
               
6.875% Notes due January 2029 with an effective interest rate of 7.08%, net of unamortized discount of $8.7 at December 31, 2004 ($9.0 at December 31, 2003)
    391.3       391.0  
 
               
Other debt
    76.1       39.0  
 
Total debt
    1,162.3       1,484.4  
Less short–term debt and current maturities
    76.0       351.4  
 
Long–term debt
  $ 1,086.3     $ 1,133.0  
 

     At December 31, 2004, we had $897.4 million of credit facilities with commercial banks, of which $500.0 million is a committed revolving credit facility (the “facility”) that expires in July 2006. The facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, require the maintenance of a funded indebtedness to total capitalization ratio (a defined formula per the facility) of less than or equal to 0.50, limit the amount of subsidiary indebtedness and restrict the sale of significant assets, defined as 10% or more of total consolidated assets. At December 31, 2004, we were in compliance with all the facility covenants. There were no direct borrowings under the facility during the year ended December 31, 2004; however, our ability to borrow under the facility is reduced to the extent that we have outstanding commercial paper. At December 31, 2004, we had no outstanding commercial paper or money market borrowings.

     We realized gains as a result of terminating various interest rate swap agreements prior to their scheduled maturities. The gains were deferred and are being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt securities. The unamortized deferred gains included in certain debt securities above and reported in long–term debt in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows at December 31:

                 
    2004     2003  
 
7.875% Notes due June 2004
  $     $ 1.3  
6.25% Notes due January 2009
    26.8       33.5  

     Maturities of debt at December 31, 2004 are as follows: 2005 – $76.0 million; 2006 – $0.1 million; 2007 – $0.0 million; 2008 – $0.0 million; 2009 – $547.5 million and $538.7 million thereafter.

60


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     Our financial instruments include cash and short–term investments, receivables, payables, debt and foreign currency forward contracts. Except as described below, the estimated fair value of such financial instruments at December 31, 2004 and 2003 approximate their carrying value as reflected in our consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of our debt and foreign currency forward contracts has been estimated based on year–end quoted market prices.

     The estimated fair value of our debt at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $1,315.0 million and $1,609.8 million, respectively, which differs from the carrying amounts of $1,162.3 million and $1,484.4 million, respectively, included in our consolidated balance sheets.

Interest Rate Swap Agreements

     In April 2004, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement for a notional amount of $325.0 million associated with our 6.25% Notes due January 2009. Under this agreement, we receive interest at a fixed rate of 6.25% and pay interest at a floating rate of six–month LIBOR plus a spread of 2.741%. The interest rate swap agreement has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedging instrument. The interest rate swap agreement is fully effective, resulting in no gain or loss recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. We recorded the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement, which was a $2.3 million liability at December 31, 2004, based on quoted market prices for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates.

     At different times during 2003, we entered into three separate interest rate swap agreements, each for a notional amount of $325.0 million, associated with our 6.25% Notes due January 2009. These agreements had been designated and had qualified as fair value hedging instruments. Due to our outlook for interest rates, we terminated the three agreements and received payments totaling $26.9 million. Each of the three agreements was terminated prior to entering into a new agreement. The deferred gains are being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matures in January 2009.

     During 2002, we terminated two interest rate swap agreements that had been entered into in prior years. These agreements had been designated and had qualified as fair value hedging instruments. Upon termination, we received proceeds of $4.8 million and $11.0 million. The deferred gain of $4.8 million was amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matured in June 2004. The deferred gain of $11.0 million is being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining life of the underlying debt security, which matures in January 2009.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

     At December 31, 2004, we had entered into several foreign currency forward contracts with notional amounts aggregating $78.0 million to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations in various foreign currencies, including the British Pound Sterling, the Norwegian Krone, the Euro and the Brazilian Real. These contracts are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments. Based on quoted market prices as of December 31, 2004 for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, we recorded a loss of $0.4 million to adjust these foreign currency forward contracts to their fair market value. This loss offsets designated foreign exchange gains resulting from the underlying exposures and is included in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations.

     At December 31, 2004, we had also entered into several foreign currency forward contracts with notional amounts aggregating $122.4 million to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations in various foreign currencies, including the British Pound Sterling and the Canadian Dollar. These exposures arise when local currency operating expenses are not in balance with local currency revenue collections. The funding of such imbalances is supported by short–term intercompany borrowing commitments that have definitive amounts and funding dates. All commitments are scheduled to take place on or before December 31, 2005. These foreign currency forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedging instruments and are fully effective. Based on quoted market prices as of December 31, 2004 for contracts with similar terms and maturity dates, we recorded a loss of $0.1 million to adjust these foreign currency forward contracts to their fair market value. This loss is included in other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheet.

     Additionally, during 2004 and 2003, we entered into and settled foreign currency forward contracts to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations for specific transactions or balances. The impact on our consolidated statements of operations was not significant for these contracts either individually or in the aggregate.

61


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     The counterparties to our foreign currency forward contracts are major financial institutions. The credit ratings and concentration of risk of these financial institutions are monitored on a continuing basis. In the unlikely event that the counterparties fail to meet the terms of a foreign currency contract, our exposure is limited to the foreign currency exchange rate differential.

Concentration of Credit Risk

     We sell our products and services to numerous companies in the oil and natural gas industry. Although this concentration could affect our overall exposure to credit risk, we believe that we are exposed to minimal risk since the majority of our business is conducted with major companies within the industry. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally do not require collateral for our accounts receivable. In some cases, we will require payment in advance or security in the form of a letter of credit or bank guarantee.

     We maintain cash deposits with major banks that may exceed federally insured limits. We periodically assess the financial condition of the institutions and believe that the risk of any loss is minimal.

NOTE 13. SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

     We operate through seven divisions – Baker Atlas, Baker Hughes Drilling Fluids, Baker Oil Tools, Baker Petrolite, Centrilift, Hughes Christensen and INTEQ – that we have aggregated into the Oilfield segment because they have similar economic characteristics and because the long–term financial performance of these divisions is affected by similar economic conditions. The consolidated results are evaluated regularly by our chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

     These operating divisions manufacture and sell products and provide services used in the oil and natural gas exploration industry, including drilling, formation evaluation, completion and production of oil and natural gas wells. They operate in the same markets, which includes all of the major oil and natural gas producing regions of the world: North America, South America, Europe, Africa, the Middle East and the Far East. They also have substantially the same customers, which includes major multi–national, independent and state–owned oil companies. The Oilfield segment also includes our 30% interest in WesternGeco and other investments in affiliates.

     The accounting policies of the Oilfield segment are the same as those described in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We evaluate the performance of the Oilfield segment based on segment profit (loss), which is defined as income from continuing operations before income taxes, accounting changes, restructuring charge reversals, impairment of assets and interest income and expense.

62


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     Summarized financial information is shown in the following table. The “Corporate and Other” column includes corporate–related items, results of insignificant operations and, as it relates to segment profit (loss), income and expense not allocated to the Oilfield segment, including restructuring charge reversals and impairment of assets. The “Corporate and Other” column at December 31, 2003 and 2002 also includes assets of discontinued operations.

                         
            Corporate        
    Oilfield     and Other     Total  
 
2004
                       
Revenues
  $ 6,100.4     $ 3.4     $ 6,103.8  
Equity in income (loss) of affiliates
    36.8       (0.5 )     36.3  
Segment profit (loss)
    1,063.9       (283.4 )     780.5  
Total assets
    6,179.1       642.2       6,821.3  
Investment in affiliates
    678.1             678.1  
Capital expenditures
    346.9       1.4       348.3  
Depreciation and amortization
    343.6       28.2       371.8  
 
                       
2003
                       
Revenues
  $ 5,252.3     $ 0.1     $ 5,252.4  
Equity in loss of affiliates
    (8.6 )     (129.2 )     (137.8 )
Segment profit (loss)
    749.1       (424.4 )     324.7  
Total assets
    5,891.5       525.0       6,416.5  
Investment in affiliates
    662.9       28.4       691.3  
Capital expenditures
    401.0       3.3       404.3  
Depreciation and amortization
    320.2       27.3       347.5  
 
                       
2002
                       
Revenues
  $ 4,860.0     $ 0.2     $ 4,860.2  
Equity in income (loss) of affiliates
    18.5       (88.2 )     (69.7 )
Segment profit (loss)
    727.8       (341.0 )     386.8  
Total assets
    5,830.1       669.6       6,499.7  
Investment in affiliates
    843.5       28.5       872.0  
Capital expenditures
    351.1       4.8       355.9  
Depreciation and amortization
    292.6       27.0       319.6  

     For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, there were no revenues attributable to one customer that accounted for more than 10% of total revenues.

     The following table presents the details of “Corporate and Other” segment loss for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Corporate and other expenses
  $ (206.6 )   $ (146.7 )   $ (144.9 )
Interest – net
    (76.8 )     (97.8 )     (105.9 )
Impairment of investment in affiliate
          (45.3 )      
Reversal of restructuring charge
          1.1        
Impairment and restructuring charges related to an investment in affiliate
          (135.7 )     (90.2 )
 
Total
  $ (283.4 )   $ (424.4 )   $ (341.0 )
 

     The following table presents the details of “Corporate and Other” total assets at December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Current deferred tax asset
  $ 61.7     $ 35.7     $ 25.6  
Property – net
    107.6       134.7       157.7  
Accounts receivable
    26.5       50.0       65.5  
Other tangible assets
    115.6       107.5       88.8  
Investment in affiliate
          28.4       28.5  
Assets of discontinued operations
          48.7       146.8  
Cash and other assets
    330.8       120.0       156.7  
 
Total
  $ 642.2     $ 525.0     $ 669.6  
 

63


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     The following table presents consolidated revenues by country based on the location of the use of the products or services for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
United States
  $ 2,145.0     $ 1,883.0     $ 1,700.2  
Canada
    395.6       337.1       246.6  
United Kingdom
    329.8       296.3       347.2  
Norway
    310.9       329.1       302.3  
Russia
    213.4       122.4       117.9  
China
    192.9       117.6       102.6  
Venezuela
    163.6       130.4       143.4  
Other countries
    2,352.6       2,036.5       1,900.0  
 
Total
  $ 6,103.8     $ 5,252.4     $ 4,860.2  
 

     The following table presents net property by country based on the location of the asset at December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
United States
  $ 726.4     $ 791.1     $ 774.8  
United Kingdom
    146.0       143.4       130.1  
Canada
    56.4       54.4       39.1  
Norway
    46.8       47.4       52.7  
Germany
    44.4       43.3       34.0  
Singapore
    26.4       35.1       23.8  
Venezuela
    19.8       23.1       26.6  
Other countries
    267.9       257.3       254.3  
 
Total
  $ 1,334.1     $ 1,395.1     $ 1,335.4  
 

NOTE 14. EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS

     We have stock option plans that provide for the issuance of incentive and non–qualified stock options to directors, officers and other key employees at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. These stock options generally vest over three years. Vested options are exercisable in part or in full at any time prior to the expiration date of ten years from the date of grant. As of December 31, 2004, 12.6 million shares were available for future option grants. The following table summarizes the activity for our stock option plans:

                 
            Weighted  
    Number     Average  
    of Shares     Exercise Price  
    (in thousands)     Per Share  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001
    9,867     $ 32.61  
Granted
    2,064       28.80  
Exercised
    (876 )     21.35  
Forfeited
    (187 )     39.50  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    10,868       32.68  
Granted
    2,481       30.92  
Exercised
    (1,005 )     21.44  
Forfeited
    (515 )     38.97  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    11,829       32.99  
Granted
    2,495       37.68  
Exercised
    (3,764 )     25.62  
Forfeited
    (255 )     39.07  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    10,305     $ 36.67  
 
 
               
Shares exercisable at December 31, 2004
    6,417     $ 38.02  
Shares exercisable at December 31, 2003
    7,611     $ 33.80  
Shares exercisable at December 31, 2002
    6,802     $ 33.29  

64


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     The following table summarizes information for stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004:

                                         
    Outstanding     Exercisable  
            Weighted                      
            Average                      
            Remaining     Weighted             Weighted  
            Contractual     Average             Average  
Range of Exercise   Shares     Life     Exercise     Shares     Exercise  
Prices   (in thousands)     (in years)     Price     (in thousands)     Price  
 
$  8.80 – $ 15.99
    45       1.5     $ 11.24       43     $ 11.14  
  16.08 –    21.00
    319       3.3       20.61       317       20.57  
  21.06 –    26.07
    808       5.9       24.40       558       24.17  
  28.25 –    40.25
    5,727       7.2       34.71       2,168       34.38  
  41.06 –    47.81
    3,406       3.5       44.70       3,331       44.72  
 
Total
    10,305       5.8     $ 36.67       6,417     $ 38.02  
 

     We also have an employee stock purchase plan whereby eligible employees may purchase shares of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the closing price of our common stock on the first or last trading day of the calendar year. A total of 4.1 million shares are remaining for issuance under the plan. Employees purchased 0.8 million shares in each of the three years ending December 31, 2004.

     We have awarded restricted stock to directors and certain executive officers. The fair value of the restricted stock on the date of grant is amortized ratably over the vesting period. The following table summarizes the restricted stock awarded during the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Number of shares of restricted stock awarded (in thousands)
    163       10       97  
Fair value of restricted stock at date of grant (in millions)
  $ 6.9     $ 0.3     $ 2.8  

65


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

     We have noncontributory defined benefit pension plans (“Pension Benefits”) covering employees primarily in the U.S., the U.K. and Germany. During 2004, we converted our plan in Norway from a defined benefit plan to a defined contribution plan, resulting in a settlement and curtailment of benefits on conversion. Generally, we make annual contributions to the plans in amounts necessary to meet minimum governmental funding requirements; however, during the fourth quarter of 2004, we contributed $68.6 million to our pension plans in order to improve the funded status of certain pension plans and to provide us with increased flexibility on the future funding of these pension plans. The measurements of plan assets and obligations are as of October 1 of each year presented.

     The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) and fair value of plan assets and the funded status of the plans are as follows for the years ended December 31:

                                 
    U.S. Pension Benefits     Non–U.S. Pension Benefits  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
Change in projected benefit obligation:
                               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 175.6     $ 138.9     $ 269.2     $ 205.1  
Service cost
    20.6       16.6       2.1       5.4  
Interest cost
    10.6       9.1       12.7       12.1  
Plan amendments
          0.2              
Actuarial loss
    6.7       19.6       7.9       22.9  
Benefits paid
    (9.7 )     (8.8 )     (5.8 )     (3.2 )
Curtailments/settlements
                (42.2 )      
Exchange rate adjustments
                17.1       26.9  
 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
    203.8       175.6       261.0       269.2  
 
 
                               
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    237.9       179.7       135.2       107.9  
Actual gain on plan assets
    33.4       44.6       18.3       10.9  
Employer contributions
    23.3       22.4       18.4       6.3  
Benefits paid
    (9.7 )     (8.8 )     (5.8 )     (3.2 )
Settlements
                (17.6 )      
Exchange rate adjustments
                9.8       13.3  
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    284.9       237.9       158.3       135.2  
 
 
                               
Funded status – over (under)
    81.1       62.3       (102.7 )     (134.0 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    59.5       69.4       77.0       98.5  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    0.3       0.4       0.2       0.8  
 
Net amount recognized
    140.9       132.1       (25.5 )     (34.7 )
Employer contributions/benefits paid – October to December
    32.5       0.6       36.1       2.0  
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 173.4     $ 132.7     $ 10.6     $ (32.7 )
 

     We report prepaid benefit cost in other assets and accrued benefit and minimum liabilities in pensions and postretirement benefit obligations in the consolidated balance sheet. The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows at December 31:

                                 
    U.S. Pension Benefits     Non–U.S. Pension Benefits  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
Prepaid benefit cost
  $ 185.0     $ 154.8     $ 33.8     $ 1.3  
Accrued benefit liability
    (11.6 )     (22.1 )     (23.2 )     (34.0 )
Minimum liability
    (14.9 )     (13.9 )     (68.3 )     (75.7 )
Intangible asset
    0.1       0.2             0.5  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    14.8       13.7       68.3       75.2  
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 173.4     $ 132.7     $ 10.6     $ (32.7 )
 

66


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for these plans are as follows for the years ended December 31:

                                 
    U.S. Pension Benefits     Non–U.S. Pension Benefits  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.25 %     5.67 %     5.48 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.50 %     3.50 %     3.53 %     3.36 %

     The accumulated benefit obligation (“ABO”) is the actuarial present value of pension benefits attributed to employee service to date and present compensation levels. The ABO differs from the PBO in that the ABO does not include any assumptions about future compensation levels. The ABO for all U.S. plans was $201.8 million and $174.6 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The ABO for all non–U.S. plans was $252.5 million and $245.0 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     Information for the plans with ABOs in excess of plan assets is as follows at December 31:

                                 
    U.S. Pension Benefits     Non–U.S. Pension Benefits  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 78.6     $ 56.3     $ 256.3     $ 264.1  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    76.6       55.2       248.2       240.8  
Fair value of plan assets
    40.3       19.0       153.3       129.7  

     The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows for the years ended December 31:

                                                 
    U.S. Pension Benefits     Non–U.S. Pension Benefits  
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
 
Service cost
  $ 20.6     $ 16.6     $ 13.8     $ 2.1     $ 5.4     $ 4.0  
Interest cost
    10.6       9.1       8.4       12.7       12.1       10.5  
Expected return on plan assets
    (20.7 )     (15.0 )     (18.3 )     (9.2 )     (8.1 )     (9.4 )
Amortization of prior service cost
    0.1             0.5             (0.1 )      
Recognized actuarial loss
    4.0       6.5       2.1       4.6       2.9       1.5  
Recognized curtailment gain
                      (2.1 )            
Recognized settlement gain
                      (1.1 )            
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 14.6     $ 17.2     $ 6.5     $ 7.0     $ 12.2     $ 6.6  
 

     Weighted average assumptions used to determine net costs for these plans are as follows for the years ended December 31:

                                                 
    U.S. Pension Benefits     Non–U.S Pension Benefits  
    2004     2003     2002     2004     2003     2002  
 
Discount rate
    6.25 %     6.75 %     7.00 %     5.37 %     5.82 %     5.83 %
Expected rate of return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.50 %     9.00 %     7.28 %     7.41 %     7.38 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.50 %     4.00 %     4.50 %     2.50 %     3.40 %     3.41 %

     In selecting the expected rate of return on plan assets, we consider the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits of these plans. This includes considering the trusts’ asset allocation and the expected returns likely to be earned over the life of the plans.

     The weighted–average asset allocations by asset category for the plans are as follows at December 31:

                                                 
    Percentage of Plan Assets  
    U.S. Pension Benefits     Non–U.S Pension Benefits  
Asset Category   Target     2004     2003     Target     2004     2003  
 
Equity securities
    68 %     68 %     59 %     68 %     65 %     65 %
Debt securities
    25 %     23 %     27 %     26 %     21 %     18 %
Real estate
    7 %     8 %     11 %           9 %     10 %
Other
          1 %     3 %     6 %     5 %     7 %
 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
 

67


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     We have an investment committee that meets quarterly to review the portfolio returns and to determine asset–mix targets based on asset/liability studies. A nationally recognized third–party investment consultant assisted us in developing an asset allocation strategy to determine our expected rate of return and expected risk for various investment portfolios. The investment committee considered these studies in the formal establishment of the current asset–mix targets based on the projected risk and return levels for each asset class.

     In 2005, we expect to contribute between $2.0 million and $5.0 million to the U.S. pension plans and between $10.0 million to $14.0 million to the non–U.S. pension plans.

     The expected benefit payments related to our U.S. pension plans for each of the five years in the period ending December 31, 2009 are $11.4 million, $12.3 million, $13.3 million, $14.7 million and $17.2 million, respectively, and $126.4 million in the aggregate for the five years thereafter. The expected benefit payments related to our non–U.S. pension plans for each of the five years in the period ending December 31, 2009 are $7.9 million, $7.9 million, $12.0 million, $6.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively, and $26.0 million in the aggregate for the five years thereafter. These payments reflect benefits attributable to estimated future employee service and are primarily funded from plan assets.

Postretirement Welfare Benefits

     We provide certain postretirement health care and life insurance benefits (“postretirement welfare benefits”) to substantially all U.S. employees who retire and have met certain age and service requirements. The plan is unfunded. The measurement of plan obligations is as of October 1 of each year presented. The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations and the funded status of the plan is as follows for the years ended December 31:

                 
    2004     2003  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Accumulated benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 174.8     $ 158.7  
Service cost
    5.5       4.8  
Interest cost
    9.6       10.3  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (7.1 )     12.3  
Benefits paid
    (13.3 )     (11.3 )
 
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year
    169.5       174.8  
 
 
               
Funded status – over (under)
    (169.5 )     (174.8 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    34.9       42.9  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    7.8       8.5  
 
Net amount recognized
    (126.8 )     (123.4 )
Benefits paid – October to December
    3.6       4.2  
 
Net amount recognized
    (123.2 )     (119.2 )
Less current portion reported in accrued employee compensation
    (16.3 )     (18.6 )
 
Long–term portion reported in pensions and postretirement benefit obligations
  $ (106.9 )   $ (100.6 )
 

     Weighted average discount rates of 6.00% and 6.25% were used to determine postretirement welfare benefit obligations for the plan for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

     The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Service cost
  $ 5.5     $ 4.8     $ 4.4  
Interest cost
    9.6       10.3       9.5  
Amortization of prior service cost
    0.6       0.6       0.6  
Recognized actuarial loss
    1.0       1.1       0.2  
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 16.7     $ 16.8     $ 14.7  
 

     Weighted average discount rates of 6.25%, 6.75% and 7.00% were used to determine net postretirement welfare benefit costs for the plan for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

68


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“the Medicare Act”) was signed into law. The Medicare Act expanded Medicare to include, for the first time, coverage for prescription drugs. In May 2004, the FASB issued FSP 106–2 which provided guidance on the accounting for the effects of the Medicare Act for employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. We adopted the provisions of FSP 106–2 in the third quarter of 2004, resulting in a reduction in our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation of $18.8 million, which is reflected in the actuarial (gain) loss caption of the funded status reconciliation. We recognized a reduction in our net periodic postretirement benefit costs of $2.0 million as a result of the adoption of FSP 106–2.

     Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement welfare benefits plan. The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated benefit obligation for postretirement welfare benefits was increased in 2003. As of December 31, 2004, the health care cost trend rate was 9.0% for employees under age 65 and 7.0% for participants over age 65, with each declining gradually each successive year until it reaches 5.0% for both employees under age 65 and over age 65 in 2008. A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have had the following effects on 2004:

                 
    One Percentage     One Percentage  
    Point Increase     Point Decrease  
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ 0.6     $ (0.5 )
Effect on postretirement welfare benefit obligation
    9.5       (8.5 )

     The expected benefit payments related to postretirement welfare benefits are as follows for the years ending December 31:

                                                 
                                            2010 –  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2014  
 
Gross benefit payments
  $ 16.3     $ 16.8     $ 17.4     $ 18.1     $ 18.5     $ 102.4  
Expected Medicare subsidies
          (1.8 )     (1.9 )     (2.1 )     (2.1 )     (11.5 )
 
Net benefit payments
  $ 16.3     $ 15.0     $ 15.5     $ 16.0     $ 16.4     $ 90.9  
 

Defined Contribution Plans

     During the periods reported, generally all of our U.S. employees were eligible to participate in our sponsored Thrift Plan, which is a 401(k) plan under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Thrift Plan allows eligible employees to elect to contribute from 1% to 50% of their salaries to an investment trust. Employee contributions are matched in cash by us at the rate of $1.00 per $1.00 employee contribution for the first 3% and $0.50 per $1.00 employee contribution for the next 2% of the employee’s salary. Such contributions vest immediately. In addition, we make cash contributions for all eligible employees between 2% and 5% of their salary depending on the employee’s age. Such contributions become fully vested to the employee after five years of employment. The Thrift Plan provides for ten different investment options, for which the employee has sole discretion in determining how both the employer and employee contributions are invested. Our contributions to the Thrift Plan and several other non–U.S. defined contribution plans amounted to $75.5 million, $67.7 million and $62.8 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     For certain non–U.S. employees who are not eligible to participate in the Thrift Plan, we provide a non–qualified defined contribution plan that provides basically the same benefits as the Thrift Plan. In addition, we provide a non–qualified supplemental retirement plan (“SRP”) for certain officers and employees whose benefits under both the Thrift Plan and the Pension Plan are limited by federal tax law. The SRP also allows the eligible employees to defer a portion of their eligible compensation and provides for employer matching and base contributions pursuant to limitations. Both non–qualified plans are fully funded and invested through trusts, and the assets and corresponding liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheet. Our contributions to these non–qualified plans were $6.1 million, $5.5 million and $6.0 million for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Postemployment Benefits

     We provide certain postemployment disability income, medical and other benefits to substantially all qualifying former or inactive U.S. employees. Income benefits for long–term disability are provided through a fully–insured plan. The continuation of medical and other benefits while on disability (“Continuation Benefits”) are provided through a qualified self–insured plan. The accrued postemployment liability for Continuation Benefits at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $20.2 million and $27.2 million, respectively, and is included in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet.

69


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

     At December 31, 2004, we had long–term non–cancelable operating leases covering certain facilities and equipment. The minimum annual rental commitments, net of amounts due under subleases, for each of the five years in the period ending December 31, 2009 are $74.0 million, $50.4 million, $34.8 million, $25.0 million and $17.2 million, respectively, and $126.3 million in the aggregate thereafter. We have not entered into any significant capital leases.

Litigation

     We are involved in litigation or proceedings that have arisen in our ordinary business activities. We insure against these risks to the extent deemed prudent by our management and to the extent insurance is available, but no assurance can be given that the nature and amount of such insurance will be sufficient to fully indemnify us against liabilities arising out of pending and future legal proceedings. Many of these insurance policies contain deductibles or self–insured retentions in amounts we deem prudent, and for which we are responsible for payment. In determining the amount of self–insurance, it is our policy to self–insure those losses that are predictable, measurable and recurring in nature, such as claims for automobile liability, general liability and workers compensation. We record accruals for the uninsured portion of losses related to these types of claims. The accruals for losses are calculated by estimating losses for claims using historical claim data, specific loss development factors and other information as necessary.

     On March 29, 2002, we announced that we had been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) are conducting investigations into allegations of violations of law relating to Nigeria and other related matters. The SEC has issued a formal order of investigation into possible violations of provisions under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) regarding anti–bribery, books and records and internal controls. On August 6, 2003, the SEC issued a subpoena seeking information about our operations in Angola and Kazakhstan as part of its ongoing investigation. We are providing documents to and cooperating fully with the SEC and DOJ. The DOJ and the SEC have issued subpoenas to, or otherwise asked for interviews with, current and former employees in connection with the investigations regarding Nigeria, Angola and Kazakhstan. In addition, we have conducted internal investigations into these matters.

     Our internal investigations have identified issues regarding the propriety of certain payments and apparent deficiencies in our books and records and internal controls with respect to certain operations in Nigeria, Angola and Kazakhstan, as well as potential liabilities to governmental authorities in Nigeria. The investigation in Nigeria was substantially completed during the first quarter of 2003 and, based upon current information, we do not expect that any such potential liabilities will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. The internal investigations in Angola and Kazakhstan were substantially completed in the third quarter of 2004. Evidence obtained during the course of the investigations has been provided to the SEC and DOJ.

     The Department of Commerce, Department of the Navy and DOJ (the “U.S. agencies”) are investigating compliance with certain export licenses issued to Western Geophysical from 1994 through 2000 for export of seismic equipment leased by the People’s Republic of China. We acquired Western Geophysical in August 1998 and subsequently transferred related assets to WesternGeco in December 2000. Under the WesternGeco formation agreement, we owe indemnity to WesternGeco for certain matters. We are cooperating fully with the U.S. agencies.

     We have received a subpoena from a grand jury in the Southern District of New York regarding goods and services we delivered to Iraq from 1995 through 2003 during the United Nations Oil-for-Food Program (the “U.N. Program”). We have also received a request from the SEC to provide a written statement and certain information regarding our participation in the U.N. Program. We are responding to both the subpoena and the request. Other companies in the energy industry are believed to have received similar subpoenas and requests.

     The U.S. agencies, the SEC and other authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal sanctions they may seek to impose against corporations and individuals in appropriate circumstances including, but not limited to, injunctive relief, disgorgement, fines, penalties and modifications to business practices and compliance programs. During 2004, such agencies and authorities entered into agreements with, and obtained a range of sanctions against, several public corporations and individuals arising from allegations of improper payments and deficiencies in books and records and internal controls, whereby civil and criminal penalties were imposed, including in some cases multi–million dollar fines and other sanctions. It is not possible to accurately predict at this time when any of the investigations related to the Company will be completed. Based on current information, we cannot predict the outcome of such investigations or what, if any, actions may be taken by the U.S. agencies, the SEC or other authorities or the effect it may have on our consolidated financial statements.

70


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

     On May 10, 2004, the District Court of Andrews County, Texas entered a judgment in favor of LOTUS, LLC and against INTEQ in the amount of $14.8 million for lost profits resulting from a breach of contract in drilling a well to create a salt cavern for disposing of naturally occurring radioactive waste. We have filed an appeal and taken other actions. We believe that any liability that we may incur as a result of this litigation would not have a material adverse financial effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Environmental Matters

     Our past and present operations include activities which are subject to extensive domestic (including U.S. federal, state and local) and international environmental regulations with regard to air and water quality and other environmental matters. Our environmental procedures, policies and practices are designed to ensure compliance with existing laws and regulations and to minimize the possibility of significant environmental damage.

     We are involved in voluntary remediation projects at some of our present and former manufacturing facilities, the majority of which relate to properties obtained in acquisitions or to sites no longer actively used in operations. On rare occasions, remediation activities are conducted as specified by a government agency–issued consent decree or agreed order. Remediation costs are accrued based on estimates of probable exposure using currently available facts, existing environmental permits, technology and presently enacted laws and regulations. Remediation cost estimates include direct costs related to the environmental investigation, external consulting activities, governmental oversight fees, treatment equipment and costs associated with long–term operation, maintenance and monitoring of a remediation project.

     We have also been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) in remedial activities related to various Superfund sites. We participate in the process set out in the Joint Participation and Defense Agreement to negotiate with government agencies, identify other PRPs, determine each PRP’s allocation and estimate remediation costs. We have accrued what we believe to be our pro–rata share of the total estimated cost of remediation and associated management of these Superfund sites. This share is based upon the ratio that the estimated volume of waste we contributed to the site bears to the total estimated volume of waste disposed at the site. Applicable United States federal law imposes joint and several liability on each PRP for the cleanup of these sites leaving us with the uncertainty that we may be responsible for the remediation cost attributable to other PRPs who are unable to pay their share. No accrual has been made under the joint and several liability concept for those Superfund sites where our participation is minor since we believe that the probability that we will have to pay material costs above our volumetric share is remote. We believe there are other PRPs who have greater involvement on a volumetric calculation basis, who have substantial assets and who may be reasonably expected to pay their share of the cost of remediation. For those Superfund sites where we are a major PRP, remediation costs are estimated to include recalcitrant parties. In some cases, we have insurance coverage or contractual indemnities from third parties to cover the ultimate liability.

     Our total accrual for environmental remediation is $13.6 million and $15.6 million, which includes accruals of $3.6 million and $4.3 million for the various Superfund sites, at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The determination of the required accruals for remediation costs is subject to uncertainty, including the evolving nature of environmental regulations and the difficulty in estimating the extent and type of remediation activity that will be utilized. We believe that the likelihood of material losses in excess of the recorded accruals is remote.

Other

     In the normal course of business with customers, vendors and others, we have entered into off–balance sheet arrangements, such as letters of credit and other bank issued guarantees, which totaled approximately $312.3 million at December 31, 2004. We also had commitments outstanding for purchase obligations related to capital expenditures and inventory under purchase orders and contracts of approximately $114.7 million at December 31, 2004. In addition, at December 31, 2004, we have guaranteed debt and other obligations of third parties with a maximum exposure of $7.4 million. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. None of the off–balance sheet arrangements either has, or is likely to have, a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

71


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 17. OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

     Supplemental consolidated statement of operations information is as follows for the years ended December 31:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Rental expense (generally transportation equipment and warehouse facilities)
  $ 123.6     $ 111.6     $ 98.2  
Research and development
    176.7       173.3       164.4  

     The changes in the aggregate product warranty liability are as follows:

         
Balance as of December 31, 2002
  $ 7.4  
Claims paid
    (5.8 )
Additional warranties
    11.5  
Other
    1.0  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    14.1  
Claims paid
    (4.9 )
Additional warranties
    7.6  
Other
    (0.2 )
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  $ 16.6  
 

     On January 1, 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations . SFAS No. 143 requires that the fair value of a liability associated with an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate can be made. The liability for the ARO is revised each subsequent period due to the passage of time and changes in estimates. The associated retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long–lived asset and subsequently depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The adoption of SFAS No. 143 in 2003 resulted in a charge of $5.6 million, net of tax of $2.8 million, recorded as the cumulative effect of accounting change in the consolidated statement of operations. In conjunction with the adoption, we recorded ARO liabilities of $11.4 million primarily for anticipated costs of obligations associated with the future disposal of power source units at certain of our divisions and refurbishment costs associated with certain leased facilities in Europe and with a fleet of leased railcars and tanks.

     The changes in the asset retirement obligation liability are as follows:

         
Pro forma balance as of December 31, 2002
  $ 11.4  
Liabilities incurred
    0.5  
Liabilities settled
    (0.3 )
Accretion expense
    0.2  
Revisions to existing liabilities
    (0.4 )
Translation adjustments
    0.1  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    11.5  
Liabilities incurred
    1.5  
Liabilities settled
    (0.4 )
Accretion expense
    0.2  
Revisions to existing liabilities
    (0.1 )
Translation adjustments
    0.2  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  $ 12.9  
 

     Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, is comprised of the following at December 31:

                 
    2004     2003  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ (52.4 )   $ (89.8 )
Pension adjustment
    (57.3 )     (61.3 )
Net loss on derivative instruments
    (0.1 )      
 
Total
  $ (109.8 )   $ (151.1 )
 

72


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 18. QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

                                         
    First     Second     Third     Fourth     Total  
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Year  
 
2004
                                       
Revenues
  $ 1,387.6     $ 1,499.0     $ 1,538.1     $ 1,679.1     $ 6,103.8  
Gross profit (1)
    372.4       427.9       434.3       501.8       1,736.4  
Income from continuing operations
    94.4       116.7       137.3       179.8       528.2  
Net income
    94.6       116.9       137.5       179.6       528.6  
Basic earnings per share
                                       
Income from continuing operations
    0.28       0.35       0.41       0.54       1.58  
Net income
    0.28       0.35       0.41       0.54       1.58  
Diluted earnings per share
                                       
Income from continuing operations
    0.28       0.35       0.41       0.53       1.57  
Net income
    0.28       0.35       0.41       0.53       1.58  
Dividends per share
    0.11       0.12       0.11       0.12       0.46  
Common stock market prices:
                                       
High
    38.42       38.27       44.57       44.89          
Low
    32.00       33.71       37.80       40.28          
 
                                       
2003 (2)
                                       
Revenues
  $ 1,189.9     $ 1,305.7     $ 1,328.8     $ 1,428.0     $ 5,252.4  
Gross profit (1)
    298.7       366.1       361.0       405.7       1,431.5  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    49.4       82.4       (59.9 )     106.0       177.9  
Net income (loss)
    44.5       81.6       (98.8 )     101.6       128.9  
Basic earnings per share
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    0.15       0.24       (0.18 )     0.32       0.53  
Net income (loss)
    0.13       0.24       (0.30 )     0.31       0.38  
Diluted earnings per share
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    0.15       0.24       (0.18 )     0.32       0.53  
Net income (loss)
    0.13       0.24       (0.29 )     0.30       0.38  
Dividends per share
    0.11       0.12       0.11       0.12       0.46  
Common stock market prices:
                                       
High
    33.38       35.94       34.16       32.56          
Low
    28.50       27.21       29.61       27.10          


(1)   Represents revenues less cost of revenues.
 
(2)   See Note 4 for reversal of restructuring charge and Note 8 for impairment of investment in affiliate.

73


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

     Our management has established and maintains a system of disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurances that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. As of December 31, 2004, our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2004 are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.

Design and Evaluation of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002, our management included a report of their assessment of the design and effectiveness of our internal controls as part of this Annual Report on Form 10–K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. Management’s report and the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report are included in Item 8 under the captions entitled “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and are incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

     None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     Information concerning our directors is set forth in the sections entitled “Proposal No. 1, Election of Directors,” “Information Concerning Directors Not Standing for Election” and “Corporate Governance – Committees of the Board – Audit/Ethics Committee” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 28, 2005 (“Proxy Statement”), which sections are incorporated herein by reference. For information regarding our executive officers, see “Item 1. Business – Executive Officers” in this annual report on Form 10–K. Additional information regarding compliance by directors and executive officers with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is set forth under the section entitled “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” in our Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference. For information concerning our code of ethics, see “Item 1. Business” in this annual report on Form 10–K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Information for this item is set forth in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation – Summary Compensation Table,” “Corporate Governance – Board of Directors,” “Stock Options Granted During 2004,” “Aggregated Option Exercises During 2004 and Option Values at December 31, 2004,” “Long–Term Incentive Plan Awards During 2004,” “Pension Plan Table,” “ Employment, Change in Control, Severance and Indemnification Agreements,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Committee

74


Table of Contents

Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Corporate Performance Graph” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and our management is set forth in the sections entitled “Voting Securities” and “Security Ownership of Management” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

     Our Board of Directors has approved procedures for use under our Securities Trading and Disclosure Policy to permit our employees, officers and directors to enter into written trading plans complying with Rule 10b5–1 under the Exchange Act. Rule 10b5–1 provides criteria under which such an individual may establish a prearranged plan to buy or sell a specified number of shares of a company’s stock over a set period of time. Any such plan must be entered into in good faith at a time when the individual is not in possession of material, nonpublic information. If an individual establishes a plan satisfying the requirements of Rule 10b5–1, such individual’s subsequent receipt of material, nonpublic information will not prevent transactions under the plan from being executed.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

     The information in the following table is presented as of December 31, 2004 with respect to shares of our Common Stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans, including the Baker Hughes Incorporated 1993 Stock Option Plan, the Baker Hughes Incorporated Long–Term Incentive Plan and the Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Directors & Officers Long–Term Incentive Plan, all of which have been approved by our stockholders.

                         
    ( In millions of shares)  
                    Number of Securities  
                    Remaining Available for  
    Number of Securities     Weighted–Average     Future Issuance Under  
    to be Issued Upon     Exercise Price of     Equity Compensation  
    Exercise of     Outstanding     Plans (excluding  
    Outstanding Options,     Options, Warrants     securities reflected in the  
Equity Compensation Plan Category   Warrants and Rights     and Rights     first column)  
 
Stockholder–approved plans (excluding Employee Stock Purchase Plan)
    4.4 (2)   $ 36.95       4.8  
Nonstockholder–approved plans (1)
    5.8       36.63       7.8  
 
Subtotal (except for weighted average exercise price)
    10.2       36.76       12.6  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
          (3)       4.1  
 
Total
    10.2 (4)             16.7  
 
(1)   The table includes the nonstockholder–approved plans: the 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, the 1998 Special Employee Stock Option Plan, the 2002 Employee Long–Term Incentive Plan and the Director Compensation Deferral Plan. A description of each of these plans is set forth below.
 
(2)   The table includes approximately 0.9 million shares of our Common Stock that would be issuable upon the exercise of the outstanding options under our 1993 Stock Option Plan, which expired in 2003. No additional options may be granted under the 1993 Stock Option Plan.
 
(3)   In the Baker Hughes Incorporated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the purchase price is determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code, as amended, as 85% of the lower of the fair market value on the date of grant or the date of purchase.
 
(4)   The table does not include shares subject to outstanding options we assumed in connection with certain mergers and acquisitions of entities which originally granted those options. When we acquired the stock of Western Atlas Inc. in a transaction completed in August 1998, we assumed the options granted under the Western Atlas Director Stock Option Plan and the Western Atlas 1993 Stock Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2004, 68,171 shares and 3,836 shares of our Common Stock would be issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options previously granted under the Western Atlas Director Stock Option Plan and the Western Atlas 1993 Stock Incentive Plan, with a weighted average exercise price per share of $22.54 and $26.07, respectively.

75


Table of Contents

Our nonstockholder–approved plans are described below:

1998 Employee Stock Option Plan

     The Baker Hughes Incorporated 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “1998 ESOP”) was adopted effective as of October 1, 1998. The number of shares authorized for issuance under the 1998 ESOP is 3.5 million shares. Nonqualified stock options may be granted under the 1998 ESOP to our employees. The exercise price of the options will be equal to the fair market value per share of our Common Stock on the date of grant, and option terms may be up to ten years. Under the terms and conditions of the option award agreements for options issued under the 1998 ESOP, options generally vest and become exercisable in installments over the optionee’s period of service, and the options vest on an accelerated basis in the event of a change in control. As of December 31, 2004, options covering approximately 1.5 million shares of our Common Stock were outstanding under the 1998 ESOP, options covering approximately 1.4 million shares were exercised during fiscal year 2004 and approximately 0.3 million shares remained available for future options.

1998 Special Employee Stock Option Plan

     The Baker Hughes Incorporated 1998 Special Employee Stock Option Plan (the “1998 SESOP”) was adopted effective as of October 22, 1997. The number of shares authorized for issuance upon the exercise of options granted under the 1998 SESOP is 2.5 million shares. Under the 1998 SESOP, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors has the authority to grant nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of our Common Stock to a broad–based group of employees. The exercise price of the options will be equal to the fair market value per share of our Common Stock at the time of the grant, and option terms may be up to ten years. Stock option grants of 100 shares, with an exercise price of $47.813 per share, were issued to all of our U.S. employees in October 1997 and to our international employees in May 1998. As of December 31, 2004, options covering approximately 1.2 million shares of our Common Stock were outstanding under the 1998 SESOP, no options were exercised during fiscal year 2004 and approximately 1.2 million shares remained available for future options.

2002 Employee Long–Term Incentive Plan

     The Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Employee Long–Term Incentive Plan (the “2002 Employee LTIP”) was adopted effective as of March 6, 2002. The 2002 Employee LTIP permits the grant of awards as nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, stock awards and cash–based awards to our corporate officers and key employees. The number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2002 Employee LTIP is 9.5 million, with no more than 3.0 million available for grant as awards other than options (the number of shares is subject to adjustment for changes in our Common Stock).

     The 2002 Employee LTIP is the companion plan to the Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Director & Officer Long–Term Incentive Plan, which was approved by our stockholders in 2002. The rationale for the two companion plans was to discontinue the use of the remaining older option plans and to have only two plans from which we would issue compensation awards.

      Options. The exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value of the shares of our Common Stock on the date of grant, and options terms may be up to ten years. The maximum number of shares of our Common Stock that may be subject to options granted under the 2002 Employee LTIP to any one employee during any one fiscal year will not exceed 3.0 million, subject to adjustment under the antidilution provisions of the 2002 Employee LTIP. Under the terms and conditions of the stock option awards for options issued under the 2002 Employee LTIP, options generally vest and become exercisable in installments over the optionee’s period of service, and the options vest on an accelerated basis in the event of a change in control or certain terminations of employment. As of December 31, 2004, options covering approximately 3.1 million shares of our Common Stock were outstanding under the 2002 Employee LTIP, options covering 0.5 million shares were exercised during fiscal year 2004 and approximately 5.8 million shares remained available for future options.

      Performance Shares and Units; Cash–Based Awards. Performance shares may be granted to employees in the amounts and upon the terms determined by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors, but must be limited to no more than 1.0 million shares to any one employee in any one fiscal year. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock at the date of the award. Performance units and cash–based awards may be granted to employees in amounts and upon the terms determined by the Compensation Committee, but must be limited to no more than $10.0 million for any one employee in any one fiscal year. The performance measures that may be used to determine the extent of the actual performance payout or vesting include, but are not limited to, net earnings; earnings per share; return measures; cash flow return on investments (net cash

76


Table of Contents

flows divided by owner’s equity); earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; share price (including growth measures and total shareholder return) and Baker Value Added (our metric that measures operating profit after tax less the cost of capital employed).

      Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. With respect to awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units, the Compensation Committee will determine the conditions or restrictions on the awards, including whether the holders of the restricted stock or restricted stock units will exercise full voting rights or receive dividends and other distributions during the restriction period. At the time the award is made, the Compensation Committee will determine the right to receive unvested restricted stock or restricted units after termination of service. Awards of restricted stock are limited to 1.0 million shares in any one year to any one individual.

      Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights may be granted under the 2002 Employee LTIP on the terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee. The grant price of a freestanding stock appreciation right will not be less than the fair market value of our Common Stock on the date of grant. The maximum number of shares of our Common Stock that may be utilized for purposes of determining an employee’s compensation under stock appreciation rights granted under the 2002 Employee LTIP during any one fiscal year will not exceed 3.0 million shares, subject to adjustment under the antidilution provisions of the 2002 Employee LTIP.

      Administration; Amendment and Termination . The Compensation Committee shall administer the 2002 Employee LTIP, and in the absence of the Compensation Committee, the Board will administer the Plan. The Compensation Committee will have full and exclusive power to interpret the provisions of the 2002 Employee LTIP as the Committee may deem necessary or proper, with the powers exercised in the best interests of the Company and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan. The Board may alter, amend, modify, suspend or terminate the 2002 Employee LTIP, except that no amendment, modification, suspension or termination that would adversely affect in any material way the rights of a participant under any award previously granted under the Plan may be made without the written consent of the participant or to the extent stockholder approval is otherwise required by applicable legal requirements.

Director Compensation Deferral Plan

     The Baker Hughes Incorporated Director Compensation Deferral Plan, as amended and restated effective July 24, 2002 (the “Deferral Plan”), is intended to provide a means for members of our Board of Directors to defer compensation otherwise payable and provide flexibility with respect to our compensation policies. Under the provisions of the Deferral Plan, directors may elect to defer income with respect to each calendar year. The compensation deferrals may be stock option–related deferrals or cash–based deferrals. The stock option–related deferrals may be either market–priced stock options or discounted stock options. The number of shares to be issued for the market–priced stock option deferral is calculated on a quarterly basis by multiplying the deferred compensation by 4.4 and then dividing by the fair market value of our Common Stock on the last day of the quarter. The number of shares to be issued for the discounted stock option deferral is calculated on a quarterly basis by dividing the deferred compensation by the discounted price of our Common Stock on the last day of the quarter. The discounted price is 50% of the fair market value of our Common Stock on the valuation date. Stock options granted under the Deferral Plan vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant and must be exercised within 10 years of the date of grant. If a director’s directorship terminates for any reason, any options outstanding will expire 3 years after the termination of the directorship. The maximum aggregate number of shares of our Common Stock that may be issued under the Deferral Plan is 0.5 million. As of December 31, 2004, options covering 7,071 shares of our Common Stock were outstanding under the Deferral Plan, no options were exercised during fiscal 2004 and approximately 0.5 million shares remained available for future options.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     None.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

     Information concerning principal accounting fees and services is set forth in the section entitled “Fees Paid to Deloitte & Touche LLP” in our Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

77


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) List of Documents filed as part of this Report

(1) Financial Statements

All financial statements of the Registrant as set forth under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10–K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(3) Exhibits

Each exhibit identified below is filed as a part of this report. Exhibits designated with an “*” are filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10–K. Exhibits designated with a “+” are identified as management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements. Exhibits previously filed as indicated below are incorporated by reference.

             
 
    3.1       Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).
 
           
    3.2       Bylaws of Baker Hughes Incorporated restated as of October 22, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
           
    4.1       Rights of Holders of the Company’s Long–Term Debt. The Company has no long–term debt instrument with regard to which the securities authorized thereunder equal or exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Company agrees to furnish a copy of its long–term debt instruments to the SEC upon request.
 
           
    4.2       Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).
 
           
    4.3       Bylaws of Baker Hughes Incorporated restated as of October 31, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
           
    4.4*     Indenture dated as of May 15, 1994 between Western Atlas Inc. and The Bank of New York, Trustee, providing for the issuance of securities in series.
 
           
    10.1+     Employment Agreement by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Chad C. Deaton dated as of October 25, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8–K filed October 7, 2004).
 
           
    10.2+     Change in Control Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Chad C. Deaton dated as of October 25, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8–K filed October 7, 2004).
 
           
    10.3+     Indemnification Agreement dated as of October 25, 2004 between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Chad C. Deaton (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8–K filed on October 7, 2004).
 
           
    10.4+     Stock Option Agreement issued to Chad C. Deaton on October 25, 2004 in the amount of 75,000 shares of Company Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
           
    10.5+     Agreement regarding restricted stock award issued to Chad C. Deaton on October 25, 2004 in the amount of 80,000 shares of Company Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).

78


Table of Contents

             
    10.6+     Agreement regarding restricted stock award issued to James R. Clark on October 27, 2004 in the amount of 40,000 shares of Baker Hughes Incorporated Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
           
    10.7+     Second Amended and Restated Stock Matching Agreement by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and James R. Clark dated as of October 25, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
           
    10.8+     Form of Severance Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and certain executives, executed by James R. Clark (dated March 1, 2001) and William P. Faubel (dated May 29, 2001) (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.9+     Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and G. Stephen Finley dated as of July 23, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.10+     Form of Amendment 1 to Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and G. Stephen Finley effective November 11, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
           
    10.11+     Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Alan R. Crain, Jr. dated as of October 25, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
           
    10.12+     Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Greg Nakanishi dated as of November 1, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
           
    10.13+     Severance Agreement, dated as of July 23, 1997, by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Edwin C. Howell, as amended by Amendment 1 to Severance Agreement, effective November 11, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.14+     Severance Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1997, by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Douglas J. Wall, as amended by Amendment 1 to Severance Agreement, effective November 11, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.15+     Form of Change in Control Severance Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
           
    10.16+     Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Ray A. Ballantyne, David H. Barr and John A. O’Donnell effective as of July 28, 2004, and with James R. Clark, Alan R. Crain, Jr., William P. Faubel, G. Stephen Finley, Edwin C. Howell, Greg Nakanishi and Douglas J. Wall to be effective as of January 1, 2006 and with Chris P. Beaver, Paul S. Butero and Martin S. Craighead effective as of February 28, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
           
    10.17+     Form of Indemnification Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and each of the directors and executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
           
    10.18+     Baker Hughes Incorporated Director Retirement Policy for Certain Members of the Board of Directors (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
           
    10.19+     Baker Hughes Incorporated Director Compensation Deferral Plan, as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).

79


Table of Contents

             
    10.20+     Baker Hughes Incorporated Executive Severance Plan (effective November 1, 2002) (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.21       1995 Employee Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1997–1 to the 1995 Employee Annual Incentive Compensation Plan and as amended by Amendment No. 1999–1 to the 1995 Employee Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.22+     Baker Hughes Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.23+     First Amendment to Baker Hughes Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective July 23, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q filed for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
           
    10.24       Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1999–1 to Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.25       Baker Hughes Incorporated 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1999–1 to 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
           
    10.26       Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Employee Long–Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333–87372 on Form S–8 filed May 1, 2002).
 
           
    10.27+     Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Director & Officer Long–Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
           
    10.28       Baker Hughes Incorporated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated, effective as of March 3, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003).
 
           
    10.29       Baker Hughes Incorporated Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2002, as amended by First Amendment, effective January 1, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.30       Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for employees effective October 25, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.31       Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for employees effective October 25, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.32+     Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for directors effective October 25, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.33+     Form of Stock Option Agreement for executive officers effective October 1, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
           
    10.34       Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for employees effective October 1, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
           
    10.35+     Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for directors effective October 25, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
           
    10.36+     Form of Stock Option Agreement for executives effective January 26, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2000).

80


Table of Contents

             
    10.37+     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for executive officers, dated January 24, 2001 (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.38     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for employees, dated January 30, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.39     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Incentive Stock Option Agreement for employees, dated January 30, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
           
    10.40+     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated July 24, 2002, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers (filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.41+     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated January 29, 2003, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers (filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
           
    10.42+     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreement, dated July 22, 2003, for employees and for directors and officers (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
           
    10.43+     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated January 28, 2004, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers.
 
           
    10.44+*     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated July 28, 2004, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers.
 
           
    10.45+     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Performance Award Agreement, including Terms and Conditions for certain executive officers, dated as of January 1, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004).
 
           
    10.46+     Form of Restricted Stock Award Resolution, including Terms and Conditions dated March 2, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004).
 
           
    10.47+     Form of Restricted Stock Award Resolution, including Terms and Conditions, dated April 28, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004).
 
           
    10.48+*     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated January 26, 2005, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers.
 
           
    10.49+*     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
 
           
    10.50+*     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Award Terms and Conditions.
 
           
    10.51*     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
 
           
    10.52*     Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions.
 
           
    10.53+*     Compensation Table for Named Executive Officers and Directors.
 
           
    10.54     Form of Credit Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2003, among Baker Hughes Incorporated and thirteen banks for $500,000,000, in the aggregate for all banks (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
           
    10.55*     Interest Rate Swap Confirmation, dated as of April 7, 2004, and Schedule to the Master Agreement (Multicurrency–Cross Border), dated March 6, 2000.

81


Table of Contents

             
    10.56     Agreement and Plan of Merger among Baker Hughes Incorporated, Baker Hughes Delaware I, Inc. and Western Atlas Inc. dated as of May 10, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
           
    10.57     Tax Sharing Agreement dated October 31, 1997, between Western Atlas Inc. and UNOVA Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
           
    10.58     Employee Benefits Agreement dated October 31, 1997, between Western Atlas Inc. and UNOVA Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10–K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
           
    10.59     Master Formation Agreement by and among the Company, Schlumberger Limited and certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Schlumberger Limited dated as of September 6, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8–K dated September 7, 2000).
 
           
    10.60     Shareholders’ Agreement by and among Schlumberger Limited, Baker Hughes Incorporated and other parties listed on the signature pages thereto dated November 30, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8–K dated November 30, 2000).
 
           
    21.1*     Subsidiaries of Registrant.
 
           
    23.1*     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
           
    31.1*     Certification of Chad C. Deaton, Chief Executive Officer, dated February 25, 2005, pursuant to Rule 13a–14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
           
    31.2*     Certification of G. Stephen Finley, Chief Financial Officer, dated February 25, 2005, pursuant to Rule 13a–14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
           
    32*     Statement of Chad C. Deaton, Chief Executive Officer, and G. Stephen Finley, Chief Financial Officer, dated February 25, 2005, furnished pursuant to Rule 13a–14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
           
    99.1       Administrative Proceeding, File No. 3–10572, dated September 12, 2001, as issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8–K filed on September 19, 2001).

82


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED
 
 
Date: February 28, 2005  /s/CHAD C. DEATON    
  Chad C. Deaton   
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer   

83


Table of Contents

         

     KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Chad. C. Deaton and G. Stephen Finley, each of whom may act without joinder of the other, as their true and lawful attorneys–in–fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10–K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys–in–fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys–in–fact and agents, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

         
Signature   Title   Date
/s/CHAD C. DEATON
(Chad C. Deaton)
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)   February 28, 2005
/s/G. STEPHEN FINLEY
(G. Stephen Finley)
  Senior Vice President – Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)   February 28, 2005
/s/ALAN J. KEIFER
(Alan J. Keifer)
  Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)   February 28, 2005
/s/LARRY D. BRADY
(Larry D. Brady)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/CLARENCE P. CAZALOT, JR.
(Clarence P. Cazalot, Jr.)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/EDWARD P. DJEREJIAN
(Edward P. Djerejian)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/ANTHONY G. FERNANDES
(Anthony G. Fernandes)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/CLAIRE W. GARGALLI
(Claire W. Gargalli)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/JAMES A. LASH
(James A. Lash)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/JAMES F. MCCALL
(James F. McCall)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/J. LARRY NICHOLS
(J. Larry Nichols)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/H. JOHN RILEY, JR.
(H. John Riley, Jr.)
  Director   February 28, 2005
/s/CHARLES L. WATSON
(Charles L. Watson)
  Director   February 28, 2005

84


Table of Contents

Baker Hughes Incorporated

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

                                                 
                    Deductions        
            Additions                            
    Balance at     Charged to     Reversal of             Charged to     Balance at  
    Beginning     Cost and     Prior             Other     End of  
(In millions)   of Period     Expenses     Deductions (1)     Write–offs (2)     Accounts (3)     Period  
 
Year ended December 31, 2004:
                                               
Reserve for doubtful accounts receivable
  $ 61.8     $ 21.2     $ (19.3 )   $ (14.4 )   $ 1.2     $ 50.5  
Reserve for inventories
    232.5       39.0             (59.4 )     9.0       221.1  
 
Year ended December 31, 2003:
                                               
Reserve for doubtful accounts receivable
    66.4       18.2       (9.8 )     (13.5 )     0.5       61.8  
Reserve for inventories
    234.5       23.2             (36.2 )     11.0       232.5  
 
Year ended December 31, 2002:
                                               
Reserve for doubtful accounts receivable
    65.8       22.9       (3.4 )     (19.5 )     0.6       66.4  
Reserve for inventories
    220.1       39.4             (27.5 )     2.5       234.5  


(1)   Represents the reversals of prior accruals as receivables collected.
 
(2)   Represents the elimination of accounts receivable and inventory deemed uncollectible or worthless.
 
(3)   Represents reclasses, currency translation adjustments and divestitures.


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Each exhibit identified below is filed as a part of this report. Exhibits designated with an “*” are filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Exhibits designated with a “+” are identified as management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements. Exhibits previously filed as indicated below are incorporated by reference.

     
3.1
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).
 
   
3.2
  Bylaws of Baker Hughes Incorporated restated as of October 22, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
   
4.1
  Rights of Holders of the Company’s Long-Term Debt. The Company has no long-term debt instrument with regard to which the securities authorized thereunder equal or exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Company agrees to furnish a copy of its long-term debt instruments to the SEC upon request.
 
   
4.2
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002).
 
   
4.3
  Bylaws of Baker Hughes Incorporated restated as of October 31, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
   
4.4*
  Indenture dated as of May 15, 1994 between Western Atlas Inc. and The Bank of New York, Trustee, providing for the issuance of securities in series.
 
   
10.1+
  Employment Agreement by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Chad C. Deaton dated as of October 25, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8-K filed October 7, 2004).
 
   
10.2+
  Change in Control Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Chad C. Deaton dated as of October 25, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8-K filed October 7, 2004).
 
   
10.3+
  Indemnification Agreement dated as of October 25, 2004 between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Chad C. Deaton (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8-K filed on October 7, 2004).
 
   
10.4+
  Stock Option Agreement issued to Chad C. Deaton on October 25, 2004 in the amount of 75,000 shares of Company Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
   
10.5+
  Agreement regarding restricted stock award issued to Chad C. Deaton on October 25, 2004 in the amount of 80,000 shares of Company Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).

 


Table of Contents

     
10.6+
  Agreement regarding restricted stock award issued to James R. Clark on October 27, 2004 in the amount of 40,000 shares of Baker Hughes Incorporated Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
   
10.7+
  Second Amended and Restated Stock Matching Agreement by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and James R. Clark dated as of October 25, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
   
10.8+
  Form of Severance Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2001, by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and certain executives, executed by James R. Clark (dated March 1, 2001) and William P. Faubel (dated May 29, 2001) (filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.9+
  Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and G. Stephen Finley dated as of July 23, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.10+
  Form of Amendment 1 to Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and G. Stephen Finley effective November 11, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
   
10.11+
  Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Alan R. Crain, Jr. dated as of October 25, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
   
10.12+
  Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Greg Nakanishi dated as of November 1, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
   
10.13+
  Severance Agreement, dated as of July 23, 1997, by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Edwin C. Howell, as amended by Amendment 1 to Severance Agreement, effective November 11, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.14+
  Severance Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1997, by and between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Douglas J. Wall, as amended by Amendment 1 to Severance Agreement, effective November 11, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.40 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.15+
  Form of Change in Control Severance Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
   
10.16+
  Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and Ray A. Ballantyne, David H. Barr and John A. O’Donnell effective as of July 28, 2004, and with James R. Clark, Alan R. Crain, Jr., William P. Faubel, G. Stephen Finley, Edwin C. Howell, Greg Nakanishi and Douglas J. Wall to be effective as of January 1, 2006 and with Chris P. Beaver, Paul S. Butero and Martin S. Craighead effective as of February 28, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004).
 
   
10.17+
  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Baker Hughes Incorporated and each of the directors and executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
   
10.18+
  Baker Hughes Incorporated Director Retirement Policy for Certain Members of the Board of Directors (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
   
10.19+
  Baker Hughes Incorporated Director Compensation Deferral Plan, as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).

 


Table of Contents

     
10.20+
  Baker Hughes Incorporated Executive Severance Plan (effective November 1, 2002) (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.21
  1995 Employee Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1997-1 to the 1995 Employee Annual Incentive Compensation Plan and as amended by Amendment No. 1999-1 to the 1995 Employee Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.22+
  Baker Hughes Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.23+
  First Amendment to Baker Hughes Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective July 23, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q filed for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
   
10.24
  Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1999-1 to Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.25
  Baker Hughes Incorporated 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1999-1 to 1998 Employee Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
   
10.26
  Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-87372 on Form S-8 filed May 1, 2002).
 
   
10.27+
  Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Director & Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
   
10.28
  Baker Hughes Incorporated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated, effective as of March 3, 2003 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003).
 
   
10.29
  Baker Hughes Incorporated Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 2002, as amended by First Amendment, effective January 1, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.51 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.30
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for employees effective October 25, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.31
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for employees effective October 25, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.28 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.32+
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for directors effective October 25, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.33+
  Form of Stock Option Agreement for executive officers effective October 1, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
   
10.34
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for employees effective October 1, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
   
10.35+
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for directors effective October 25, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000).
 
   
10.36+
  Form of Stock Option Agreement for executives effective January 26, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000).

 


Table of Contents

     
10.37+
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for executive officers, dated January 24, 2001 (filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.38
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for employees, dated January 30, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.43 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.39
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Incentive Stock Option Agreement for employees, dated January 30, 2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).
 
   
10.40+
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated July 24, 2002, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers (filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.41+
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated January 29, 2003, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers (filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.42+
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreement, dated July 22, 2003, for employees and for directors and officers (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
 
   
10.43+
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated January 28, 2004, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers.
 
   
10.44+*
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated July 28, 2004, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers.
 
   
10.45+
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Performance Award Agreement, including Terms and Conditions for certain executive officers, dated as of January 1, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004).
 
   
10.46+
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Resolution, including Terms and Conditions dated March 2, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004).
 
   
10.47+
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Resolution, including Terms and Conditions, dated April 28, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004).
 
   
10.48+*
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Stock Option Award Agreements, dated January 26, 2005, with Terms and Conditions for employees and for directors and officers.
 
   
10.49+*
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
 
   
10.50+*
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Award Terms and Conditions.
 
   
10.51*
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
 
   
10.52*
  Form of Baker Hughes Incorporated Restricted Stock Unit Terms and Conditions.
 
   
10.53+*
  Compensation Table for Named Executive Officers and Directors.
 
   
10.54
  Form of Credit Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2003, among Baker Hughes Incorporated and thirteen banks for $500,000,000, in the aggregate for all banks (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Quarterly Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003).
 
   
10.55*
  Interest Rate Swap Confirmation, dated as of April 7, 2004, and Schedule to the Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border), dated March 6, 2000.

 


Table of Contents

     
10.56
  Agreement and Plan of Merger among Baker Hughes Incorporated, Baker Hughes Delaware I, Inc. and Western Atlas Inc. dated as of May 10, 1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
   
10.57
  Tax Sharing Agreement dated October 31, 1997, between Western Atlas Inc. and UNOVA Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.31 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
   
10.58
  Employee Benefits Agreement dated October 31, 1997, between Western Atlas Inc. and UNOVA Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
 
   
10.59
  Master Formation Agreement by and among the Company, Schlumberger Limited and certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Schlumberger Limited dated as of September 6, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8-K dated September 7, 2000).
 
   
10.60
  Shareholders’ Agreement by and among Schlumberger Limited, Baker Hughes Incorporated and other parties listed on the signature pages thereto dated November 30, 2000 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated on Form 8-K dated November 30, 2000).
 
   
21.1*
  Subsidiaries of Registrant.
 
   
23.1*
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
   
31.1*
  Certification of Chad C. Deaton, Chief Executive Officer, dated February 25, 2005, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
31.2*
  Certification of G. Stephen Finley, Chief Financial Officer, dated February 25, 2005, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
32*
  Statement of Chad C. Deaton, Chief Executive Officer, and G. Stephen Finley, Chief Financial Officer, dated February 25, 2005, furnished pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
99.1
  Administrative Proceeding, File No. 3-10572, dated September 12, 2001, as issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2001).

 

EXHIBIT 4.4


Western Atlas Inc.

and

The Bank of New York
Trustee


INDENTURE

Dated as of May 15, 1994


Providing for Issuance of Securities in Series



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Recitals of the Company....................................................    1
Agreements of the Parties..................................................    1


                                  ARTICLE ONE

            Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

Section 101.   Definitions ................................................    1
               Act ........................................................    2
               Affiliate ..................................................    2
               Authenticating Agent .......................................    2
               Board of Directors .........................................    2
               Board Resolution ...........................................    2
               Business Day ...............................................    3
               Capital Stock ..............................................    3
               Commission .................................................    3
               Company ....................................................    3
               Company Request, Company Order and Company Consent .........    3
               Consolidated Net Assets ....................................    3
               Corporate Trust Office .....................................    3
               Debt .......................................................    4
               Defaulted Interest .........................................    4
               Depositary .................................................    4
               Event of Default ...........................................    4
               Funded Debt ................................................    4
               Global Security ............................................    4
               Holder .....................................................    5
               Indenture or this Indenture ................................    5
               Independent ................................................    5
               Interest ...................................................    5
               Interest Payment Date ......................................    5
               Lien .......................................................    5
               Maturity ...................................................    5
               Officers' Certificate ......................................    6
               Opinion of Counsel .........................................    6
               Original Issue Discount Security............................    6
               Outstanding ................................................    6
               Paying Agent ...............................................    7
               Person .....................................................    7
               Place of Payment ...........................................    7
               Predecessor Securities .....................................    7
               Preferred Stock ............................................    8
               Redemption Date ............................................    8
               Redemption Price ...........................................    8

i

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
               Regular Record Date ........................................    8
               Repayment Date .............................................    8
               Repayment Price ............................................    8
               Responsible Officer ........................................    8
               Restricted Subsidiary ......................................    8
               Sale and Leaseback Transaction..............................    9
               Security or Securities .....................................    9
               Security Register ..........................................    9
               Security Registrar .........................................    9
               Securityholder .............................................    9
               Special Record Date ........................................    9
               Stated Maturity ............................................    9
               Subsidiary .................................................   10
               Trust Indenture Act or TIA .................................   10
               Trustee ....................................................   10
               Value ......................................................   10
               Vice President .............................................   10

Section 102.   Compliance Certificates and Opinions .......................   10
Section 103.   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .....................   11
Section 104.   Acts of Securityholders ....................................   12
Section 105.   Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company ......................   13
Section 106.   Notices to Securityholders; Waiver .........................   14
Section 107.   Conflict with Trust Indenture Act ..........................   15
Section 108.   Effect of Heading and Table of Contents ....................   15
Section 109.   Successors and Assigns .....................................   15
Section 110.   Separability Clause ........................................   15
Section 111.   Benefits of Indenture ......................................   15
Section 112.   Governing Law ..............................................   15
Section 113.   Counterparts ...............................................   15
Section 114.   Legal Holidays .............................................   15


                                  ARTICLE TWO

                                 Security Forms

Section 201.   Forms Generally ............................................   16
Section 202.   Forms of Securities ........................................   16

ii

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Section 203.   Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication ............   16
Section 204.   Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security .......   17


                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                 The Securities

Section 301.   General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in
                   Series; Terms of Particular Series .....................   19
Section 302.   Denominations ..............................................   22
Section 303.   Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating ..........   22
Section 304.   Temporary Securities .......................................   24
Section 305.   Registration, Transfer and Exchange ........................   25
Section 306.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities ...........   26
Section 307.   Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .............   27
Section 308.   Persons Deemed Owners ......................................   29
Section 309.   Cancellation ...............................................   29
Section 310.   Computation of Interest ....................................   29
Section 311.   Medium-Term Securities .....................................   29
Section 312.   CUSIP Numbers ..............................................   30

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                           Satisfaction and Discharge

Section 401.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture ....................   30
Section 402.   Application of Trust Money .................................   32
Section 403.   Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government
                   Obligations ............................................   32



                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                                    Remedies

Section 501.   Events of Default ..........................................   34
Section 502.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .........   35

iii

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Section 503.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
                   Trustee ................................................   37
Section 504.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim ...........................   38
Section 505.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
                   Securities .............................................   39
Section 506.   Application of Money Collected .............................   39
Section 507.   Limitation on Suits ........................................   40
Section 508.   Unconditional Right of Securityholders To Receive
                   Principal, Premium and Interest ........................   41
Section 509.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies .........................   41
Section 510.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative .............................   41
Section 511.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver................................   41
Section 512.   Control by Securityholders .................................   42
Section 513.   Waiver of Past Defaults ....................................   42
Section 514.   Undertaking for Costs ......................................   43
Section 515.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws ...........................   43


                                  ARTICLE SIX

                                  The Trustee

Section 601.   Certain Duties and Responsibilities ........................   43
Section 602.   Notice of Defaults .........................................   45
Section 603.   Certain Rights of Trustee ..................................   45
Section 604.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .....   47
Section 605.   May Hold Securities ........................................   47
Section 606.   Money Held in Trust ........................................   47
Section 607.   Compensation and Reimbursement .............................   47
Section 608.   Disqualification; Conflicting Interests ....................   48
Section 609.   Corporate Trustee Recruited; Eligibility ...................   48
Section 610.   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor ..........   49
Section 611.   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .....................   51
Section 612.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession
                   to Business ............................................   52
Section 613.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company ..........   52
Section 614.   Appointment of Authenticating Agent ........................   57

iv

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
                                 ARTICLE SEVEN

           Securityholders' Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company


Section 701.   Company To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of
                    Securityholders .......................................   59
Section 702.   Preservation of Information; Communications to
                    Securityholders .......................................   59
Section 703.   Reports by Trustee .........................................   61
Section 704.   Reports by Company .........................................   63
Section 705.   Delivery of Certain Information ............................   63
Section 706.   Calculation of Original Issue Discount .....................   64


                                 ARTICLE EIGHT

                 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer

Section 801.   When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets ..................   64


                                  ARTICLE NINE

                            Supplemental Indentures

Section 901.   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of
                    Securityholders .......................................   65
Section 902.   Supplemental Indentures with Consent of
                    Securityholders .......................................   67
Section 903.   Execution of Supplemental Indentures .......................   68
Section 904.   Effect of Supplemental Indentures ..........................   68
Section 905.   Conformity with Trust Indenture Act ........................   69
Section 906.   Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .........   69



                                  ARTICLE TEN

                                   Covenants

Section 1001.  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest ................    69
Section 1002.  Maintenance of Office or Agency ...........................    69
Section 1003.  Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust ...........    69

v

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Section 1004.  Statement as to Compliance ................................    71
Section 1005.  Legal Existence ...........................................    72
Section 1006.  Limitation on Liens .......................................    72
Section 1007.  Limitation on Sale and Leasebacks .........................    73
Section 1008.  Limitation on Funded Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries ......    74
Section 1009.  Repurchase of Securities at Option of the Holder ..........    75
Section 1010.  Waiver of Certain Covenants ...............................    84


                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                            Redemption of Securities

Section 1101.  Applicability of Article ..................................    84
Section 1102.  Election To Redeem; Notice to Trustee .....................    84
Section 1103.  Selection by Trustee of Securities To Be Redeemed .........    85
Section 1104.  Notice of Redemption ......................................    85
Section 1105.  Deposit of Redemption Price ...............................    86
Section 1106.  Securities Payable on Redemption Date .....................    86
Section 1107.  Securities Redeemed in Part  ..............................    87
Section 1108.  Provisions with Respect to any Sinking Funds ..............    87

vi

Table Showing Reflection in Indenture of Certain Provisions of Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990


                                                                      Reflected in Indenture
                                                                      ----------------------

TIA                                                                               Section

Section 310(a)(1) ............................................................     609
           (a)(2) ............................................................     609
           (a)(3) ............................................................     Not Applicable
           (a)(4) ............................................................     Not Applicable
           (a)(5) ............................................................     609
           (b)    ............................................................     608

Section 311(a)    ............................................................     613(a)
           (b)    ............................................................     613(b)
           (b)(2) ............................................................     703(a)(2)
                  ............................................................     703(b)

Section 312(a) ...............................................................     701
               ...............................................................     702(a)
           (b) ...............................................................     702(b)
           (c) ...............................................................     702(c)

Section 313(a) ...............................................................     703(a)
           (b) ...............................................................     703(b)
           (c) ...............................................................     703(a)
               ...............................................................     703(b)

Section 314(a)(1) ............................................................     704
           (a)(2) ............................................................     704
           (a)(3) ............................................................     704
           (a)(4) ............................................................    1004
           (b)    ............................................................     Not Applicable
           (c)(1) ............................................................     102
           (c)(2) ............................................................     102
           (c)(3) ............................................................     Not Applicable
           (d)    ............................................................     Not Applicable
           (e)    ............................................................     102

Section 315(a) ...............................................................     601(a)
               ...............................................................     601(c)
           (b) ...............................................................     602
               ...............................................................     703(a)(6)
           (c) ...............................................................     601(b)
           (d) ...............................................................     601


           (d)(1) ............................................................     601(a)
           (d)(2) ............................................................     601(c)(2)
           (d)(3) ............................................................     601(c)(3)
           (e)    ............................................................     514

Section 316(a)    ............................................................     101
           (a)(1)(A)..........................................................     502
                    ..........................................................     512
           (a)(1)(B)..........................................................     513
           (a)(2) ............................................................     Not Applicable
           (b) ...............................................................     508
           (c) ...............................................................     104(d)

Section 317(a)(1).............................................................     503
           (a)(2).............................................................     504
           (b) ...............................................................    1003

Section 318(a) ...............................................................     107

-2-

THIS INDENTURE between WESTERN ATLAS INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company") having its principal office at 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter called the "Trustee") is made and entered into as of the 15th day of May, 1994.

Recitals of the Company

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its unsecured and unsubordinated debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness, to be issued in one or more fully registered series.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

Agreements of the Parties

To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of a series thereof, as the case may be:

ARTICLE ONE

Definitions and Other Provisions
of General Application

Section 101. Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or by Commission rule under the


Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "generally accepted accounting principles" or "GAAP" with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States of America on May 15, 1994; and

(4) all references in this instrument to designated "Articles", "Sections" and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed. The words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

Certain terms, used principally in Article Six and Section 1009, are defined in that Article and Section, respectively.

"Act", when used with respect to any Securityholder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee to authenticate Securities under Section 614.

"Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

-2-

"Business Day" means, with respect to any series of Securities, each day which is neither a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the pertinent Place or Places of Payment are authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.

"Capital Stock" means, with respect to any corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests (however designated) in stock issued by that corporation.

"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

"Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor.

"Company Request", "Company Order" and "Company Consent" mean a written request, order or consent, respectively, signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman, its President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

"Consolidated Net Assets" means the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting all current liabilities (excluding the amount of those which are by their terms extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor to a date more than 12 months after the date as of which the amount is being determined), all as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee in New York, New York at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street-21W, New York, New York 10286.

-3-

"Debt" of any Person means at any date, without duplication,
(1) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments,
(3) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable and deferred employee compensation obligations arising in the ordinary course of business, (4) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (5) all unpaid reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments but only to the extent that either (x) the issuer has honored a drawing thereunder or (y) payment of such obligation is otherwise due under the terms thereof, (6) all obligations secured by a Lien on any asset or property of such Person, whether or not such obligations are otherwise obligations of such Person, and (7) all Debt of others guaranteed by such Person.

"Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

"Depositary" means, unless otherwise specified by the Company pursuant to either Section 204 or 301, with respect to Securities of any series issuable or issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation.

"Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Article Five.

"Funded Debt" of any Person means Debt of such Person that
(i) matures by its terms more than one year after its creation or (ii) is classified as long-term debt under generally accepted accounting principles and, in the case of Debt of the Company described in either clause (i) or clause (ii), ranking at least pari passu with the Securities.

"Global Security", when used with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder, means a Security which is executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and an indenture supplemental hereto, if any, or Board Resolution and pursuant to a Company Request, which shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of

-4-

such series or any portion thereof, in either case having the same terms, including, without limitation, the same original issue date, date or dates on which principal is due, and interest rate or method of determining interest.

"Holder", when used with respect to any Security, means a Securityholder.

"Indenture" or "this Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.

"Independent", when used with respect to any specified Person, means such a Person who (1) is in fact independent, (2) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company or in any other obligor upon the Securities or in any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor, and (3) is not connected with the Company or such other obligor or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor, as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions. Whenever it is herein provided that any Independent Person's opinion or certificate shall be furnished to the Trustee, such Person shall be appointed by a Company Order and approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is independent within the meaning hereof.

"Interest", when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

"Interest Payment Date", when used with respect to any series of Securities, means the Stated Maturity of any installment of interest on those Securities.

"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge or security interest.

"Maturity", when used with respect to any Securities, means the date on which the principal of any such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether on a Repayment Date, at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

-5-

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Wherever this Indenture requires that an Officers' Certificate be signed also by an engineer or an accountant or other expert, such engineer, accountant or other expert (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) may be in the employ of the Company.

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) be an employee of or of counsel to the Company. Such counsel shall be acceptable to the Trustee, whose acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld.

"Original Issue Discount Security" means (i) any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, and
(ii) any other Security deemed an Original Issue Discount Security for United States Federal income tax purposes.

"Outstanding", when used with respect to Securities or Securities of any series, means, as of the date of determination, all such Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) such Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) such Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) such Securities in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, or which shall have been paid pursuant to the terms of Section 306 (except with respect to any such Security as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Security is held by a person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company).

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Securities Outstanding have given any request,

-6-

demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) the principal amount of any Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of the taking of such action upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof and (ii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding. In determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer assigned to the corporate trust department of the Trustee actually knows to be owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right to act as owner with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.

"Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company. The Company initially authorizes the Trustee to act as Paying Agent for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize one or more Persons, including the Company, to act as Paying Agent in addition to or in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Place of Payment" means with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder the city or political subdivision so designated with respect to the series of Securities in question in accordance with the provisions of Section 301.

"Predecessor Securities" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.

-7-

"Preferred Stock" means, as to any Person, capital stock of such Person that has a preference as to dividends or upon liquidation over the common stock of such Person.

"Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

"Redemption Price", when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price specified in the Security at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

"Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any security on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified in such Security as the Regular Record Date.

"Repayment Date", when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the date fixed for such repayment pursuant to such Security.

"Repayment Price", when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the price at which it is to be repaid pursuant to such Security.

"Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, means the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, the chairman or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any Vice President, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any senior trust officer or trust officer, the controller and any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means (i) each of Intermec Corporation, a Washington corporation, and Western Atlas International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, so long as it remains a Subsidiary, or any Subsidiary that is a successor of such Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) any Subsidiary that owns, directly or indirectly, any single service or manufacturing facility, or portion thereof, the book value of which (after deducting accumulated depreciation) as of the date the determination is being made is greater than 1% of Consolidated Net Assets. As used in this definition, "service or manufacturing facility" means property, plant and equipment (including ships)

-8-

used for actual performance of services, such as acquisition or processing of geophysical data, or manufacturing, such as quality assurance, engineering, maintenance, staging areas for work in process materials and manufacturing administration, and it excludes sales offices and facilities used only for general administration.

"Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any arrangement with any Person pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary leases any asset or property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or the Subsidiary to such Person, other than (1) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years,
(2) leases between the Company and a Subsidiary or between Subsidiaries, (3) leases of assets or property executed by the time of, or within 12 months after the latest of, the acquisition the completion of construction or improvement, or the commencement of commercial operation of such assets or property, and (4) arrangements pursuant to any provision of law with an effect similar to the former Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

"Security" or "Securities" means any note or notes, bond or bonds, debenture or debentures, or any other evidences of indebtedness, as the case may be, of any series authenticated and delivered from time to time under this Indenture.

"Security Register" shall have the meaning specified in
Section 305.

"Security Registrar" means the Person who keeps the Security Register specified in Section 305. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Security Registrar for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize any Person, including the Company, to act as Security Registrar in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.

"Securityholder" means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

"Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest (as defined in Section 307) means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

"Stated Maturity" when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

-9-

"Subsidiary" of any specified corporation means (i) a corporation, a majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is, at the date of determination, directly or indirectly owned by the Company, by one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or (ii) a partnership in which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is at the date of determination, a general partner of such partnership, or (iii) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or the Company and one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (x) at least a majority ownership interest or (y) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

"Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed except as provided in
Section 905.

"Trustee" means the Person named as the Trustee in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean and include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder. If at any time there is more than one such Person, "Trustee" as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

"Value" means, with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, an amount equal to the present value of the lease payments with respect to the term of the lease remaining on the date as of which the amount is being determined, without regard to any renewal or extension options contained in the lease, discounted at the weighted average interest rate on the Securities of all series (including the effective interest rate on any Original Issue Discount Securities) which are outstanding on the effective date of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and which have the benefit of Section 1007.

"Vice President" when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president", including, without limitation, an assistant vice president.

Section 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the

-10-

Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such Counsel all such conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than annual statements of compliance provided pursuant to Section 1004) shall include

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons may certify or give an opinion as to the other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

-11-

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 104. Acts of Securityholders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Securityholders or Securityholders of any series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Securityholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Securityholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to
Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also

-12-

constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

(d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, by Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of such action or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section
701. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Securities Outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Securities Outstanding shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date, and that no such authorization, agreement or consent may be amended, withdrawn or revoked once given by a Holder, unless the Company shall provide for such amendment, withdrawal or revocation in conjunction with such solicitation of authorizations, agreements or consents or unless and to the extent required by applicable law.

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind the Holder of every Security issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

Section 105. Notices. etc., to Trustee and Company. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Securityholders or other document provided or

-13-

permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Securityholder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Securityholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in Section 501(4) or, in the case of a request for repayment, as specified in the Security carrying the right to repayment) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Treasurer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Section 106. Notices to Securityholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice to Securityholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Security expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Securityholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Securityholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Securityholders. Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Securityholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Securityholder when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any method of notification as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

-14-

Section 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act through operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.

Section 108. Effect of Heading and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 109. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 110. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 111. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in any Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Security Registrar and the Holders of Securities (or such of them as may be affected thereby), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 112. Governing Law. This Indenture shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Section 113. Counterparts. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 114. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect (including with respect to the accrual of interest) as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity.

-15-

ARTICLE TWO

Security Forms

Section 201. Forms Generally. The Securities shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officer executing such Securities, as evidenced by such officer's execution of the Securities. Any portion of the text of any Security may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Security.

The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officer executing such Securities, as evidenced by such officer's execution of such Securities, subject, with respect to the Securities of any series, to the rules of any securities exchange on which such Securities are listed.

Section 202. Forms of Securities. Each Security shall be in one of the forms approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Prior to the delivery of a Security to the Trustee for authentication in any form approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the Board Resolution by or pursuant to which such form of Security has been approved, which Board Resolution shall have attached thereto a true and correct copy of the form of Security which has been approved thereby or, if a Board Resolution authorizes a specific officer or officers to approve a form of Security, a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Security attached thereto. Any form of Security approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution must be acceptable as to form to the Trustee, such acceptance to be evidenced by the Trustee's authentication of Securities in that form or a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and delivered to the Company.

Section 203. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication. The form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication for any Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be substantially as follows:

-16-

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

The Bank of New York, as Trustee,

By:

Authorized Signatory

Section 204. Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security. (a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Sections 202 and 301 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee or its agent shall, in accordance with Section 303 and the Company Order delivered to the Trustee or its agent thereunder, authenticate and make available for delivery, such Global Security or Securities, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Outstanding Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Security or Securities, or such portion thereof as the Company shall specify in a Company Order, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: "Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange, or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of the nominee of the Depositary or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary (and any payment is made to the nominee of the Depositary or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, the nominee of the Depositary, has an interest herein."

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 204 or of Section 305, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Security expressly permit such Global Security to be exchanged in whole or in part for individual Securities, a Global Security may be

-17-

transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 305, only to a nominee of the Depositary for such Global Security, or to the Depositary, or a successor Depositary for such Global Security selected or approved by the Company, or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(c) (i) If at any time the Depositary for a Global Security notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time the Depositary for the Securities for such series shall no longer be eligible or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, the Company shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Global Security. If a successor Depositary for such Global Security is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company will execute, and the Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange for such Global Security, will authenticate and make available for delivery individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security in exchange for such Global Security.

(ii) The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Securities of any series or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities. In such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Security, will authenticate and make available for delivery individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security or Securities representing such series or portion thereof in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.

(iii) If specified by the Company pursuant to Sections 202 and 301 with respect to Securities issued or issuable in the form of a Global Security, the Depositary for such Global Security may surrender such Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depositary. Thereupon the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery, without service charge, (1) to each Person specified by such Depositary a new

-18-

Security or Securities of the same series of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person's beneficial interest as specified by such Depositary in the Global Security; and (2) to such Depositary a new Global Security of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Securities delivered to Holders thereof.

(iv) In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Company will execute and the Trustee or its agent will authenticate and make available for delivery individual Securities in definitive registered form in authorized denominations. Upon the exchange of the entire principal amount of a Global Security for individual Securities, such Global Security shall be cancelled by the Trustee or its agent. Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or the Security Registrar. The Trustee shall deliver at its Corporate Trust Office such Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

ARTICLE THREE

The Securities

Section 301. General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of Particular Series. The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series up to an aggregate principal amount of Securities as from time to time may be authorized by the Board of Directors. All Securities of each series under this Indenture shall in all respects be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits hereof with respect to such series without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time of the authentication and delivery or Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series.

Each series of Securities shall be created either by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or by an indenture supplemental hereto. The Securities of each such series may bear such

-19-

date or dates, be payable at such place or places, have such Stated Maturity or Maturities, be issuable at such premium over or discount from their principal amount, bear interest at such rate or rates, from such date or dates, payable in such installments and on such dates and at such place or places to the Holders of Securities registered as such on such Regular Record Dates, or may bear no interest, and may be redeemable or repayable at such Redemption Price or Prices or Repayment Price or Prices, as the case may be, whether at the option of the Holder or otherwise, and upon such terms, all as shall be provided for in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or in the supplemental indenture creating that series. There may also be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in a supplemental indenture prior to the issuance of Securities of each such series, provision for:

(1) the exchange or conversion of the Securities of that series, at the option of the Holders thereof, for or into new Securities of a different series or other securities except shares of capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares;

(2) a sinking or purchase fund or other analogous obligation;

(3) a limitation on the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series;

(4) the appointment by the Trustee of an Authenticating Agent in one or more places other than the location of the office of the Trustee with power to act on behalf of the Trustee and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of the Securities of any one or more series in connection with such transactions as shall be specified in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or the supplemental indenture creating such series;

(5) the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series, if other than the principal amount thereof, which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 or provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 504;

-20-

(6) any Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series, if not set forth herein, and any additions, deletions or other changes to the Events of Default set forth herein that shall be applicable to the Securities of such series;

(7) any covenant solely for the benefit of the Securities of such series and any additions, deletions or other changes to the provisions of Sections 1006, 1007, 1008 and 1009 that shall be applicable to the Securities of that series;

(8) the inapplicability of section 403 of this Indenture to the Securities of such series and any covenant with respect to Section 403(b) established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in a supplemental indenture as described above that has not already been established herein;

(9) if the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security or Securities, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Security or Securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Securities; and the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities; and

(10) any other terms of the series,

all upon such terms as may be determined in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in a supplemental indenture with respect to such series. All Securities of the same series shall be substantially identical in tenor and effect except as to denomination and except if issued pursuant to Section 311.

The form of the Securities of each series shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or in the supplemental indenture creating such series. The Securities of each series shall be distinguished from the Securities of each other series in such manner, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, as the Board of Directors may determine.

Unless otherwise provided with respect to Securities of a particular series, the Securities of any series may only be issuable in registered form, without coupons.

Any terms or provisions in respect of the Securities of any series issued under this Indenture may be determined pursuant to this Section by providing for the method by which such terms or provisions shall be determined.

-21-

Section 302. Denominations. The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be provided in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or the supplemental indenture creating such series. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of that series shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Section 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating. The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman, its President or one of its Vice Presidents. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and make available for delivery such Securities as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.

Prior to any such authentication and delivery, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, in addition to any Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 102, and the Board Resolution and any certificate relating to the issuance of the series of Securities required to be furnished pursuant to Section 202, an Opinion of Counsel stating that:

(1) all instruments furnished to the Trustee conform to the requirements of the Indenture and constitute sufficient authority hereunder for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver such Securities;

(2) the form and terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(3) all laws and requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities have been complied with, the Company has the corporate power to issue such Securities and such Securities have

-22-

been duly authorized and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authentication and delivery by the Trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity) and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Securities, if any, of such series Outstanding;

(4) the Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; and

(5) such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request;

and, if the authentication and delivery relates to a new series of Securities created by an indenture supplemental hereto, also stating that all laws and requirements with respect to the form and execution by the Company of the supplemental indenture with respect to that series of Securities have been complied with, the Company has corporate power to execute and deliver any such supplemental indenture and has taken all necessary corporate action for those purposes and any such supplemental indenture has been executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity) and, if the authentication and delivery relates to Securities of a series issued pursuant to Section 311, paragraphs (2) and (3) of the foregoing opinion shall read as follows:

"(2) the form of such Securities and the procedures for determining the terms of such Securities as set forth in the procedures relating thereto referred to in Section 311 have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(3) all laws and requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities have been complied with, the Company has the corporate power to issue such Securities and such Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and when duly executed

-23-

by the Company and completed and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture and issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the applicable selling agency or distribution agreement, will have been duly issued under the Indenture and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors' rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity) and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Securities, if any, of such series Outstanding."

The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue thereof will adversely affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture.

Unless otherwise provided in the form of Security for any series, all Securities shall be dated the date of their authentication.

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 304. Temporary Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and, upon receipt of the documents required by Section 303, together with a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities of such series

-24-

shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder; and upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of such series of authorized denominations and of like tenor and terms. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of such series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

Section 305. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. The Company shall keep or cause to be kept a register or registers (herein sometimes referred to as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities, or of Securities of a particular series, and for transfers of Securities or of Securities of such series. Any such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times the information contained in such register or registers shall be available for inspection by the Trustee at the office or agency to be maintained by the Company as provided in Section 1002. There shall be only one Security Register per series of Securities.

Subject to Section 204, upon surrender for transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms.

Subject to Section 204, at the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, the Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company,

-25-

evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

Unless otherwise provided in the Security to be transferred or exchanged, no service charge shall be made on any Securityholder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may (unless otherwise provided in such Security) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304 or 906 not involving any transfer.

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Security of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of such series selected for redemption under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the date of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part.

None of the Company, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. If (i) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and (ii) there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of

-26-

like tenor, series, stated maturity and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 301, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of his having been such Holder; and, except as hereinafter provided, such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause
(1) or Clause (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names any such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special

-27-

Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Holder of each such Security at such Holder's address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

If any installment of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Security called for redemption pursuant to Article Eleven is not paid or duly provided for on or prior to the Redemption Date in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, such interest shall be payable as part of the Redemption Price of such Securities.

-28-

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners. The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307) interest on, such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 309. Cancellation. All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, or exchange or credit against a sinking fund shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Security shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee shall deliver all cancelled Securities to the Company.

Section 310. Computation of Interest. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section 301, interest on the Securities shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 311. Medium-Term Securities. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary for the Company to deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate, Board Resolution, supplemental indenture, Opinion of Counsel or Company Order otherwise required pursuant to Sections 102, 202, 301 and 303 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered to the Trustee or its agent at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued; provided that any subsequent request by the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series upon original issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that as of the date of such request, the statements made in the Officers' Certificate

-29-

or other certificates delivered pursuant to Sections 102 and 202 shall be true and correct as if made on such date.

A Company Order, Officers' Certificate or Board Resolution or supplemental indenture delivered by the Company to the Trustee in the circumstances set forth in the preceding paragraph may provide that Securities which are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or its agent on original issue from time to time in the aggregate principal amount established for such series pursuant to such procedures acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to time by Company Order upon the telephonic, electronic or written order of persons designated in such Company Order, Officers' Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution (any such telephonic or electronic instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing by such persons) and that such persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Company Order, Officers' Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution, such terms and conditions of said Securities as are specified in such Company Order, Officers' Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution.

Section 312. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

ARTICLE FOUR

Satisfaction and Discharge

Section 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities (except as to any surviving rights of conversion or transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or in the form of Security for such series), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series, when

-30-

(1) either

(A) all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in
Section 306, and (ii) Securities of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation; or

(B) all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to the Securities of such series; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied with.

-31-

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee with respect to that series under Section 607 shall survive and the obligations of the Trustee under Sections 402 and 1003 shall survive.

Section 402. Application of Trust Money. All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 or Section 403 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the series of Securities in respect of which it was deposited and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 403. Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations. Unless pursuant to Section 301 provision is made that this Section shall not be applicable to the Securities of any series, at the Company's option, either (a) the Company shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from its obligations with respect to any series of Securities after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied or (b) the Company shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1006, 1007, 1008 and 1009 (and any other provisions applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to
Section 301 to be subject to this provision) with respect to any series of Securities at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:

(1) the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series (i) money in an amount, or
(ii) the equivalent in direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are fully guaranteed by, the United States of America which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to (ii) and (iii)) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including manda-

-32-

tory sinking fund payments) and any premium of, interest on and any repurchase obligations with respect to the outstanding Securities of such series on the dates such installments of interest or principal or repurchase obligations are due;

(2) no Event of Default or event (including such deposit) which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; and

(3) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company's exercise of its option under this Section 403 and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, and, in the case of Securities being Discharged, such opinion shall be based upon at least one of the following authorities (issued, enacted or promulgated after the date of this Indenture), substantially on point and to the foregoing effect:
(i) a public ruling of the Internal Revenue Service, (ii) a private ruling of the Internal Revenue Service issued to the Company with respect to the Securities, (iii) a provision of the Internal Revenue Code, or (iv) a final regulation promulgated by the Department of the Treasury.

"Discharged" means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except (A) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust fund described in clause (1) above, payment of the principal and any premium of and any interest on such Securities when such payments are due; (B) the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 305, 306, 402, 1002 and 1003; and (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the direct obligations of, or obligations the principal

-33-

of and interest on which are fully guaranteed by, the United States of America, deposited pursuant to Section 403 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Securities.

ARTICLE FIVE

Remedies

Section 501. Events of Default. "Event of Default", wherever used herein, means with respect to any series of Securities any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture or Board Resolution creating such series of securities or in the form of Security for such series:

(1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series at its Maturity; or

(3) default in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of such series; or

(4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), all of such covenants and warranties in the Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series of Securities being deemed in respect of the Securities of all series for this purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after receipt by the Company from the Trustee or by the Company and the Trustee from the Holders of at

-34-

least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice, by registered or certified mail, specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

(5) the entry of an order for relief against the Company under the Federal Bankruptcy Code by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(6) the consent by the Company to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or

(7) any other Event of Default provided in the supplemental indenture or Board Resolution under which such series of Securities is issued or in the form of Security for such series.

Section 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4) or
(7) (if the Event of Default under paragraph (4) or (7) is with respect to less than all series of Securities then Outstanding) of Section 501 occurs and is continuing with respect to any series, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities of such

-35-

series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding hereunder (each such series acting as a separate class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all the Securities of such series and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities of such series contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default described in paragraph (4) or (7) (if the Event of Default under paragraph (4) or (7) is with respect to all series of Securities then Outstanding), (5) or (6) of Section 501 occurs and is continuing, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of all the Securities then Outstanding hereunder (treated as one class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities then Outstanding and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities contained to the contrary notwithstanding.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made with respect to the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue installments of interest on the Securities of such series,

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of such series which have become

-36-

due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,

(C) interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;

and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to such series of Securities, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Securities of such series which have become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Company covenants that if

(1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series when such interest becomes due and payable, or

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof, or

(3) default is made in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of any series,

and any such default continues for any period of grace provided with respect to the Securities of such series, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holder of any such Security (or the Holders of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above), the whole amount then due and payable on any such Security (or on the Securities of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above) for principal

-37-

(and premium, if any) and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal (and premium, if any) and upon overdue installments of interest, at such rate or rates as may be prescribed therefor by the terms of any such Security (or of Securities of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

If an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

Section 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in

-38-

order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such payment to the Trustee and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

Section 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities of any series may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision, for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities of the series in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 506. Application of Money Collected. Any money collected by the Trustee with respect to a series of Securities pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal

-39-

(or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Securities of such series and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under
Section 607.

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities of that series for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively.

THIRD: Any remaining money shall be returned to the Company.

Section 507. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series;

(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series;

-40-

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities of such series, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Securities of such series.

Section 508. Unconditional Right of Securityholders To Receive Principal, Premium and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Securityholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Securityholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy, except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306 hereof.

Section 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default

-41-

shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders, as the case may be.

Section 512. Control by Securityholders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

(1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Section 513. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured

(1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation with respect to the Securities of such series, or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture;

-42-

but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 514. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series to which the suit relates, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be).

Section 515. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE SIX

The Trustee

Section 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities,

-43-

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Securities of such series, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(b) In case an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise with respect to the Securities of such series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that

(1) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series pursuant to the provisions of
Section 5.12 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and

-44-

(4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

Section 602. Notice of Defaults. Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment or analogous obligation with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders of such series; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in
Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series no such notice to Securityholders of such series shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term "default", with respect to Securities of any series, means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

Section 603. Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 601:

(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

-45-

(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and

(h) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

-46-

Section 604. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

Section 605. May Hold Securities. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

Section 606. Money Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of
Section 1003 hereof, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

Section 607. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Company agrees

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities or expenses,

-47-

including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by, or determined by the income of the Trustee), incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Securities.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) or Section 501(6), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

Section 608. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. The Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act during the period of time provided for therein. In determining whether the Trustee has a conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the Securities of any series, there shall be excluded this Indenture with respect to Securities of any particular series of Securities other than that series. Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Securities, which shall be either

(i) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority, or

-48-

(ii) a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation or order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees,

in either case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. Neither the Company nor any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company shall serve as trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder. If at any time the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 610.

Section 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 611.

(b) The Trustee may resign with respect to any series of Securities at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(c) The Trustee may be removed with respect to any series of Securities at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the Trustee subject to removal may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

-49-

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act pursuant to Section 608 with respect to any series of Securities after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least 6 months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 with respect to any series of Securities and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or

(4) the Trustee shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, with respect to the series, or in the case of Clause (4), with respect to all series, or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the series, or, in the case of Clause (4), with respect to all series.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities for any cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee for that series of Securities. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to such series of Securities shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to such series and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company with respect to such series.

-50-

If no successor Trustee with respect to such series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Securityholders of such series and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, subject to Section 514, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities of that series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its principal Corporate Trust Office.

Section 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective with respect to any series as to which it is resigning or being removed as Trustee, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to any such series; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee shall, upon payment of its reasonable charges, if any, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such predecessor Trustee hereunder with respect to all or any such series, subject nevertheless to its lien, if any, provided for in Section 607. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the predecessor Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to

-51-

the Securities of any series as to which the predecessor Trustee is not being succeeded shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

No successor Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible with respect to that series under this Article.

Section 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

Section 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. (a) Subject to Subsection (b) of this Section, if the Trustee shall be or shall become a creditor, directly or indirectly, secured or unsecured, of the Company within 3 months prior to a default, as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section, or subsequent to such a default, then, unless and until such default shall be cured, the Trustee shall set apart and hold in a special account for the benefit of the Trustee individually, the Holders of the Securities and the holders of other indenture securities (as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section):

(1) an amount equal to any and all reduction in the amount due and owing upon any claim as such creditor in

-52-

respect of principal or interest, effected after the beginning of such 3-month period and valid as against the Company and its other creditors, except any such reduction resulting from the receipt or disposition of any property described in paragraph (2) of this Subsection, or from the exercise of any right of set-off which the Trustee could have exercised if a petition in bankruptcy had been filed by or against the Company upon the date of such default; and

(2) all property received by the Trustee in respect of any claim as such creditor, either as security therefor, or in satisfaction or composition thereof, or otherwise, after the beginning of such 3-month period, or an amount equal to the proceeds of any such property, if disposed of, subject, however, to the rights, if any, of the Company and its other creditors in such property or such proceeds.

Nothing herein contained, however, shall affect the right of the Trustee

(A) to retain for its own account (i) payments made on account of any such claim by any Person (other than the Company) who is liable thereon, and (ii) the proceeds of the bona fide sale of any such claim by the Trustee to a third person, and (iii) distributions made in cash, securities or other property in respect of claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable State law;

(B) to realize, for its own account, upon any property held by it as security for any such claim, if such property was so held prior to the beginning of such 3-month period;

(C) to realize, for its own account, but only to the extent of the claim hereinafter mentioned, upon any property held by it as security for any such claim, if such claim was created after the beginning of such 3-month period and such property was received as security therefor simultaneously with the creation thereof, and if the Trustee shall sustain the burden of proving that at the time such property was so received the Trustee had no reasonable cause to believe that a default as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section would occur within 3 months; or

-53-

(D) to receive payment on any claim referred to in paragraph (B) or against the release of any property held as security for such claim as provided in paragraph (B) or (C), as the case may be, to the extent of the fair value of such property.

For the purposes of paragraphs (B), (C) and (D), property substituted after the beginning of such 3-month period for property held as security at the time of such substitution shall, to the extent of the fair value of the property released, have the same status as the property released, and, to the extent that any claim referred to in any of such paragraphs is created in renewal of or in substitution for or for the purpose of repaying or refunding any pre-existing claim of the Trustee as such creditor, such claim shall have the same status as such pre-existing claim.

If the Trustee shall be required to account, the funds and property held in such special account and the proceeds thereof shall be apportioned between the Trustee, the Securityholders and the holders of other indenture securities in such manner that the Trustee, the Securityholders and the holders of other indenture securities realize, as a result of payments from such special account and payments of dividends on claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable State law, the same percentage of their respective claims, figured before crediting to the claim of the Trustee anything on account of the receipt by it from the Company of the funds and property in such special account and before crediting to the respective claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders and the holders of other indenture securities dividends on claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable State law, but after crediting thereon receipts on account of the indebtedness represented by their respective claims from all sources other than from such dividends and from the funds and property so held in such special account. As used in this paragraph, with respect to any claim, the term "dividends" shall include any distribution with respect to such claim, in bankruptcy or receivership or proceedings for reorganization pursuant to the Federal Bankruptcy Code or applicable State law, whether such distribution is made in cash, securities, or other property, but shall not include any such distribution with respect to the secured portion, if any, of such claim. The court in which such bankruptcy, receivership or proceedings for reorganization is pending shall have jurisdiction (i) to apportion between the Trustee and the Securityholders and the holders of other indenture securities, in accordance with the

-54-

provisions of this paragraph, the funds and property held in such special account and proceeds thereof, or (ii) in lieu of such apportionment, in whole or in part, to give to the provisions of this paragraph due consideration in determining the fairness of the distributions to be made to the Trustee and the Securityholders and the holders of other indenture securities with respect to their respective claims, in which event it shall not be necessary to liquidate or to appraise the value of any securities or other property held in such special account or as security for any such claim, or to make a specific allocation of such distributions as between the secured and unsecured portions of such claims, or otherwise to apply the provisions of this paragraph as a mathematical formula.

Any Trustee which has resigned or been removed after the beginning of such 3-month period shall be subject to the provisions of this Subsection as though such resignation or removal had not occurred. If any Trustee has resigned or been removed prior to the beginning of such 3-month period, it shall be subject to the provisions of this Subsection if and only if the following conditions exist:

(i) the receipt of property or reduction of claim, which would have given rise to the obligation to account, if such Trustee had continued as Trustee, occurred after the beginning of such 3-month period; and

(ii) such receipt of property or reduction of claim occurred within 3 months after such resignation or removal.

(b) There shall be excluded from the operation of Subsection
(a) of this Section a creditor relationship arising from

(1) the ownership or acquisition of securities issued under any indenture, or any security or securities having a maturity of one year or more at the time of acquisition by the Trustee;

(2) advances authorized by a receivership or bankruptcy court of competent jurisdiction, or by this Indenture, for the purpose of preserving any property which shall at any time be subject to the lien of this Indenture or of discharging tax liens or other prior liens or encumbrances thereon, if notice of such advances and of the circumstances surrounding the making thereof is given to the Securityholders at the time and in the manner provided in this Indenture;

-55-

(3) disbursements made in the ordinary course of business in the capacity of trustee under an indenture, transfer agent, registrar, custodian, paying agent, fiscal agent or depository, or other similar capacity;

(4) an indebtedness created as a result of services rendered or premises rented; or an indebtedness created as a result of goods or securities sold in a cash transaction as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section;

(5) the ownership of stock or of other securities of a corporation organized under the provisions of Section 25(a) of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, which is directly or indirectly a creditor of the Company; or

(6) the acquisition, ownership, acceptance or negotiation of any drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances or obligations which fall within the classification of self-liquidating paper as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section.

(c) For the purposes of this Section only:

(1) The term "default" means any failure to make payment in full of the principal of or interest on any of the Securities or upon the other indenture securities when and as such principal or interest becomes due and payable.

(2) The term "other indenture securities" means securities upon which the Company is an obligor outstanding under any other indenture (i) under which the Trustee is also trustee, (ii) which contains provisions substantially similar to the provisions of this Section, and (iii) under which a default exists at the time of the apportionment of the funds and property held in such special account.

(3) The term "cash transaction" means any transaction in which full payment for goods or securities sold is made within 7 days after delivery of the goods or securities in currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand.

(4) The term "self-liquidating paper" means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred by the Company for the purpose of financing the purchase, processing, manufacturing, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of, or a lien upon, the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from

-56-

the sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor relationship with the Company arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation.

(5) The term "Company" means any obligor upon the Securities.

Section 614. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and, if other than the Company itself, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or

-57-

corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and, if other than the Company, to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and, if other than the Company, to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent, will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

-58-

Dated:__________

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

The Bank of New York, as Trustee,

By:

As Authenticating Agent

By:
Authorized Signatory

ARTICLE SEVEN

Securityholders' Lists and Reports by
Trustee and Company

Section 701. Company To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

(1) semi-annually, not later than December 1 and June 1 in each year in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of each series as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the date such list is furnished, and

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the date such list is furnished,

excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.

Section 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders. (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in
Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

-59-

(b) If 3 or more Holders of Securities of any series (hereinafter referred to as "applicants") apply in writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Security of such series for a period of at least 6 months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Securities of such series or with the Holders of all Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within 5 Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either

(i) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 702(a), or

(ii) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Securities of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 702 (a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.

If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of a Security of such series or to all Securityholders, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 702
(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless, within 5 days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or all Security-holders, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or

-60-

more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all Securityholders of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 702(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 702(b).

Section 703. Reports by Trustee. (a) The term "reporting date" as used in this Section means May 15. Within 60 days after the reporting date in each year, beginning in 1995, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, a brief report dated as of such reporting date with respect to any of the following events which may have occurred during the twelve months preceding the date of such report (but if no such event has occurred within such period, no report need be transmitted):

(1) any change to its eligibility under Section 609 and its qualifications under Section 608;

(2) the creation of or any material change to a relationship specified in Section 310(b)(1) through Section 310(b)(10) of the Trust Indenture Act;

(3) the character and amount of any advances (and if the Trustee elects so to state, the circumstances surrounding the making thereof) made by the Trustee (as such) which remain unpaid on the date of such report, and for the reimbursement of which it claims or may claim a lien or charge, prior to that of Securities of any series, on any property or funds held or collected by it as Trustee, except that the Trustee shall not be required (but may elect) to report such advances if such advances so remaining unpaid aggregate not more than 1/2 of 1% of the principal amount of the Securities of such series Outstanding on the date of such report;

-61-

(4) any change to the amount, interest rate and maturity date of all other indebtedness owing by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Securities) to the Trustee in its individual capacity, on the date of such report, with a brief description of any property held as collateral security therefor, except an indebtedness based upon a creditor relationship arising in any manner described in
Section 613(b)(2), (3), (4), or (6);

(5) any change to the property and funds, if any, physically in the possession of the Trustee as such on the date of such report;

(6) any additional issue of Securities which the Trustee has not previously reported; and

(7) any action taken by the Trustee in the performance of its duties hereunder which it has not previously reported and which in its opinion materially affects the Securities, except action in respect of a default, notice of which has been or is to be withheld by the Trustee in accordance with Section 602.

(b) The Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, a brief report with respect to the character and amount of any advances (and if the Trustee elects so to state, the circumstances surrounding the making thereof) made by the Trustee (as such) since the date of the last report transmitted pursuant to Subsection (a) of this Section (or if no such report has yet been so transmitted, since the date of execution of this instrument) for the reimbursement of which it claims or may claim a lien or charge, prior to that of the Securities of any series, on property or funds held or collected by it as Trustee, and which it has not previously reported pursuant to this Subsection, except that the Trustee shall not be required (but may elect) to report such advances if such advances remaining unpaid at any time aggregate 10% or less of the principal amount of the Securities outstanding of such series at such time, such report to be transmitted within 90 days after such time.

(c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to securityholders, be furnished to the Company and be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities are listed, and also with the Commission. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

-62-

Section 704. Reports by Company. The Company will

(1) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it will file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

(2) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(3) transmit by mail to all Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

Section 705. Delivery of Certain Information. If specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to a series of Securities, at any time when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, upon the request of a holder of a Security, the Company will promptly furnish or cause to be furnished Rule 144A Information (as defined below) to such Holder, to a prospective purchaser who is a "qualified institutional buyer", within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, of such Security designated by such Holder in order to permit compliance by such Holder with Rule 144A in connection with the resale of such

-63-

Security by such Holder; provided, however, that unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, the Company shall not be required to furnish such information in connection with any request made on or after the date which is three years from the later of (i) the date such Security (or any predecessor Security) was acquired from the Company or (ii) the date such Security (or any predecessor Security) was last acquired from an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. "Rule 144A Information" shall be such information as is specified pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933 as in effect on the date hereof.

Section 706. Calculation of Original Issue Discount. In the event that there are Outstanding Original Issue Discount Securities during any calendar year, the Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of such calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on such Securities as of the end of such year.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer

Section 801. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. The Company, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise) all or substantially all of its properties and assets to another Person or group of affiliated Persons, unless:

(a) either (1) the Company shall be the continuing corporation or (2) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company are transferred (i) shall be a corporation, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

-64-

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, and the assumption contemplated by clause (a) above, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with this Article 8 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise) of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries (other than to the Company or another wholly owned Subsidiary), which, if such assets were owned by the Company, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

The successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, the Company shall be discharged and released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities. The Trustee shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor Person and such discharge and release of the Company.

ARTICLE NINE

Supplemental Indentures

Section 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders. Without the consent of the Holders of any Securities, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

-65-

(1) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities contained; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or

(3) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; or

(4) to add to this Indenture such provisions as may be expressly permitted by the TIA, excluding, however, the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA as in effect at the date as of which this instrument was executed or any corresponding provision in any similar Federal statute hereafter enacted; or

(5) to establish any form of Security, as provided in Article Two, and to provide for the issuance of any series of securities as provided in Article Three and to set forth the terms thereof, and/or to add to the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series; or

(6) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by another corporation as a successor Trustee hereunder with respect to one or more series of Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to Section 611; or

(7) to add any additional Events of Default in respect of the Securities of any or all series (and if such additional Events of Default are to be in respect of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or

-66-

(8) to provide for the issuance of Securities in coupon as well as fully registered form.

No supplemental indenture for the purposes identified in Clauses (2), (3), (5) or (7) above may be entered into if to do so would adversely affect the interest of the Holders of Securities of any series.

Section 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders. With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby,

(1) change the Maturity of the principal of, or the Stated Maturity of any premium on, or any installment of interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the interest or any premium thereon, or change the method of computing the amount of principal thereof or interest thereon on any date or change any Place of Payment where any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Maturity or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be, thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be); or

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences, provided for in this Indenture; or

(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1008, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the

-67-

consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby.

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

Section 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby to the extent provided therein.

-68-

Section 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of TIA as then in effect.

Section 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures. Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Artide may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

ARTICLE TEN

Covenants

Section 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. With respect to each series of Securities, the Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms, agreements and conditions contained in, or made in the Indenture for the benefit of, the Securities of such series.

Section 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the principal Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, Attention:
Corporate Trust Trustee Administration, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

Section 1003. Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust. If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent for any series of Securities, it will, on or before

-69-

each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Securities of such series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal (and premium, if any) or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee for any series of Securities to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of such series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series; and

(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every series of Securities as to which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Company in respect of

-70-

all Securities, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company mail to the Holders of the Securities as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, a notice that such moneys remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified in the notice, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date on which the notice was first mailed to the Holders of the Securities as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be paid to the Company free of the trust formerly impressed upon it.

Section 1004. Statement as to Compliance. The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company stating that

(1) a review of the activities of the Company during such year and of performance under this Indenture and under the terms of the Securities has been made under his supervision; and

(2) to the best of his knowledge, based on such review, the Company has fulfilled all its obligations under this Indenture and has complied with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture through such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, covenant or condition, specifying each such default known to him and the nature and status thereof.

-71-

For the purpose of this Section 1004, default and compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Section 1005. Legal Existence. Subject to Article Eight the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence.

Section 1006. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not create, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien upon assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Debt of any Person, without making effective provision whereby the Securities then Outstanding and having the benefit of this Section shall be secured by the Lien equally and ratably with such Debt for so long as such Debt shall be so secured, except that the foregoing shall not prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from creating, assuming or suffering to exist Liens of the following character:

(1) with respect to any series of Securities, any Lien existing on the date of issuance of the series;

(2) any Lien existing on assets or property owned or leased by a corporation at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) any Lien existing on assets or property at the time of the acquisition thereof by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) any Lien to secure any Debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 12 months after the acquisition of any assets or property for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof and any Lien to the extent that it secures Debt which is in excess of such purchase price and for the payment of which recourse may be had only against such assets or property;

(5) any Lien to secure any Debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 12 months after the completion of the construction and commencement of commercial operation, alteration, repair or improvement of any assets or property for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost thereof and any Lien to the extent that it secures Debt which is in excess of such cost and for the payment of which recourse may be had only against such assets or property;

-72-

(6) any Lien securing Debt of a Subsidiary owing to the Company or to another Subsidiary;

(7) any Lien in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof or any other country, or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision of any of the foregoing, to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments or performance pursuant to the provisions of any contract or statute, or any Liens securing industrial development, pollution control, or similar revenue bonds;

(8) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any Lien referred to in clauses (1) through (7) above, so long as the principal amount of the Debt secured thereby does not, exceed the principal amount of Debt so secured at the time of the extension, renewal or replacement (except that, where an additional principal amount of Debt is incurred to provide funds for the completion of a specific project, the additional principal amount, and any related financing costs, may be secured by the Lien as well) and the Lien is limited to the same property subject to the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on the property); and

(9) any Lien not permitted by clauses (1) through (8) above securing Debt which, together with (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all other Debt which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions, (ii) the aggregate Value of existing Sale and Leaseback Transactions which would be subject to the restrictions of Section 1007 but for this clause (9) and (iii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Funded Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries which would not be permitted under Section 1008 but for the second sentence of Section 1008, does not at any time exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Assets.

Section 1007. Limitation on Sale and Leasebacks. The Company shall not enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, nor permit any Restricted Subsidiary so to do, unless either:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Debt, in a principal amount at least equal to the Value of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, which is secured by Liens on the property to be leased (without equally and ratably securing the Outstanding Securities) because such Liens would be of such character that no violation of any of the provisions of Section 1006 would result; or

-73-

(2) the Company during the six months immediately following the effective date of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction causes to be applied to the voluntary retirement of Funded Debt (whether by redemption, defeasance, repurchase, or otherwise) an amount equal to the Value of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

Section 1008. Limitation on Funded Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any Funded Debt, unless:

(1) with respect to any series of Securities, such Funded Debt existed on the date of the original issuance of such series; or

(2) such Funded Debt is owed to the Company or any Subsidiary; or

(3) such Funded Debt existed at the time the corporation that issued such Funded Debt was merged with or into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary, or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of the properties of such corporation as an entirety to such Restricted Subsidiary, or such Funded Debt was created thereafter
(i) otherwise than in connection with the borrowing of money arranged thereafter and (ii) pursuant to contractual commitments entered into prior to and not in contemplation of any such merger or consolidation or any such sale, lease or other disposition; or

(4) such Funded Debt is guaranteed by the Company; or

(5) such Funded Debt is guaranteed by a governmental agency; or

(6) such Funded Debt is issued, assumed or guaranteed in connection with, or with a view to, compliance by such Restricted Subsidiary with the requirements of any program adopted by any federal, state or local governmental authority and applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary and providing financial or tax benefits to such Restricted Subsidiary which are not available directly to the Company; or

(7) such Funded Debt is issued, assumed or guaranteed prior to, at the time of, or within 12 months after the acquisition of any assets or property for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof or, to the extent that the amount of such Funded Debt is in excess of

-74-

such purchase price, recourse may be had only against such assets or property for the payment of such Funded Debt;

(8) such Funded Debt is issued, assumed or guaranteed prior to, at the time of, or within 12 months after the completion of the construction and commencement of commercial operation, alteration, repair or improvement of any assets or property for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost thereof or, to the extent that the amount of such Funded Debt is in excess of such cost, recourse may be had only against such assets or property for the payment of such Funded Debt;

(9) such Funded Debt is nonrecourse; or

(10) such Funded Debt is incurred for the purpose of extending, renewing, substituting, replacing or refunding Funded Debt permitted by the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary may create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee Funded Debt which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restriction in an aggregate principal amount which, together with (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all other Funded Debt of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restriction (not including Funded Debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (1) through (10) above) but for this sentence, (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Debt secured by Liens which would not be permitted pursuant to Section 1006 but for clause (9) thereof and (iii) the aggregate Value of existing Sale and Leaseback Transactions which would not be permitted by Section 1007 but for clause (9) of Section 1006, does not at the time such Funded Debt is incurred exceed an amount equal to 15% of Consolidated Net Assets.

Section 1009. Repurchase of Securities at Option of the Holder. (a) If (i) the Company incurs any New Debt and, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such New Debt is incurred, the Ratio of Debt to Consolidated Capitalization is greater than .65 and the Cash Flow Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75 and (ii) as of the last day of the second full fiscal quarter commencing after the date of such incurrence (the "Leverage Measurement Date"), the Ratio of Debt to Consolidated Capitalization is greater than .65 and the Cash Flow Coverage Ratio is less than 1.75, a Special Repurchase Event shall be deemed to have occurred on such Leverage Measurement Date.

(b) If (i) the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Company is less than the Minimum Tangible Net Worth as of

-75-

the end of any fiscal year and (ii) as of the last day of the second succeeding fiscal quarter (the "Net Worth Measurement Date"), the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is less than the Minimum Tangible Net Worth, a Special Repurchase Event shall be deemed to have occurred on such Net Worth Measurement Date.

(c) (i) Subject to paragraph (e) of this Section 1009, in the event that a Special Repurchase Event is deemed to have occurred, each Holder of the Securities then outstanding shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Securities on the date (the "Repurchase Date") that is 35 Business Days after the date such Special Purchase Event is deemed to have occurred, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to, but excluding, the date of repurchase (the "Repurchase Price").

(ii) Within 15 Business Days after the occurrence of a Special Repurchase Event, the Company shall mail a written notice of such occurrence by first-class mail to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and to each Holder (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law) and shall cause a copy of such notice to be published in The Wall Street Journal or another daily newspaper of national circulation. The notice shall state:

(1) the date of such Special Repurchase Event and, briefly, the events causing such Special Repurchase Event;

(2) the date by which the notice required by this paragraph (ii) must be given;

(3) the Repurchase Date;

(4) the Repurchase Price;

(5) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(6) the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 1009; and

(7) the procedures for withdrawing a Repurchase Election Notice (as defined below).

(iii) A Holder may exercise its rights specified in Section 1009(c)(i) upon delivery of a written notice of repurchase (a "Repurchase Election Notice") to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Repurchase Date, stating:

-76-

(1) the certificate number of the Security which the Holder will deliver to be repurchased;

(2) the portion of the principal amount of the Security which the Holder will deliver to be repurchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

(3) that such Security shall be repurchased pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 1009.

The delivery of such Security to the Paying Agent prior to, on or after the Repurchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Repurchase Price therefor; provided, however, that such Repurchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 1009 only if the Security so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Repurchase Election Notice.

The Company shall repurchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 1009, a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the repurchase of all of a Security also apply to the repurchase of such portion of such Security.

Any repurchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1009 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Repurchase Date and the time of delivery of the Security.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Repurchase Election Notice contemplated by this Section 1009(c)(iii) shall have the right to withdraw such Repurchase Election Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with paragraph (c)(iv).

(iv) A Repurchase Election Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Repurchase Date to which it relates specifying:

-77-

(1) the certificate number of the Security in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

(2) the principal amount of the Security with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(3) the principal amount, if any, of such Security which remains subject to the original Repurchase Election Notice and which has been or will be delivered for repurchase by the Company.

(v) On or before the Business Day following a Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money or, if permitted by the terms hereof, securities sufficient to pay the aggregate Repurchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be repurchased as of such Repurchase Date.

(vi) Any Security which is to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge, a new Security or Securities, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Security so surrendered which is not repurchased.

(vii) In connection with any offer to repurchase or repurchase of Securities under this Section 1009, the Company shall comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws so as to permit the rights and obligations under this Section 1009 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified in this Section 1009.

(viii) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash, together with interest on such cash, if any, held by them for the payment of a Repurchase Price in respect of cash that remains unclaimed as provided in Section 1003.

-78-

(ix) Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Repurchase Election Notice specified in Section 1009 (c)(ii), the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Repurchase Election Notice was given shall (unless such Repurchase Election Notice is withdrawn as specified in paragraph (c) (iv)) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Repurchase Price with respect to such Security. Such Repurchase Price shall be paid to such Holder promptly following the later of (x) the Repurchase Date with respect to such Security
(provided the conditions in Section 1009(c)(iii) have been satisfied) and (y) the time of delivery of such Security to the Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 1009 (c) (iii).

(d) For purposes of this Section 1009, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(i) "Acquired Debt" means Debt of a Person (1) assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition from such Person or (2) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of any other Person (other than any Debt incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Asset Acquisition or such Person becoming such a Subsidiary).

(ii) "Asset Acquisition" means (1) an investment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or a merger of such Person with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in which the surviving corporation is the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or any division or line of business of such Person.

(iii) "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition to any Person other than the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of
(1) any capital stock of any Subsidiary of the Company; (2) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; or (3) any other properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business.

-79-

(iv) "Cash Flow Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date of measurement (the "Measurement Date") (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the "Four Quarter Period") to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, if the Measurement Date occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Issue Date, "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" and "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall be calculated, in the case of the Company, after giving effect on a pro forma basis as if the distribution of the Company's common stock as a dividend to the stockholders of Litton Industries, Inc. on March 17, 1994 and the concurrent financial transactions to which the Company was a party on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" and "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (1) the incurrence of any Debt of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence of other Debt at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Measurement Date, as if such incurrence occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and (2) any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Debt) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Measurement Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Debt of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Debt as if such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Debt. Furthermore, in calculating "Consolidated Interest Expense" for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this "Cash Flow Coverage Ratio," (1) interest on Debt determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Measurement Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter

-80-

shall be deemed to accrue at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Debt in effect on the Measurement Date; (2) if interest on any Debt actually incurred on the Measurement Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Measurement Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period; and
(3) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Debt determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Rate Protection Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

(v) "Consolidated Capitalization" means without duplication, the sum of Total Debt of the Company and its subsidiaries at the time outstanding, plus shareholders' equity and minority interests, all as shown on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(vi) "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of (a) Consolidated Net Income, (b) Consolidated Interest Expense and (c) Consolidated Income Tax Expense; provided, however, that if, during such period, such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges for such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period shall be reduced (in the case of an Asset Sale) or increased (in the case of an Asset Acquisition) by an amount equal to the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions during such period.

(vii) "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(viii) "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of (i) the interest expense of such Person and its

-81-

Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, including, without limitation, any amortization of debt discount, plus, without duplication, (ii) all capitalized interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however, that if, during such period, such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions, Consolidated Interest Expense for such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period shall be reduced (in the case of an Asset Sale) or increased (in the case of an Asset Acquisition) by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions during such period.

(ix) "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by excluding, without duplication, (i) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), (ii) the portion of net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated Persons to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries, (iii) net income (or loss) of any Person combined with such Person or one of its Subsidiaries on a "pooling of interests" basis attributable to any period prior to the date of combination, (iv) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized upon the termination of any employee pension benefit plan, (v) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto) and (vi) the net income of any Subsidiary of such Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.

(x) "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person at any date, the consolidated stockholders' equity of such Person, less the amount of such stockholders' equity attributable to redeemable capital stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and less

-82-

amounts representing licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, good will, experimental or organizational expense and other like intangibles, treasury stock and unamortized debt discount and expense, as determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(xi) "Interest Rate Protection Obligations" means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.

(xii) "Minimum Tangible Net Worth" means at any date, $312,140,000 increased by 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the Company (but without any decrease in the event such cumulative Consolidated Net Income is a loss) for the period commencing April 1, 1994 and ending on the last day of the most recently completed fiscal year.

(xiii) "New Debt" of any Person means any Debt of such Person other than Debt that is incurred for the purpose of extending, renewing, substituting, replacing or refunding Debt of such Person that was an obligation of such Person on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter ended prior to the date of such incurrence.

(xiv) "Ratio of Debt to Consolidated Capitalization" means the quotient obtained by dividing Total Debt by Consolidated Capitalization.

(xv) "Total Debt" means the total consolidated Debt of the Company and its subsidiaries as shown on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

(e) In the event that the Ratio of Debt to Consolidated Capitalization is less than .40 and the Cash Flow Coverage Ratio is greater than 2.5, in each case on the last day of each of six consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company, the provisions of this Section 1009 shall no longer apply to the

-83-

Securities and shall have no force or effect for any purpose of this Indenture.

Section 1010. Waiver of Certain Covenants. The Company may omit in respect of any series of Securities, in any particular instance, to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Sections 1006, 1007, 1008 and 1009, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of such series shall, by Act of such Securityholders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Redemption of Securities

Section 1101. Applicability of Article. The Company may reserve the right to redeem and pay before Stated Maturity all or any part of the Securities of any series, either by optional redemption, sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation or otherwise, by provision therefor in the form of Security for such series established and approved pursuant to Section 202 and on such terms as are specified in such form or in the indenture supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of such series as provided in Section 301. Redemption of Securities of any series shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and, to the extent that this Article does not conflict with such terms, the succeeding Sections of this Article.

Section 1102. Election To Redeem; Notice to Trustee. The election of the Company to redeem any Securities redeemable at the election of the Company shall be evidenced by, or pursuant to authority granted by, a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, at least 45 days (60 days in the case of a redemption of less than all of the Securities of any series) prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series and the Tranche (as defined in Section 1103) to be redeemed.

-84-

In the case of any redemption of Securities (i) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, or (ii) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

Section 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities To Be Redeemed. If less than all the Securities of like tenor and terms of any series (a "Tranche") are to be redeemed, the particular securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Securities of such Tranche not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may include provision for the election for redemption of portions of the principal of Securities of such Tranche of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. Unless otherwise provided in the terms of a particular series of Securities, the portions of the principal of Securities so selected for partial redemption shall be equal to the minimum authorized denomination of the Securities of such series, or an integral multiple thereof, and the principal amount which remains outstanding shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series. If less than all the Securities of unlike tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed, the particular Tranche of Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Company.

In the case of any Security selected for partial redemption, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 1104. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the Security Register.

-85-

All notices of redemption shall state:

(l) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price;

(3) the CUSIP number;

(4) if less than all outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the Securities to be redeemed, from the Holder to whom the notice is given;

(5) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security, and that interest, if any, thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date;

(6) the place where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, which shall be the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment; and

(7) that the redemption is on account of a sinking or purchase fund, or other analogous obligation, if that be the case.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

Section 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date; provided that such amount shall be so deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent in time for the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, to pay such Redemption Price in accordance with its normal procedures.

Section 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of Redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Securities shall

-86-

cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Securities for redemption in accordance with the notice, such Securities shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price. Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Securities pursuant to Section 301, installments of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Security, or as otherwise provided in such Security.

Section 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part. Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment with respect to that series (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.

Section 1108. Provisions with Respect to any Sinking Funds. Unless the form or terms of any series of Securities shall provide otherwise, in lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to such series of Securities in cash, the Company may at its option (1) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities of such series theretofore acquired by the Company, or (2) receive credit for any Securities of such series (not previously so credited) acquired by the Company (including by way of optional redemption (pursuant to the sinking fund or otherwise) but not by way of mandatory sinking fund redemption) and theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and if it does so then (i) Securities so delivered or credited shall be credited at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, and (ii) on or before the 60th day next preceding each sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to such series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee (A) an Officers' Certificate specifying the portions of

-87-

such sinking fund payment to be satisfied by payment of cash and by delivery or credit of Securities of such series acquired by the Company, and (B) such Securities, to the extent not previously surrendered. Such Officers' Certificate shall also state the basis for such credit and that the Securities for which the Company elects to receive credit have not been previously so credited and were not acquired by the Company through operation of the mandatory sinking fund, if any, provided with respect to such Securities and shall also state that no Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series has occurred and is continuing. All Securities so delivered to the Trustee shall be cancelled by the Trustee and no Securities shall be authenticated in lieu thereof.

If the sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) with respect to any series of Securities made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments with respect to Securities of such series made in cash shall exceed $50,000 (or a lesser sum if the Company shall so request), unless otherwise provided by the terms of such series of Securities, that cash shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to Securities of such series next following the date of such payment to the redemption of Securities of such series at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, together with accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, with the effect provided in Section 1106. The Trustee shall select, in the manner provided in Section 1103, for redemption on such sinking fund Redemption Date a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such series to utilize that cash and shall thereupon cause notice of redemption of the Securities of such series for the sinking fund to be given in the manner provided in Section 1104 (and with the effect provided in Section 1106) for the redemption of Securities in part at the option of the Company. Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the Trustee to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment with respect to Securities of such series received by the Trustee and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 1108. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to Securities of any series held by the Trustee at the Maturity of Securities of such series, and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series, shall be applied by the Trustee, together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of the Securities of such series at Maturity.

On or before each sinking fund Redemption Date provided with respect to Securities of any series, the Company

-88-

shall deposit with the Trustee cash in a sum equal to all accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on such sinking fund Redemption Date pursuant to this Section 1108; provided that such cash shall be so deposited with the Trustee in time for the Trustee to make the payment of such accrued interest in accordance with its normal procedures.

-89-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

WESTERN ATLAS INC.,

                                              by /s/ MICHAEL E. KEANE
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Name:   Michael E. Keane
                                                 Title:  Vice President and
                                                         Treasurer
[SEAL]

Attest:

/s/ VIRGINIA S. YOUNG
------------------------------
Name:   Virginia S. Young
Title:  Secretary
                                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                                as Trustee,

CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT No. 5193

State of California )
--------------------------)
County of Los Angeles )
--------------------------)

On 6/10/94 before me, Linda J. Sandoval, Notary Public

   -------           -------------------------------------------------------,
    DATE              NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER-E.G., "JANE DOE,NOTARY PUBLIC"

personally appeared   Michael E. Keane
                     -------------------------------------------------------,
                              NAME(S) OF SIGNER(S)

[X] personally known to me -OR- [ ] proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[SEAL]

/s/ LINDA J. SANDOVAL
----------------------------------
    SIGNATURE OF NOTARY

======OPTIONAL SECTION======
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER

Though statute does not require
the Notary to fill in the data
below, doing so may prove
invaluable to persons relying on
the document.

[ ] INDIVIDUAL
[X] CORPORATE OFFICER(S)
Vice President & Treasurer

TITLE(S)
[ ] PARTNER(S) [ ] LIMITED
[ ] GENERAL
[ ] ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
[ ] TRUSTEE(S)
[ ] GUARDIAN/CONSERVATOR
[ ] OTHER:


SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSON(S) OR ENTITY(IES)



================================OPTIONAL SECTION================================

THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE          TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT  Trust Indenture
ATTACHED TO THE DOCUMENT                                   ---------------------
DESCRIBED AT RIGHT:
-------------------------         NUMBER OF PAGES 90 DATE OF DOCUMENT 5/15/94
                                                 ----                -----------
Though the data requested         SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE
here is not required by law,                                      --------------
it could prevent fraudulent
reattachment of this form.

STATE OF NEW YORK   )
                    )    ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK  )

On the 14th day of June, 1994, before me personally came W. J. Cunningham, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at Denville, N.J.; is Vice President of The Bank of New York, one of the parties described in and which executed the above instrument; and that he signed his name thereto by authority of the board of directors of The Bank of New York.

/s/ TIMOTHY J. SHEA
------------------------------
Name


[Notarial Seal]

Timothy J. Shea
Notary Public, State of New York
No. 01SH5027547
Qualified in New York County
Commission Expires May 5, 199[ILLEGIBLE]


WESTERN ATLAS INC.
8.55% Debenture due 2024

If this Security is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (the Depositary") (55 Water Street, New York, New York) or its nominee, this Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary unless and until this Security is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive form. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to the Company or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as is requested by such authorized representative, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

CUSIP NO: 957674 AD 6

No. D-1 $150,000,000

WESTERN ATLAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company", which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars on June 15, 2024, and to pay interest thereon from June 15, 1994 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on


June 15 and December 15 in each year, commencing December 15, 1994, at the rate of 8.55% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and any such interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

WESTERN ATLAS INC.

                                             By /s/ ALTON J. BRAUN
                                                --------------------------------

[Seal]

Attest:

By /s/ VIRGINIA S. YOUNG
   -----------------------------------




                     TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

The Bank of New York, as Trustee,

By: ------------------------------------ Authorized Signatory

-3-

[Reverse of Security]

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 15, 1994 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited in aggregate principal amount to $150,000,000.

The Securities of this series may not be redeemed prior to maturity.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Security at the

-4-

times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

Interest on this Security shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

This Security is exchangeable only if (x) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for this global Debenture or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or (y) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Debenture shall be exchangeable for certificated Debentures in registered form, provided that the certificated Debentures so issued by the Company in exchange for this permanent global Debenture shall be in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this permanent global Debenture to be exchanged, and provided further that, unless the Company agrees otherwise, Debentures of this series in certificated registered form will be issued in exchange for this permanent global Debenture, or any portion hereof, only if such Debentures in certificated registered form were requested by written notice to the Trustee or the Security Registrar by or on behalf of a Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest herein given through the Holder hereof. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this permanent

-5-

global Debenture will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Debentures in certificated registered form and will not be considered the Holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Security shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

-6-

ASSIGNMENT FORM


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Please Insert Social Security or
Other Identifying Number of Assignee

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF
ASSIGNEE



the within Debenture of WESTERN ATLAS INC. and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


attorney to transfer the said Debenture on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: Your Signature:

NOTICE: The signature of this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the within instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

-7-

WESTERN ATLAS INC.
7-7/8% Note due 2004

If this Security is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") (55 Water Street, New York, New York) or its nominee, this Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary unless and until this Security is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive form. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to the Company or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as is requested by such authorized representative, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS

         WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an
         interest herein.

                                                          CUSIP No.: 957674 AC 8

No. N-1                                                             $150,000,000


         WESTERN ATLAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the

laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company", which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars on June 15, 2004, and to pay interest thereon from June 15, 1994 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on


June 15 and December 15 in each year, commencing December 15, 1994, at the rate of 7-7/8% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and any such interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

WESTERN ATLAS INC.

                                             By /s/ ALTON J. BRAUN
                                                --------------------------------

(Seal]

Attest:

By /s/ VIRGINIA S. YOUNG
   ---------------------------



                     TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

The Bank of New York, as Trustee,

By:

Authorized Signatory

-3-

[Reverse of Security)

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the "Securities") issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 15, 1994 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited in aggregate principal amount to $250,000,000.

The Securities of this series may not be redeemed prior to maturity.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Security at the

-4-

times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

Interest on this Security shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

This Security is exchangeable only if (x) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for this global Note or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or (y) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Note shall, be exchangeable for certificated Notes in registered form, provided that the certificated Notes so issued by the Company in exchange for this permanent global Note shall be in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this permanent global Note to be exchanged, and provided further that, unless the Company agrees otherwise, Notes of this series in certificated registered form will be issued in exchange for this permanent global Note, or any portion hereof, only if such Notes in certificated registered form were requested by written notice to the Trustee or the Security Registrar by or on behalf of a Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest herein given through the Holder hereof. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this permanent global Note will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated registered form and

-5-

will not be considered the Holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Security shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

-6-

ASSIGNMENT FORM


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Please Insert Social Security or
Other Identifying Number of Assignee

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF
ASSIGNEE



the within Note of WESTERN ATLAS INC. and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: Your Signature:

NOTICE: The signature of this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the within instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

-7-

WESTERN ATLAS INC.
7-7/8% Note due 2004

If this Security is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") (55 Water Street, New York, New York) or its nominee, this Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary unless and until this Security is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive form. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to the Company or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as is requested by such authorized representative, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY

         PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof,
         Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

                                                          CUSIP No.: 957674 AC 8
No. N-2                                                             $100,000,000


         WESTERN ATLAS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the

laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company", which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of One Hundred Million Dollars on June 15, 2004, and to pay interest thereon from June 15, 1994 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on June

15

and December 15 in each year, commencing December 15, 1994, at the rate of 7-7/8% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and any such interest on this Security will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

-2-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

WESTERN ATLAS INC.

                                       By /s/ ALTON J. BRAUN
                                          -----------------------------------

[Seal]

Attest:


By /s/ VIRGINIA S. YOUNG
   -----------------------------



                     TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

The Bank of New York, as Trustee,

By:

Authorized Signatory

-3-

[Reverse of Security]

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 15, 1994 (herein called the "Indenture"), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee", which term any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited in aggregate principal amount to $250,000,000.

The Securities of this series may not be redeemed prior to maturity.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Security at the

-4-

times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

Interest on this Security shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

This Security is exchangeable only if (x) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for this global Note or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or (y) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Note shall be exchangeable for certificated Notes in registered form, provided that the certificated Notes so issued by the Company in exchange for this permanent global Note shall be in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this permanent global Note to be exchanged, and provided further that, unless the Company agrees otherwise, Notes of this series in certificated registered form will be issued in exchange for this permanent global Note, or any portion hereof, only if such Notes in certificated registered form were requested by written notice to the Trustee or the Security Registrar by or on behalf of a Person who is the beneficial owner of an interest herein given through the Holder hereof. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this permanent global Note will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated registered form and

-5-

will not be considered the Holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This security shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

-6-

ASSIGNMENT FORM


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Please Insert Social Security or

Other Identifying Number of Assignee

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING
POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE



the within Note of WESTERN ATLAS INC. and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: Your Signature:

NOTICE: The signature of this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the within instrument in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

-7-

EXHIBIT 10.44

[BAKER HUGHES LOGO]

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

<<FULL_NAME_2>>

GRANTEE

Date of Grant:                     JULY 28, 2004

Total Number of Shares Granted:    <<AWARD_AMT>>

Exercise Price per Share:          $39.23

Expiration Date:                   JULY 28, 2014

Term of Award; Vesting Schedule:   3 YEARS, WITH VESTING OF 33 1/3% ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE OF THE
                                   DATE OF GRANT IN EACH OF THE YEARS 2005, 2006, AND 2007.

Other Terms of Award:              TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARE PROVIDED UPON REQUEST AND ARE LOCATED ON
                                   THE BHI INTRANET AT:
                                   HTTP://INTERCHANGE/HUMANRESOURCES/COMPENSATION

GRANT OF OPTION

Pursuant to action taken by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Baker Hughes Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for the purposes of administration of the BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED <<PLAN_NAME>> (the "Plan"), thE above-named Grantee is hereby granted <<TYPE_SPELLED>> stock option to purchase the above number of shares of the Company's $1 par value per share common stock at the exercise price stated above for each share subject to this option, with the exercise price payable at the time of exercise. This option may not be exercised after the Expiration Date.

By your acceptance of the option, you agree that the option is granted under and governed by the terms of the Plan, this Stock Option Agreement and the Terms and Conditions of Option Agreements (dated July 28, 2004).

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

/s/ Michael E. Wiley

Michael E. Wiley - Chairman & CEO


BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF
OPTION AGREEMENTS
(JULY 28, 2004)

These Terms and Conditions are applicable to options granted pursuant to the Baker Hughes Incorporated [2002 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan/2002 Director & Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan] (the "Plan").

1. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The following provisions will apply in the event of Grantee's termination of employment:

1.1 Termination Generally. If Grantee's employment is terminated for any reason other than

(i) a termination covered by Sections 1.2 through 1.6, or

(ii) a termination, within two years following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) that occurs after the Date of Grant, either (A) by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or (B) by the Grantee for Good Reason (as defined in the Plan),

the option will wholly and completely terminate on the date of termination of employment, to the extent it is not then exercisable; however, to the extent the option is exercisable, Grantee shall have three years from the date of termination of employment to exercise the option (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).

1.2 Termination for Cause. If Grantee's employment is terminated for cause, including (without limitation) fraud, theft, embezzlement committed against the Company or any of its affiliated companies or a customer of the Company, or for conflict of interest, unethical conduct, dishonesty affecting the assets, properties or business of the Company or any of its affiliated companies, willful misconduct, or continued material dereliction of duties, the option will wholly and completely terminate on the date of termination of employment if such termination occurs (i) prior to a Change of Control that occurs after the Date of Grant or (ii) after the second anniversary of a Change of Control that occurs after the Date of Grant. If Grantee's employment is terminated for Cause (as defined in the Plan), the option will wholly and completely terminate on the date thirty days following such termination (but not later than the Expiration Date) if such termination occurs within two years following a Change of Control that occurs after the Date of Grant.

1.3 Termination without Cause or for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, if a Change in Control of the Company occurs, the provisions of Article 14 of the Plan shall govern.

1.4 Divestiture of Business Unit. If the Company divests its ownership in a business unit that employs the Grantee, then the option will be deemed to be fully vested on the effective date of the Divestiture of the business unit. The Grantee will have three years in which to exercise the option. A "Divestiture" includes the disposition of any business unit of the Company and its subsidiaries to an entity that the Company does not consolidate in its financial statements, whether the disposition is structured as a sale or transfer of stock, a merger, a consolidation or a sale or transfer of assets, or a combination thereof, provided that a "Divestiture" shall not include a disposition that constitutes a Change in Control.

1.5 Retirement or Disability. In the event of the retirement (such that the Grantee's age plus years of service with the Company equals or exceeds 65) or long-term disability of the Grantee, as long-term disability is determined in the discretion of the Committee (as defined in the Plan), all granted but unvested options shall immediately vest upon the Grantee's retirement or long-term disability. The Grantee shall have five years from the date of termination of employment due to retirement or long-term disability to exercise the option (but not later than the Expiration Date).


1.6 Death. Upon the death of the Grantee in active service, all granted but unvested options shall immediately vest upon the Grantee's death and otherwise shall be exercisable for a period of one year following Grantee's death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).

2. PROHIBITED ACTIVITY. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Stock Option Agreement, if Grantee engages in a "Prohibited Activity," as described below, while employed by the Company or any of its affiliates or within two years after Grantee's employment termination date, then Grantee's right to exercise any portion of the option, to the extent still outstanding at that time, shall immediately thereupon wholly and completely terminate. If an allegation of a Prohibited Activity by Grantee is made to the Committee, the Committee, in its discretion, may suspend the exercisability of the option for up to two months to permit the investigation of such allegation. If it is determined that no Prohibited Activity was engaged in by Grantee, the period of exercisability of the option will be increased by the amount of time of the suspension; however, in no event will the option be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant. A "Prohibited Activity" shall be deemed to have occurred, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, if Grantee:

(i) divulges any non-public, confidential or proprietary information of the Company or of its past, present or future affiliates (collectively, the "Baker Hughes Group"), but excluding information that (a) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of Grantee's public use, disclosure, or fault, or (b) becomes available to Grantee on a non-confidential basis after Grantee's employment termination date from a source other than a member of the Baker Hughes Group prior to the public use or disclosure by Grantee, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement or otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation; or

(ii) directly or indirectly, consults or becomes affiliated with, conducts, participates or engages in, or becomes employed by, any business that is competitive with the business of any member of the Baker Hughes Group, wherever from time to time conducted throughout the world, including situations where Grantee solicits or participates in or assists in any way in the solicitation or recruitment, directly or indirectly, of any employees of any member of the Baker Hughes Group.

3. CASHLESS EXERCISE. Cashless exercise, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, shall be available to Grantee for the shares subject to the option.

4. TAX WITHHOLDING. To the extent the exercise of the option results in taxable income to Grantee, the Company is authorized to withhold from any remuneration payable to Grantee any tax required to be withheld by reason of such taxable income.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY. The option is not transferable by the Grantee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Grantee's lifetime only by the Grantee.

6. LIMIT OF LIABILITY. Under no circumstances will the Company be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including lost profits) of any form incurred by any person, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the form of the act in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Plan or the Company's role as Plan sponsor.

7. MISCELLANEOUS. The option is granted under and is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, including amendments to the Plan, if any. In the event of a conflict between these Terms and Conditions and the Plan provisions, the Plan provisions will control. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.


[BAKER HUGHES LOGO]

EXHIBIT 10.48

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

<<FULL_NAME>>

GRANTEE

Date of Grant:                    JANUARY 26, 2005

Total Number of Shares Granted:   <<JAN_SO>>

Exercise Price per Share:         $42.60

Expiration Date:                  JANUARY 26, 2015

Term of Award; Vesting Schedule:  3 YEARS, WITH VESTING OF 33 1/3% ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE OF THE
                                  DATE OF GRANT IN EACH OF THE YEARS 2006, 2007, AND 2008.

Other Terms of Award:             TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARE PROVIDED UPON REQUEST AND ARE LOCATED ON
                                  THE BHI INTRANET AT:
                                   HTTP://INTERCHANGE/HUMANRESOURCES/COMPENSATION

GRANT OF OPTION

Pursuant to action taken by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Baker Hughes Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for the purposes of administration of the BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED <<PLAN_NAME>> (the "Plan"), the above-named Grantee is hereby granted <<Type>> stock option to purchase the above number of shares of the Company's $1 par value per share common stock at the exercise price stated above for each share subject to this option, with the exercise price payable at the time of exercise. This option may not be exercised after the Expiration Date.

By your acceptance of the option, you agree that the option is granted under and governed by the terms of the Plan, this Stock Option Agreement and the Terms and Conditions of Option Agreements (dated January 26, 2005).

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

/s/ Chad C. Deaton
----------------------------------
Chad C. Deaton - Chairman & CEO


BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF
OPTION AGREEMENTS
(JANUARY 26, 2005)

These Terms and Conditions are applicable to options granted pursuant to the Baker Hughes Incorporated [2002 Director & Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan/2002 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan] (the "Plan").

1. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The following provisions will apply in the event of Grantee's termination of employment:

1.1 Termination Generally. If Grantee's employment is terminated for any reason other than

(i) a termination covered by Sections 1.2 through 1.6, or

(ii) a termination, within two years following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) that occurs after the Date of Grant, either (A) by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or (B) by the Grantee for Good Reason (as defined in the Plan),

the option will wholly and completely terminate on the date of termination of employment, to the extent it is not then exercisable; however, to the extent the option is exercisable, Grantee shall have three years from the date of termination of employment to exercise the option (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).

1.2 Termination for Cause. If Grantee's employment is terminated for cause, including (without limitation) fraud, theft, embezzlement committed against the Company or any of its affiliated companies or a customer of the Company, or for conflict of interest, unethical conduct, dishonesty affecting the assets, properties or business of the Company or any of its affiliated companies, willful misconduct, or continued material dereliction of duties, the option will wholly and completely terminate on the date of termination of employment if such termination occurs (i) prior to a Change of Control that occurs after the Date of Grant or (ii) after the second anniversary of a Change of Control that occurs after the Date of Grant. If Grantee's employment is terminated for Cause (as defined in the Plan), the option will wholly and completely terminate on the date thirty days following such termination (but not later than the Expiration Date) if such termination occurs within two years following a Change of Control that occurs after the Date of Grant.

1.3 Termination without Cause or for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, if a Change in Control of the Company occurs, the provisions of Article 14 of the Plan shall govern.

1.4 Divestiture of Business Unit. If the Company divests its ownership in a business unit that employs the Grantee, then the option will be deemed to be fully vested on the effective date of the Divestiture of the business unit. The Grantee will have three years in which to exercise the option. A "Divestiture" includes the disposition of any business unit of the Company and its subsidiaries to an entity that the Company does not consolidate in its financial statements, whether the disposition is structured as a sale or transfer of stock, a merger, a consolidation or a sale or transfer of assets, or a combination thereof, provided that a "Divestiture" shall not include a disposition that constitutes a Change in Control.

1.5 Retirement or Disability. In the event of the retirement (such that the Grantee's age plus years of service with the Company equals or exceeds 65) or long-term disability of the Grantee, as long-term disability is determined in the discretion of the Committee (as defined in the Plan), all granted but unvested options shall immediately vest upon the Grantee's retirement or long-term disability. The Grantee shall have five years from the date of termination of employment due to retirement or long-term disability to exercise the option (but not later than the Expiration Date).


1.6 Death. Upon the death of the Grantee in active service, all granted but unvested options shall immediately vest upon the Grantee's death and otherwise shall be exercisable for a period of one year following Grantee's death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).

2. PROHIBITED ACTIVITY. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Stock Option Agreement, if Grantee engages in a "Prohibited Activity," as described below, while employed by the Company or any of its affiliates or within two years after Grantee's employment termination date, then Grantee's right to exercise any portion of the option, to the extent still outstanding at that time, shall immediately thereupon wholly and completely terminate. If an allegation of a Prohibited Activity by Grantee is made to the Committee, the Committee, in its discretion, may suspend the exercisability of the option for up to two months to permit the investigation of such allegation. If it is determined that no Prohibited Activity was engaged in by Grantee, the period of exercisability of the option will be increased by the amount of time of the suspension; however, in no event will the option be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant. A "Prohibited Activity" shall be deemed to have occurred, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, if Grantee:

(i) divulges any non-public, confidential or proprietary information of the Company or of its past, present or future affiliates (collectively, the "Baker Hughes Group"), but excluding information that (a) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of Grantee's public use, disclosure, or fault, or (b) becomes available to Grantee on a non-confidential basis after Grantee's employment termination date from a source other than a member of the Baker Hughes Group prior to the public use or disclosure by Grantee, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement or otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation; or

(ii) directly or indirectly, consults or becomes affiliated with, conducts, participates or engages in, or becomes employed by, any business that is competitive with the business of any member of the Baker Hughes Group, wherever from time to time conducted throughout the world, including situations where Grantee solicits or participates in or assists in any way in the solicitation or recruitment, directly or indirectly, of any employees of any member of the Baker Hughes Group.

3. CASHLESS EXERCISE. Cashless exercise, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, shall be available to Grantee for the shares subject to the option.

4. TAX WITHHOLDING. To the extent the exercise of the option results in taxable income to Grantee, the Company is authorized to withhold from any remuneration payable to Grantee any tax required to be withheld by reason of such taxable income.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY. The option is not transferable by the Grantee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Grantee's lifetime only by the Grantee.

6. LIMIT OF LIABILITY. Under no circumstances will the Company be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including lost profits) of any form incurred by any person, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the form of the act in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Plan or the Company's role as Plan sponsor.

7. MISCELLANEOUS. The option is granted under and is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, including amendments to the Plan, if any. In the event of a conflict between these Terms and Conditions and the Plan provisions, the Plan provisions will control. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the

Plan.


EXHIBIT 10.49

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

AWARDEE

DATE OF AWARD:

NUMBER OF SHARES:

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

The Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors of Baker Hughes Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), pursuant to the Baker Hughes Incorporated 2002 Director & Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), hereby awards to you, the above-named awardee, effective as of the Date of Award set forth above (the "Date of Award"), that number of shares (the "Shares") of the Company's Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), set forth above as Restricted Stock on the following terms and conditions:

During the Restricted Period, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by entries in the stock register of the Company reflecting that such Shares of Restricted Stock have been issued in your name. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Restricted Period" means the period designated by the Committee during which the Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered.

The Shares that are awarded hereby to you as Restricted Stock shall be subject to the prohibitions and restrictions set forth herein with respect to the sale or other disposition of such Shares and the obligation to forfeit and surrender such Shares to the Company (the "Forfeiture Restrictions"). The Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to the Shares that are awarded hereby in accordance with the following schedule provided that your employment with the Company and its Affiliates has not terminated prior to the applicable lapse date:

(a) on the first anniversary of the Date of Award, the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to one-third of the Shares subject to this Agreement; and

(b) on each succeeding anniversary of the Date of Award, the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to an additional one-third of the Shares subject to this Agreement, so that on the third anniversary of the Date of Award the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to all of the Shares subject to this Agreement.

If a Change in Control of the Company occurs or your employment with the Company and all Affiliates terminates before the third anniversary of the Date of Award, your rights to the Shares of Restricted Stock under this Agreement will be determined as provided in the attached Terms and Conditions of Award Agreements (dated ________________) (the "Terms and Conditions").

1

The Shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereby may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred, encumbered or disposed of (other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution) to the extent then subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions. Any such attempted sale, assignment, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, transfer, encumbrance or disposition in violation of this Agreement shall be void and the Company shall not be bound thereby. Further, the Shares awarded hereby that are no longer subject to Forfeiture Restrictions may not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws. You also agree that (a) the Company may refuse to cause the transfer of the Shares to be registered on the stock register of the Company if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute a violation of any applicable securities law and (b) the Company may give related instructions to the transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Shares.

Upon the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions with respect to Shares awarded hereby the Company shall cause to be delivered to you a stock certificate representing such Shares, and such Shares shall be transferable by you (except to the extent that any proposed transfer would, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, constitute a violation of applicable securities law).

The Shares that may be issued under the Plan are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under a Registration Statement on Form S-8. A Prospectus describing the Plan and the Shares can be found on the Baker Hughes Interchange at http://interchange/legal/Benefit%20Plans/benefit.htm.

Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan or the Terms and Conditions.

In accepting the award of Shares of Restricted Stock set forth in this Agreement you accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Agreement and the Terms and Conditions.

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

/s/ Chad C. Deaton
---------------------------------
Chad C. Deaton -- Chairman & CEO

2

EXHIBIT 10.50

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF
AWARD AGREEMENTS

1. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The following provisions will apply in the event your employment with the Company and all wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the "Company Group") terminates before the third anniversary of the Date of Award (the "Third Anniversary Date") under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement awarded to you (the "Agreement"):

1.1 Termination Generally. If your employment with the Company Group terminates on or before the Third Anniversary Date for any reason other than one of the reasons described in Sections 1.2 through 1.5 below, the Forfeiture Restrictions then applicable to the Shares of Restricted Stock shall not lapse and the number of Shares of Restricted Stock then subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions shall be forfeited to the Company on the date your employment terminates.

1.2 Potential or Actual Change in Control.

(i) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason in Connection With a Potential Change in Control Before the Third Anniversary Date. If (a) the Company Group terminates your employment without Cause on or before the Third Anniversary Date prior to a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) and such termination is at the request or direction of a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control of the Company or is otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) or (b) you terminate your employment with the Company Group for Good Reason on or before the Third Anniversary Date prior to a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs), and such termination or the circumstance or event which constitutes Good Reason occurs at the request or direction of a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control of the Company or is otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs), then all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date of the termination of your employment relationship.

(ii) Employment Not Terminated Before a Change in Control on or Before the Third Anniversary Date. If a Change in Control of the Company occurs on or before the Third Anniversary Date and your employment with the Company

1

Group does not terminate before the date the Change in Control of the Company occurs, then all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date the Change in Control of the Company occurs.

1.3 Divestiture of Business Unit. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, if the Company Group divests its ownership of a business unit of the Company or one or more subsidiaries (a "Unit") and your employment with the Company Group terminates in connection with such divestiture (other than for Cause or death or due to your becoming permanently disabled within the meaning of Section 1.4), the Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse as to that number of Shares of Restricted Stock that are then subject to Forfeiture Restrictions on the date of the termination of your employment relationship with the Company Group equal to:

(1) multiplied by (2) divided by (3)

where (1) is the number of Shares of Restricted Stock that are then subject to Forfeiture Restrictions on the date of the termination of your employment relationship with the Company Group, (2) is the number of days during the period commencing on the Date of Award and ending on the date your employment relationship with the Company Group and all of its Affiliates is terminated, and (3) is the number of days during the period commencing on the Date of Award and ending on the Third Anniversary Date. The Forfeiture Restrictions then applicable to all the remaining Shares of the Restricted Stock after the application of the previous provisions of this Section 1.3 shall not lapse and such Shares of Restricted Stock shall be immediately forfeited to the Company. A "Divestiture" includes the disposition of a Unit to an entity that the Company does not consolidate in its financial statements, whether the disposition is structured as a sale or transfer of stock, a merger, a consolidation or a sale or transfer of assets, or a combination thereof, provided that a "Divestiture" shall not include a disposition that constitutes a Change in Control.

1.4 Disability. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, if you become permanently disabled before the Third Anniversary Date and while in the active employ of one or more members of the Company Group, all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date of the termination of your employment due to your becoming permanently disabled. For purposes of this Section 1.4, you will be "permanently disabled" if you qualify for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by the Company.

1.5 Death. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, if you die before the Third Anniversary Date and while in the active employ of one or more members of the Company Group, all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date of the termination of your employment due to death.

2

2. PROHIBITED ACTIVITY. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Terms and Conditions or the Agreement, if you engage in a "Prohibited Activity," as described below, while employed by one or more members of the Company Group or within two years after the date your employment with the Company Group terminates, then your right to receive the Shares, to the extent still outstanding at that time, shall be completely forfeited. A "Prohibited Activity" shall be deemed to have occurred, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, if you divulge any non-public, confidential or proprietary information of the Company or of its past, present or future affiliates (collectively, the "Baker Hughes Group"), but excluding information that (a) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of your public use, disclosure, or fault, or (b) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis after your employment termination date from a source other than a member of the Baker Hughes Group prior to the public use or disclosure by you, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement or otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

3. TAX WITHHOLDING. To the extent that the receipt of the Shares of Restricted Stock or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in income to you for federal, state or local income, employment or other tax purposes with respect to which the Company has a withholding obligation, you shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company may require to meet its obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and, if you fail to do so, the Company is authorized to withhold from the Shares awarded hereby or from any cash or stock remuneration then or thereafter payable to you any tax required to be withheld by reason of such taxable income, including (without limitation) Shares of the Restricted Stock sufficient to satisfy the withholding obligation based on the last per share sales price of the Common Stock for the trading day immediately preceding the date that the withholding obligation arises, as reported in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions.

4. NONTRANSFERABILITY. The Agreement is not transferable by you otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

5. CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS AND REORGANIZATIONS. The existence of the Shares of Restricted Stock shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any company the stock of which is awarded pursuant to the Agreement to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in its capital structure or its business, engage in any merger or consolidation, issue any debt or equity securities, dissolve or liquidate, or sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or business, or engage in any other corporate act or proceeding.

6. RIGHTS REGARDING DISTRIBUTIONS MADE BY THE COMPANY DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIOD. During the Restricted Period, (a) any securities of the Company distributed by the Company in respect of the Shares of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by entries in the appropriate securities register of the Company reflecting that such securities of the Company, if any, have been issued in your name (the "Retained Company Securities") and (b) any securities of any company other than the Company or

3

any other property (other than regular cash dividends) distributed by the Company in respect of the Shares of Restricted Stock will be evidenced in your name by such certificates or in such other manner as the Company determines (the "Retained Other Securities and Property") and shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of such Retained Other Securities and Property and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms, and conditions provided in the Plan, the Agreement and these Terms and Conditions. The Retained Company Securities and the Retained Other Securities and Property (collectively, the "Retained Distributions") shall be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as are applicable to the Shares of Restricted Stock.

7. RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND RETAINED DISTRIBUTIONS DURING RESTRICTED PERIOD. You shall have the right to vote the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded to you and to receive and retain all regular cash dividends, and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Common Stock, with respect to such Shares of Restricted Stock, with the exception that (a) you shall not be entitled to delivery of a stock certificate or certificates representing such Shares of Restricted Stock until the Forfeiture Restrictions applicable thereto shall have lapsed, (b) the Company shall retain custody of all Retained Distributions made or declared with respect to the Shares of Restricted Stock until such time, if ever, as the Forfeiture Restrictions applicable to the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid, or declared shall have lapsed, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in separate accounts and (c) you may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber, or dispose of the Shares of Restricted Stock or any Retained Distributions during the Restricted Period. During the Restricted Period, the Company may, in its sole discretion, issue certificates for some or all of the Shares of Restricted Stock, in which case all such certificates shall be delivered to the Corporate Secretary of the Company or to such other depository as may be designated by the Committee as a depository for safekeeping until the forfeiture of such Shares of Restricted Stock occurs or the Forfeiture Restrictions lapse. When requested by the Company, you shall execute such stock powers or other instruments of assignment as the Company requests relating to transfer to the Company of all or any portion of such Shares of Restricted Stock and any Retained Distributions that are forfeited in accordance with the Plan, the Agreement and these Terms and Conditions.

8. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. For purposes of the Agreement, you shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as you have an employment relationship with the Company. The Committee shall determine any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment relationship, and the cause of such termination, under the Plan and the Committee's determination shall be final and binding on all persons.

9. SECTION 83(B) ELECTION. You shall not exercise the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares of Restricted Stock without the written approval of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

4

10. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES. All provisions of the Agreement concern whole Shares. If the application of any provision hereunder would yield a fractional share, such fractional share shall be rounded down to the next whole share if it is less than 0.5 and rounded up to the next whole share if it is 0.5 or more.

11. NOT AN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT. The Agreement is not an employment agreement, and no provision of the Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship between you and the Company or any of its Affiliates or guarantee the right to remain employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates for any specified term.

12. SECURITIES ACT LEGEND. If you are an officer or affiliate of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, you consent to the placing on any certificate for the Shares of an appropriate legend restricting resale or other transfer of the Shares except in accordance with such Act and all applicable rules thereunder.

13. LIMIT OF LIABILITY. Under no circumstances will the Company be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including lost profits) of any form incurred by any person, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the form of the act in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Plan or the Company's role as Plan sponsor.

14. MISCELLANEOUS. The Agreement is awarded pursuant to and is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, including amendments to the Plan, if any. In the event of a conflict between these Terms and Conditions and the Plan provisions, the Plan provisions will control. The term "you" and "your" refer to the Awardee named in the Agreement. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan or the Agreement.

5

EXHIBIT 10.51

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

AWARDEE

DATE OF AWARD:

NUMBER OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS:

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

The Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors of Baker Hughes Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), pursuant to the Baker Hughes Incorporated [2002 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan/2002 Director & Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan] (the "Plan"), hereby awards to you, the above-named awardee, effective as of the Date of Award set forth above (the "Date of Award"), that number of restricted stock units set forth above (the "Restricted Stock Units"), on the following terms and conditions:

The Restricted Stock Units that are awarded hereby to you shall be subject to the prohibitions and restrictions set forth herein with respect to the sale or other disposition of such Restricted Stock Units and the obligation to forfeit and surrender such Restricted Stock Units to the Company (the "Forfeiture Restrictions"). The Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to the Restricted Stock Units that are awarded hereby in accordance with the following schedule provided that your employment with the Company and its Affiliates has not terminated prior to the applicable lapse date:

(a) on the first anniversary of the Date of Award, the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to one-third of the Restricted Stock Units subject to this Agreement; and

(b) on each succeeding anniversary of the Date of Award, the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to an additional one-third of the Restricted Stock Units subject to this Agreement, so that on the third anniversary of the Date of Award the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to all of the Restricted Stock Units subject to this Agreement.

If a Change in Control of the Company occurs or your employment with the Company and all Affiliates terminates before the third anniversary of the Date of Award, your rights to the Restricted Stock Units under this Agreement will be determined as provided in the attached Terms and Conditions of Award Agreements (dated ________________) (the "Terms and Conditions").

Upon the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit that is awarded hereby, the Company shall issue to you one share of the Company's Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), in exchange for such Restricted Stock Unit and thereafter you shall have no further rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Unit. The Company shall cause to be delivered to you a stock certificate representing those shares of the Common Stock issued in exchange for Restricted Stock Units awarded hereby, and such shares of the Common Stock shall be transferable by you (except to the extent that any proposed transfer would, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, constitute a violation of applicable securities law).


If during the period you hold any Restricted Stock Units awarded hereby the Company pays a dividend in cash with respect to the outstanding shares of the Common Stock (a "Cash Dividend"), then the Company will pay in cash to you, as soon as administratively practicable after the payment of such Cash Dividend, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Restricted Stock Units awarded hereby that have not been forfeited to the Company or exchanged by the Company for shares of the Common Stock and (b) the amount of the Cash Dividend paid per share of the Common Stock.

If during the period you hold any Restricted Stock Units awarded hereby the Company pays a dividend in shares of the Common Stock with respect to the outstanding shares of the Common Stock, then the Company will increase the Restricted Stock Units awarded hereby that have not then been exchanged by the Company for shares of the Common Stock by an amount equal to the product of (a) the Restricted Stock Units awarded hereby that have not been forfeited to the Company or exchanged by the Company for shares of the Common Stock and (b) the number of shares of the Common Stock paid by the Company per share of the Common Stock (collectively, the "Stock Dividend Restricted Stock Units"). Each Stock Dividend Restricted Stock Unit will be subject to same Forfeiture Restrictions and other restrictions, limitations and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Unit for which such Stock Dividend Restricted Stock Unit was awarded and will be exchanged for shares of the Common Stock at the same time and on the same basis as such Restricted Stock Unit.

The Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred, encumbered or disposed of (other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution). Any such attempted sale, assignment, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, transfer, encumbrance or disposition in violation of this Agreement shall be void and the Company shall not be bound thereby.

Any shares of the Common Stock issued to you in exchange for Restricted Stock Units awarded hereby may not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable securities laws. You also agree that (a) the Company may refuse to cause the transfer of any such shares of the Common Stock to be registered on the stock register of the Company if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute a violation of any applicable securities law and (b) the Company may give related instructions to the transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of such shares of the Common Stock.

The shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under a Registration Statement on Form S-8. A Prospectus describing the Plan and the shares of Common Stock can be found on the Baker Hughes Interchange at http://interchange/legal/Benefit%20Plans/benefit.htm.

Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan or the Terms and Conditions.

In accepting the award of Restricted Stock Units set forth in this Agreement you accept and agree to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Agreement and the Terms and Conditions.

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

/s/ Chad C. Deaton
------------------------------------------

Chad C. Deaton -- Chairman & CEO


EXHIBIT 10.52

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF
AWARD AGREEMENTS

1. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. The following provisions will apply in the event your employment with the Company and all wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the "Company Group") terminates before the third anniversary of the Date of Award (the "Third Anniversary Date") under the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement awarded to you (the "Agreement"):

1.1 Termination Generally. If your employment with the Company Group terminates on or before the Third Anniversary Date for any reason other than one of the reasons described in Sections 1.2 through 1.5 below, the Forfeiture Restrictions then applicable to the Restricted Stock Units shall not lapse and the number of Restricted Stock Units then subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions shall be forfeited to the Company on the date your employment terminates.

1.2 Potential or Actual Change in Control.

(i) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason in Connection With a Potential Change in Control on or Before the Third Anniversary Date. If (a) the Company Group terminates your employment without Cause on or before the Third Anniversary Date prior to a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) and such termination is at the request or direction of a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control of the Company or is otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) or (b) you terminate your employment with the Company Group for Good Reason on or before the Third Anniversary Date prior to a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs), and such termination or the circumstance or event which constitutes Good Reason occurs at the request or direction of a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control of the Company or is otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control of the Company (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs), then all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date of the termination of your employment relationship.

(ii) Employment Not Terminated Before a Change in Control on or Before the Third Anniversary Date. If a Change in Control of the Company occurs on or before the Third Anniversary Date and your employment with the Company

1

Group does not terminate before the date the Change in Control of the Company occurs, then all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date the Change in Control of the Company occurs.

1.3 Divestiture of Business Unit Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, if the Company Group divests its ownership of a business unit of the Company or one or more subsidiaries (a "Unit") and your employment with the Company Group terminates in connection with such divestiture (other than for Cause or death or due to your becoming permanently disabled within the meaning of Section 1.4), the Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse as to that number of Restricted Stock Units that are then subject to Forfeiture Restrictions on the date of the termination of your employment relationship with the Company Group equal to:

(1) multiplied by (2) divided by (3)

where (1) is the number of Restricted Stock Units that are then subject to Forfeiture Restrictions on the date of the termination of your employment relationship with the Company Group, (2) is the number of days during the period commencing on the Date of Award and ending on the date your employment relationship with the Company Group and all of its Affiliates is terminated, and (3) is the number of days during the period commencing on the Date of Award and ending on the Third Anniversary Date. The Forfeiture Restrictions then applicable to all the remaining Restricted Stock Units after the application of the previous provisions of this
Section 1.3 shall not lapse and such Restricted Stock Units shall be immediately forfeited to the Company. A "Divestiture" includes the disposition of a Unit to an entity that the Company does not consolidate in its financial statements, whether the disposition is structured as a sale or transfer of stock, a merger, a consolidation or a sale or transfer of assets, or a combination thereof, provided that a "Divestiture" shall not include a disposition that constitutes a Change in Control.

1.4 Disability. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, if you become permanently disabled before the Third Anniversary Date and while in the active employ of one or more members of the Company Group, all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date of the termination of your employment due to your becoming permanently disabled. For purposes of this Section 1.4, you will be "permanently disabled" if you qualify for long-term disability benefits under a long-term disability program sponsored by the Company.

1.5 Death. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, if you die before the Third Anniversary Date and while in the active employ of one or more members of the Company Group, all remaining Forfeiture Restrictions shall immediately lapse on the date of the termination of your employment due to death.

2

2. PROHIBITED ACTIVITY. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Terms and Conditions or the Agreement, if you engage in a "Prohibited Activity," as described below, while employed by one or more members of the Company Group or within two years after the date your employment with the Company Group terminates, then your right to receive the shares of the Common Stock, to the extent still outstanding at that time, shall be completely forfeited. A "Prohibited Activity" shall be deemed to have occurred, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, if you divulge any non-public, confidential or proprietary information of the Company or of its past, present or future affiliates (collectively, the "Baker Hughes Group"), but excluding information that (a) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of your public use, disclosure, or fault, or (b) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis after your employment termination date from a source other than a member of the Baker Hughes Group prior to the public use or disclosure by you, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement or otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

3. TAX WITHHOLDING. To the extent that the receipt of the Restricted Stock Units or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in income to you for any income, employment or other tax purposes with respect to which the Company has a withholding obligation, you shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company may require to meet its obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and, if you fail to do so, the Company is authorized to withhold from any shares of Common Stock issued under the Agreement or from any cash or stock remuneration then or thereafter payable to you any tax required to be withheld by reason of such taxable income, including (without limitation) shares of the Common Stock sufficient to satisfy the withholding obligation based on the last per share sales price of the Common Stock for the trading day immediately preceding the date that the withholding obligation arises, as reported in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions.

4. NONTRANSFERABILITY. The Agreement is not transferable by you otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

5. CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS AND REORGANIZATIONS. The existence of the Restricted Stock Units shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any company the stock of which is awarded pursuant to the Agreement to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in its capital structure or its business, engage in any merger or consolidation, issue any debt or equity securities, dissolve or liquidate, or sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or business, or engage in any other corporate act or proceeding.

6. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS DO NOT AWARD ANY RIGHTS OF A SHAREHOLDER. You shall not have the voting rights or any of the other rights, powers or privileges of a holder of the Common Stock with respect to the Restricted Stock Units that are awarded hereby. Only after a share of the Common Stock is issued in exchange for a Restricted Stock Unit will you have all of the rights of a shareholder

3

with respect to such share of Common Stock issued in exchange for a Restricted Stock Unit.

7. EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. For purposes of the Agreement, you shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as you have an employment relationship with the Company. The Committee shall determine any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment relationship, and the cause of such termination, under the Plan and the Committee's determination shall be final and binding on all persons.

8. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES. All provisions of the Agreement concern whole Shares. If the application of any provision hereunder would yield a fractional share, such fractional share shall be rounded down to the next whole share if it is less than 0.5 and rounded up to the next whole share if it is 0.5 or more.

9. NOT AN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT. The Agreement is not an employment agreement, and no provision of the Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship between you and the Company or any of its Affiliates or guarantee the right to remain employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates for any specified term.

10. SECURITIES ACT LEGEND. If you are an officer or affiliate of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, you consent to the placing on any certificate for shares of the Common Stock issued under the Agreement an appropriate legend restricting resale or other transfer of such shares except in accordance with such Act and all applicable rules thereunder.

11. LIMIT OF LIABILITY. Under no circumstances will the Company be liable for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including lost profits) of any form incurred by any person, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the form of the act in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Plan or the Company's role as Plan sponsor.

12. MISCELLANEOUS. The Agreement is awarded pursuant to and is subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, including amendments to the Plan, if any. In the event of a conflict between these Terms and Conditions and the Plan provisions, the Plan provisions will control. The term "you" and "your" refer to the Awardee named in the Agreement. Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan or the Agreement.

4

.

.
.

Exhibit 10.53

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

Compensation Table for Named Executive Officers and Directors

                                                                        Base Salary
                                                                         Effective
Named Executive Officers:                          Base Salary           June 2005
                                                  -------------         -----------
Chad C. Deaton(1)                                 $  825,000              $925,000
James R. Clark(2)                                    625,000               645,000
G. Stephen Finley(2)                                 520,000               535,000
Alan R. Crain Jr.(2)                                 410,000               425,000
Douglas J. Wall(2)                                   375,000               375,000

Non-Employee Directors(3):

Annual Cash Retainer                              $   60,000
Audit/Ethics Committee Chairman Annual Retainer:  $   20,000
Other Committee Chairman Annual Retainer:         $   15,000
Audit/Ethics Committee Members Retainer:          $   10,000
Other Committee Members Retainer
          (Excluding Executive Committee):        $    5,000

Annual Non-Retainer Equity (restricted stock
          awarded 50% in January and
          50% in July of each year):              $   70,000

(1) Mr. Deaton has an Employment Agreement with Baker Hughes Incorporated, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 7, 2004.

(2) In addition to their base salaries, these named executive officers, at the discretion of the Board of Directors can receive equity compensation pursuant to the 2002 Director & Officer Long-Term Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.2 on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003. These named executive officers also are entitled to participate in the Company's 1995 Employee Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.17 on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

(3) Non-employee directors are reimbursed for reasonable travel and related

expenses.


EXHIBIT 10.55

[JP Morgan LOGO]

JPMorgan Chase Bank
4 Metrotech Center, 17th Floor
Brooklyn, New York 11245

                        INTEREST RATE SWAP CONFIRMATION

TO   :    BAKER HUGHES INC
          3900 ESSEX LANE SUITE 1200
          HOUSTON TEXAS 77027-5177 USA
          CONTACT: DOUG DOTY
          T: 713-439-8678

ATTN :    Swap Operations
FAX  :    713-439-8678
DATE :    7 April 2004
RE   :    Transaction Reference No. 0004161145/68565083

         The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and

conditions of the Transaction entered into between us on the Trade Date below. It constitutes a "Confirmation" as referred to in the ISDA Master Agreement described below.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") (the "Definitions") are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between those definitions and provisions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.

1. This Confirmation supplements, forms parts of, and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement dated as of 6 March 2000, as amended and supplemented from time to time (the "Agreement"), between JPMorgan Chase Bank ("JPMorgan") and Baker Hughes Inc ("Counterparty"). All provisions contained in the Agreement govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

2. The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

NOTIONAL AMOUNT:    USD 325,000,000.00

TRADE DATE:         7 April 2004

EFFECTIVE DATE:     13 April 2004

TERMINATION DATE:   15 January 2009, subject to adjustment in
                    accordance with the Modified Following Business
                    Day Convention.

1

Confirmation - Swap Transaction JP Morgan Ref: 0004161145/68565083

FLOATING AMOUNTS:

FLOATING RATE PAYER:    COUNTERPARTY

FLOATING RATE PAYER     15 July, 15 January of each year commencing with
PAYMENT DATES:          15 July 2004 and ending with, and including, the
                        Termination Date, subject to adjustment in
                        accordance with the Modified Following Business
                        Day Convention.

FLOATING RATE FOR
INITIAL CALCULATION
PERIOD:                 1.140000 percent (exclusive of spread)

FLOATING RATE OPTION:   USD - LIBOR - BBA

SPREAD:                 Plus 2.741000 percent

DESIGNATED MATURITY:    6 Months, except for the initial Calculation
                        Period which shall be interpolated

RESET DATES:            The first day of each Calculation Period

COMPOUNDING:            Not Applicable

FLOATING RATE

DAY COUNT FRACTION:     Actual/360

BUSINESS DAYS:          London, New York

FIXED AMOUNTS:

FIXED RATE PAYER:       JPMORGAN

FIXED RATE PAYER        15 July, 15 January of each year commencing with
PAYMENT DATES:          15 July 2004 and ending with, and including, the
                        Termination Date, subject to adjustment in
                        accordance with the Modified Following Business
                        Day Convention

FIXED RATE

DAY COUNT FRACTION:     30/360

PERIOD END DATE:        No Adjustment

BUSINESS DAYS:          London, New York

CALCULATION AGENT:      JPMorgan, unless otherwise specified in the
                        Agreement

2

Confirmation - Swap Transaction JP Morgan Ref: 0004161145/68565083

3. ACCOUNT DETAILS

PAYMENTS TO JP MORGAN:

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, NEW YORK, JPMORGAN, NY ABA#
021000021, A/C# __________________

PAYMENTS TO COUNTERPARTY:

To JPMORGAN CHASE BANK HOUSTON, Account No:____________
Favor BAKER HUGHES INC, Houston

4. OFFICE, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR NOTICES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS TRANSACTION

(a) COUNTERPARTY: its Office in
3900 ESSEX LANE, SUITE 1200 HOUSTON TEXAS 77027-5177 USA CONTACT: DOUG DOTY T: 713-439-8678 F: 713-439-8699

(b) JPMORGAN: its head Office in New York c/o 4 Metrotech Center, 17th Floor Brooklyn, New York 11245

5. DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED

Each party shall deliver to the other, at the time of its execution of this Confirmation, evidence of the incumbency and specimen signature of the person(s) executing this Confirmation, unless such evidence has been previously supplied and remains true and in effect.

3

Confirmation - Swap Transaction JP Morgan Ref: 0004161145/68565083

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing a copy of this Confirmation and returning it to us.

Yours sincerely,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

By:   /s/Carmine Pilla
   ------------------------------
Name: Carmine Pilla
Title: Vice President

CONFIRMED AS OF THE DATE FIRST
ABOVE WRITTEN:

BAKER HUGHES INC

By:     /s/ Douglas C. Doty
        ----------------------
Name:       Douglas C. Doty
Title:      V.P. & Treasurer

4

(MULTICURRENCY-CROSS BORDER)

SCHEDULE TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF MARCH 6, 2000 BETWEEN
[BANK] ("PARTY A")
AND
BAKER HUGHES,INC. ("PARTY B")

PART 1: TERMINATION PROVISIONS AND CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

(a) "SPECIFIED ENTITY" means, in relation to Party A, for the purpose of:

SECTION 5(a)(v), none;

SECTION 5(a)(vi), none;

SECTION 5(a)(vii), none; and

SECTION 5(b)(iv), none;

and, in relation to Party B, for the purpose of:

SECTION 5(a)(v), none;

SECTION 5(a)(vi), none;

SECTION 5(a)(vii), none; and

SECTION 5(b)(iv), none.

(b) "SPECIFIED TRANSACTION" will have the meaning specified in Section 14.

(c) The "CROSS-DEFAULT" provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply to Party A and Party B. In connection therewith, "SPECIFIED INDEBTEDNESS" will have the meaning specified in Section 14, except that such term shall not include obligations in respect of deposits received in the ordinary course of such party's banking business, and "THRESHOLD AMOUNT" means an amount equal to three percent of such party's shareholders' equity, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in such party's country of incorporation or organization, consistently applied, as at the end of such party's most recently completed fiscal year. For purposes of this definition, any Specified Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than the currency

5

in which the financial statements of such party are denominated shall be converted into USD.

(d) The "CREDIT EVENT UPON MERGER" provisions of Section 5(b)(iv) will apply to Party A and Party B; provided, however, that the phrase "materially weaker" means (i) the senior long-term debt or deposits of the resulting, surviving or transferee entity is or are, as the case may be, rated less than investment grade by Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or (ii) in the event that there are no such Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ratings, the Policies (as defined below) in effect at the time, of the party which is not the Affected Party, would lead such non-Affected Party, solely as a result of a change in the nature, character, identity or condition of the Affected Party, any Credit Support Provider of the Affected Party or any applicable Specified Entity of the Affected Party, as the case may be, from its state prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer, to decline to make an extension of credit to, or enter into a Transaction with, the resulting, surviving or transferee entity. "Policies", for the purposes of this definition means: (l)(A) internal credit limits applicable to individual entities or (B) other limits on doing business with entities domiciled or doing business in certain jurisdictions or engaging in certain activities, or (2) internal restrictions on doing business with entities with whom the party which is not the Affected Party has had prior adverse business relations.

(e) The "AUTOMATIC EARLY TERMINATION" provision of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A or Party B.

(f) PAYMENTS ON EARLY TERMINATION. For the purpose of Section 6(e):

(i) Market Quotation will apply.

(ii) The Second Method will apply.

(g) "TERMINATION CURRENCY" means United States Dollars.

(h) ADDITIONAL TERMINATION EVENT. (i) The following shall constitute an Additional Termination Event (with any event specified in the following constituting an "Impossibility"):

Due to the occurrence of a natural or man-made disaster, armed conflict, act of terrorism, riot, labor disruption, act of State, or any other similar circumstance beyond its control after the date on which a Transaction is entered into, it becomes impossible (other than as a result of its own misconduct) for a party (which will be the Affected Party):

(1) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation, to make a payment or delivery or to receive a payment or delivery in respect of a Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

6

(2) to perform, or for any Credit Support Provider of such party to perform, any contingent or other obligation which the party or such Credit Support Provider has under any Credit Support Document relating to a Transaction.

(ii) The definition of "Affected Transactions" in Section 14 of this Agreement is amended by adding the word "Impossibility" immediately before the word "Illegality" in the first line thereof.

(iii) If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Event of Default also constitutes an Impossibility, it will be treated as a Termination Event and will not constitute an Event of Default.

PART 2: TAX REPRESENTATIONS

Not applicable.

PART 3: AGREEMENT TO DELIVER DOCUMENTS

For the purpose of Sections 4(a)(i) and (ii) of this Agreement, each party agrees to deliver the following documents:

(a) Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are: none.

(b) Other documents to be delivered are:

PARTY REQUIRED                                            COVERED BY
  TO DELIVER     FORM/DOCUMENT/     DATE BY WHICH         SECTION 3(d)
   DOCUMENT      CERTIFICATE       TO BE DELIVERED      REPRESENTATION
--------------  ---------------    ---------------      --------------
Party B         Annual Report      As soon as               Yes
                of Party B         available and
                containing         in any event
                consolidated       within 120 days
                financial          after the end
                statements         of each fiscal
                certified by       year of Party B
                independent
                certified
                public
                accountants and
                prepared in
                accordance with
                GAAP

7

Party B          Unaudited           As soon as              Yes
                 consolidated        available and
                 financial           in any event
                 statements of       within 45 days
                 Party B for a       after the end
                 fiscal quarter      of each fiscal
                 prepared in         quarter of
                 accordance with     Party B
                 GAAP and on a
                 basis
                 consistent with
                 that of the
                 annual
                 financial
                 statements of
                 Party B


Party B          Certified           Upon execution          Yes
                 copies of all       and delivery of
                 corporate           this Agreement
                 authorizations
                 and any other
                 documents with
                 respect to the
                 execution,
                 delivery and
                 performance of
                 this Agreement


Party B          Certificate of      Upon execution          Yes
                 authority and       and delivery of
                 specimen            this Agreement
                 signatures of       and thereafter
                 individuals         upon request of
                 executing this      Party A
                 Agreement and
                 Confirmations

PART 4: MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Address for Notices. For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement:

Address for notice or communications to Party A:

Any notice relating to a particular Transaction shall be delivered to the address or facsimile or telex number specified in the Confirmation of such Transaction. Any notice delivered for purposes of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall be delivered to the following address:

[Bank's Contact Information]
Attention: Legal Department-Capital Markets Group

8

Address for notice or communications to Party B:

Baker Hughes, Inc.
Attention: Gene Shiels, Assistant Treasurer 3900 Essex Lane
Houston, Texas 77027
Telex No.: _____; Answerback: _____ Facsimile No.: (713) 439-8678

(b) PROCESS AGENT. For the purpose of Section 13(c):

Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable. Party B appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.

(c) OFFICES. The provisions of Section 10(a) will apply to this Agreement.

(d) MULTIBRANCH PARTY. For the purpose of Section 10 of this Agreement:

Party A is a Multibranch Party and may act through any Office specified in a Confirmation.

Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

(e) CALCULATION AGENT. The Calculation Agent is Party A, unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation in relation to the relevant Transaction.

(f) CREDIT SUPPORT DOCUMENT. Details of any Credit Support Document: not applicable.

(g) CREDIT SUPPORT PROVIDER. Credit Support Provider means, in relation to either party: not applicable.

(h) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to choice of law doctrine).

(i) NETTING OF PAYMENTS. Subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) will not apply to any Transaction unless specified in the relevant Confirmation.

(j) "AFFILIATE" will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.

9

PART 5: OTHER PROVISIONS

(a) SET-OFF. Any amount (the "Early Termination Amount") payable to one party (the "Payee") by the other party (the "Payer") under Section 6(e), in circumstances where there is a Defaulting Party or one Affected Party in the case where a Termination Event under Section 5(b)(iv) has occurred, will, at the option of the party ('X') other than the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party (and without prior notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party), be reduced by its set-off against any amount(s) (the 'Other Agreement Amount') payable (whether at such time or in the future or upon the occurrence of a contingency) by the Payee to the Payer (irrespective of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation) under any other agreement(s) between the Payee and the Payer or instrument(s) or undertaking(s) issued or executed by one party to, or in favor of, the other party (and the Other Agreement Amount will be discharged promptly and in all respects to the extent it is so set-off). X will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this section.

For this purpose, either the Early Termination Amount or the Other Agreement Amount (or the relevant portion of such amounts) may be converted by X into the currency in which the other is denominated at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.

If an obligation is unascertained, X may in good faith estimate that obligation and set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.

Nothing in this section shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This section shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

(b) Exchange of Confirmations. For each Transaction entered into hereunder, Party A shall promptly send to Party B a Confirmation, via telex or facsimile transmission. Party B agrees to respond to such Confirmation within 10 Business Days (for this purpose, Business Days refers to Business Days in the location of the recipient), either confirming agreement thereto or requesting a correction of any error(s) contained therein. Failure by Party B to respond within such period shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such Transaction and shall be deemed to be an affirmation of the terms contained in such Confirmation, absent manifest error. The parties agree that any such exchange of telexes or facsimile transmissions shall constitute a Confirmation for all purposes hereunder.

10

(C) WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(d) TELEPHONIC RECORDING. Each party (i) consents to the recording of the telephone conversations of trading, marketing and operations personnel of the parties and their Affiliates in connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction and (ii) agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give notice of such recording to, such personnel of it and its Affiliates.

(e) FURTHER REPRESENTATIONS. (i) Party B represents to Party A (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by Party B on each date on which a Transaction is entered into) that:

NO CHANGE. Since March 31, 1999, there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, assets or financial or other condition of Party B.

(ii) Each party represents to the other party (which representation will be deemed to be repeated on each date on which a Transaction is entered into) that it is an "eligible swap participant" as such term is defined in Part 35 of Chapter I of Title 17 of the Code of Federal Regulations, promulgated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, entitled "Exemption of Swap Agreements."

(f) FURTHER REPRESENTATIONS OF PARTY A AND PARTY B. With respect to commodity swap transactions, commodity cap transactions, commodity floor transactions, commodity collar transactions and commodity option transactions (for purposes of this Part 5(f), "Commodity Transactions"), each party represents to the other (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Commodity Transaction is entered into) that:

(i) it has entered into this Agreement and each Commodity Transaction in conjunction with its line of business (which may include financial intermediation services) or the financing of its business;

(ii) the material terms of this Agreement and each Commodity Transaction have been and will be individually tailored and negotiated;

(iii) the creditworthiness of the other party was or will be a material consideration in its entering into this Agreement and any such Commodity Transaction;

(iv) solely with respect to Party B, it is a producer, processor, or commercial user of, or a merchant handling, the commodity which is the subject of any Commodity Transaction, or the products or by-products thereof, and that it is

11

entering into any such Commodity Transaction solely for purposes related to its business as such; and

(v) solely with respect to Party A, it shall always be the offeror of each Commodity Transaction and that Party A offered to enter into this Agreement with Party B and initiated their trading relationship.

(g) RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES. The following representation shall be inserted as a new Section 3(g) of this Agreement:

"(g) RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PARTIES. Each party will be deemed to represent to the other party on the date on which it enters into a Transaction that (absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction):

(i) NON-RELIANCE. It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction; it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction. No communication (written or oral) received from the other party shall be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.

(ii) ASSESSMENT AND UNDERSTANDING. It is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of that Transaction.

(iii) STATUS OF PARTIES. The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to it in respect of that Transaction."

(h) EMU PROVISIONS. (i) 1998 ISDA EURO DEFINITIONS. Unless the parties expressly agree otherwise in the related Confirmation, each Transaction currently existing or to be entered into between the parties will be deemed to incorporate, to the extent applicable, the 1998 ISDA Euro Definitions as published on 25th November 1998 and any subsequent amendments and supplements thereto (the "Euro Definitions"). In the event of any inconsistency between the Euro Definitions and any other provisions or definitions incorporated by reference into the Confirmation in respect of any Transaction, the Euro Definitions shall prevail.

12

(ii) ISDA EMU PROTOCOL. The parties agree that the definitions and provisions contained in Annexes 1 and 3 and Section 6 of the ISDA EMU Protocol published on 6th May 1998 (the "ISDA Protocol"), are incorporated into and apply to this Agreement and form a part hereof. References in those definitions and provisions to any "ISDA Master Agreement" will be deemed to be references to this Agreement.

(i) NEGATIVE INTEREST RATES. (i) FLOATING AMOUNTS. "Swap Transaction" means, for the purposes of this provision concerning Negative Interest Rates, a rate exchange or swap transaction, including transactions involving a single currency or two or more currencies. Party A and Party B agree that, if with respect to a Calculation Period for a Swap Transaction either party is obligated to pay a Floating Amount that is a negative number (either due to a quoted negative Floating Rate or by operation of a Spread that is subtracted from the Floating Rate), the Floating Amount with respect to that party for that Calculation Period will be deemed to be zero, and the other party will pay to that party the absolute value of the negative Floating Amount as calculated, in addition to any amounts otherwise owed by the other party for that Calculation Period with respect to that Swap Transaction, on the Payment Date that the Floating Amount would have been due if it had been a positive number. Any amounts paid by the other party with respect to the absolute value of a negative Floating Amount will be paid to such account as the receiving party may designate (unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such designation) in the currency in which that Floating Amount would have been paid if it had been a positive number (and without regard to the currency in which the other party is otherwise obligated to make payments).

(ii) COMPOUNDING. Party A and Party B agree that, if with respect to one or more Compounding Periods for a Swap Transaction where "Compounding" or "Flat Compounding" is specified to be applicable the Compounding Period Amount, the Basic Compounding Period Amount or the Additional Compounding Period Amount is a negative number (either due to a quoted negative Floating Rate or by operation of a Spread that is subtracted from the Floating Rate), then the Floating Amount for the Calculation Period in which that Compounding Period or those Compounding Periods occur will be either the sum of all the Compounding Period Amounts or the sum of all the Basic Compounding Period Amounts and all the Additional Compounding Period Amounts in that Calculation Period (whether positive or negative). If such sum is positive, then the Floating Rate Payer with respect to the Floating Amount so calculated will pay that Floating Amount to the other party. If such sum is negative, the Floating Amount with respect to the party that would be obligated to pay that Floating Amount will be deemed to be zero, and the other party will pay to that party the absolute value of the negative Floating Amount as calculated, such payment to be made in accordance with (i) above.

(j) ABSENCE OF LITIGATION. Section 3(c) of this Agreement is amended by deleting the words "or, to its knowledge, threatened" in the first line thereof.

13

PART 6: FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS

(a) DEFINITIONS AND APPLICATION. (i) This Agreement is subject to the 1998 FX and Currency Option Definitions (the "FX Definitions"), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., the Emerging Markets Traders Association, and The Foreign Exchange Committee, as hereinafter amended. In the event of any inconsistency between the FX Definitions and this Agreement, this Agreement will govern. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, each FX Transaction and Currency Option Transaction, whether now existing or hereafter entered into, between the parties shall be governed by this Agreement, notwithstanding Section 1(b) of this Agreement, the absence of any reference to this Agreement in the Confirmation in respect of any such FX Transaction or Currency Option Transaction, or the reference to any other governing terms or law in such Confirmation.

(ii) Section 3.4 of the FX Definitions is amended by adding the following:

(c) Non-Payment. If any Premium is not received on the Premium Payment Date, the Seller may elect either: (i) to accept a late payment of such Premium; (ii) to give written notice of such non-payment and, if such payment shall not be received within three (3) Local Business Days (as defined in this Agreement) of such notice, treat the related Currency Option Transaction as void; or (iii) if such payment shall not be received within three (3) Local Business Days of such notice, treat such non-payment as an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) of this Agreement. If the Seller elects to act under either clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Buyer shall pay all out-of-pocket costs and actual damages incurred in connection with such unpaid or late Premium or void Currency Option Transaction, including, without limitation, interest on such Premium in the same currency as such Premium at the then prevailing market rate and any other costs or expenses incurred by the Seller in covering its obligations (including, without limitation, a delta hedge) with respect to such Currency Option Transaction.

(d) Discharge and Termination. Unless otherwise agreed, any Call or any Put written by a party will automatically be terminated and discharged, in whole or in part, as applicable, against a Call or a Put, respectively, written by the other party, such termination and discharge to occur automatically upon the payment in full of the last Premium payable in respect of such Currency Option Transactions; provided that such termination and discharge may only occur in respect of Currency Option Transactions:

(i) each being with respect to the same Put Currency and the same Call Currency;

(ii) each having the same Expiration Date and Expiration Time;

(iii) each being of the same style, i.e. either both being American style Currency Option Transactions or both being European style Currency Option Transactions;

14

(iv) each having the same Strike Price;

(v) neither of which shall have been exercised by delivery of a Notice of Exercise; and

(vi) each having been transacted by the same pair of offices of the Buyer and the Seller

and, upon the occurrence of such termination and discharge, neither party shall have any further obligation to the other party in respect of the relevant Currency Option Transactions or, as the case may be, parts thereof so terminated and discharged. In the case of a partial termination and discharge (i.e., where the relevant Currency Option Transactions are for different amounts of the Currency Pair), the remaining portion of the Currency Option Transaction which is partially discharged and terminated shall continue to be a Currency Option Transaction for all purposes of this Agreement, including this Section 3.4(d).

(b) CONFIRMATIONS. In respect of FX Transactions and Currency Option Transactions, the term "Confirmation" means a writing (including telex, facsimile or other electronic means from which it is possible to produce a hard copy) evidencing an FX Transaction or Currency Option Transaction, as the case may be, notwithstanding the absence of any reference to this Agreement therein or the reference therein to any other governing terms or law. In relation to such Confirmations, unless either party objects to the terms contained in any Confirmation within three (3) Business Days in its location of receipt thereof, or such shorter time as may be appropriate given the Settlement Date of an FX Transaction, the terms of such Confirmation shall be deemed correct and accepted absent manifest error, unless a corrected Confirmation is sent by a party within such three (3) Business Days, or shorter period, as appropriate, in which case the party receiving such corrected Confirmation shall have three (3) Business Days in its location, or shorter period, as appropriate, after receipt thereof to object to the terms contained in such corrected Confirmation. In the event of any conflict between the terms of such a Confirmation of an FX Transaction or a Currency Option Transaction, as the case may be, and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail, and the Confirmation shall not modify the terms of this Agreement.

Accepted and agreed:

[Bank]                                    BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED


By:                                       By: /s/ DOUGLAS C. DOTY
    --------------------------                ----------------------------------
    Name:                                     Name: Douglas C. Doty
    Title:                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer

15

.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21.1

BAKER HUGHES INCORPORATED

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES

December 31, 2004

                                                                                          PERCENTAGE
                                    SUBSIDIARY                            JURISDICTION    OWNERSHIP
-----------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ----------
Baker Hughes Financing Company                                           Delaware            100%
Western Atlas, Inc.                                                      Delaware            100%
     Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc.                              California           (1)
         Baker Hughes International Branches, Inc.                       Delaware             (2)
             Baker Hughes EHHC, Inc.                                     Delaware            100%
                 Baker Hughes GmbH                                       Austria             100%
                    Latin America Finance S.r.l.                         Barbados             (3)
                    Baker Hughes Asia Pacific Ltd.                       Cayman Islands      100%
                        Baker Hughes EHO Ltd.                            Bermuda             100%
                    Baker Hughes Limited                                 England             100%
                    Baker Hughes Nederland Holdings B.V.                 The Netherlands     100%
                        Baker Hughes Canada Holdings B.V.                The Netherlands     100%
                            Baker Hughes Canada Company                  Nova Scotia         100%
                              Baker Hughes Finance International S.r.l.  The Netherlands      (4)
                               Baker Hughes Norge A/S                    Norge                (5)
                   JDI International Leasing Limited                     Cayman Islands      100%
          Wm. S. Barnickel & Company                                     Missouri            100%
             Baker Petrolite Corporation                                 Delaware            100%
      Western Research Holdings, Inc.                                    Delaware            100%
           Western Atlas International, Inc.                             Delaware            100%

(1) Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc.
                  Western Atlas Inc.                                     93.98%
                  Other subsidiaries                                      6.02%

(2) Baker Hughes International Branches, Inc.
                  Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc.                 96.65%
                  Other subsidiaries                                      3.35%

(3) Latin America Finance S.r.l.
                  Baker Hughes GmbH                                      99.00%
                  Other subsidiaries                                      1.00%

(4) Baker Hughes Finance International S.r.l.
                  Baker Hughes Canada Company                            99.90%
                  Other subsidiaries                                      0.10%

(5) Baker Hughes Norge A/S
                  Bake Hughes Finance International S.r.l.               52.00%
                  Other subsidiaries                                     48.00%




 

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment Nos. 1 and 2 to Registration Statement No. 33-14803 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 33-52195 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 33-57759 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 333-19771 on Form S-8, in Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Registration Statement No. 333-28123 on Form S-4, in Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Registration Statement No. 333-29027 on Form S-4, in Registration Statement No. 333-49327 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 333-61065 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 333-62205 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 333-74897 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 333-81463 on Form S-8, in Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-87829 on Form S-3, in Registration Statement No. 333-41982 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 333-87372 on Form S-8, in Registration Statement No. 333-103838 on Form S-8, and in Registration Statement No. 333-103839 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 24, 2005, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Baker Hughes Incorporated (the “Company”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s adoption of certain accounting standards during the three year period ended December 31, 2004) and to management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2004.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas
February 24, 2005

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Chad C. Deaton, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Baker Hughes Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 25, 2005                    By: /s/Chad C. Deaton
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Chad C. Deaton
                                                Chairman of the Board and
                                                Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, G. Stephen Finley, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Baker Hughes Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 25, 2005          By: /s/G. Stephen Finley
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      G. Stephen Finley
                                      Sr. Vice President - Finance and
                                      Administration and Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Baker Hughes Incorporated (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), the undersigned, Chad C. Deaton, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and G. Stephen Finley, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each of the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(i) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(ii) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.

The certification is given to the knowledge of the undersigned.

/s/ Chad C. Deaton
-----------------------------------
Name:    Chad C. Deaton
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:    February 25, 2005



/s/ G. Stephen Finley
-----------------------------------
Name:    G. Stephen Finley
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:    February 25, 2005